p

. 378.943 41

·· HANDBOOK 1980

~~[h)@(Q)~ @v [85(1JJ~DIT1J®~~ ~it(lJJ@o®~ Accountancy Communication and General Studies Management

Queensland Institute of Technology George Street P.O. Box 2434 Brisbane phone 2212411

Brisbane Old. 4001

1980 Calendar

By-Laws of the Queensland Institute of Technology

1. Interpretation

2. Election of Council

3. The Common Seal

4. Meetings of Council

5. Committees Appointed by Council

6. The Director

7. The Registrar

8. Staff

9. Student Discipline

10. Queensland Institute of Technology Union

11. Union Fees

12. Libraries

1

7

8 9

14

14

15

17

17

17

19

24

25 26

Rules Relating to Student Matters 27

Rules for Admission 29

Rules Relating to Unregistered Students 31

Rules Relating to Exemptions in Undergraduate and Post Graduate Courses 32

Rules Relating to Students Who Seek Re-Registration 33

General Examination Rules 34

Gross Failure Rules 43

Library Rules 46

Union Fee Rules 55

Schedule of Charges Affecting Students 56

Parking Regulations 57

Central Services 59

Administration 60

Institute Bookshop 60

Chaplaincy Centre and Chapel 61

Computer Centre 62 Counselling Centre 64

Educational Research and Development Unit 65

Student Health Service 66

Library

QIT Union

Admission Policy, Entrance Requirements (Undergraduate Courses) and Schedules 71

Admission Policy 72

Entrance Requirements 75

Schedules 77

® Subject and Course Numbering System 85

Academic Board and Advisory Committees 87

(85 Staff 91

Prizes and Awards 95

Courses Offered by each Department 101

Course Structures and Course Rules

ACM174 Graduate Diploma in Advanced Accounting

MNM155 Graduate Diploma in Business Administration

ACM204 Graduate Diploma in Commercial Computing

Rules common to all Business Studies degree courses

ACJ151 Bachelor of Business - Accountancy

CMJ153 Bachelor of Business - Communication

MNJ179 Bachelor of Business - Health Administration

MNJ 152 Bachelor of Business - Management

MNJ154 Bachelor of Business - Public Administration

ACL177 Associate Diploma in Business

Schedule of Subjects and Pre-requisites

Schedule of Subjects offered within the School of Business Studies

Changes in Subject Titles

Synopses

Timetables - Full-time

Timetables - Part-time

103

104

107

112

114

116

123

130

134

143

148

153

162

169

171

237

277

Head of School

B.C. Wolff BCom(Qld), PhD(Arkansas), AAUQ, AASA(Senior), FAIM.

The School of Business Studies offers a wide range of courses at the professional level of business and government, together with support courses.

Post Graduate Courses

Graduate Diploma in Advanced Accounting A Graduate Diploma in Advanced Accounting is offered to graduates with an accounting major and professionals in accounting, to enable them to continue their education at an advanced level. The course involves two years of part-time study.

Graduate Diploma in Business Administration A Graduate Diploma in Business Administration is offered to graduates and diplomates who wish to complement their present qualification with the skills of management. This part-time course offers an opportunity for graduates to add a qualification in management and administration.

Graduate Diploma in Commercial Computing A Graduate Diploma in Commercial Computing is offered to graduates or diplomates who wish to complement their present qualification by developing a knowledge of, and a skill in, data processing techniques for commercial applications. The course involves two years of part-time or one year of full-time study. In 1980 this course is offered on a part-time basis only.

Degree Courses

Courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business are provided in Accountancy, Communication, Health Administration, Management and Public Administration.

Accountancy The Accountancy Course is designed to provide education appropriate to the needs of the accountancy profession, having regard to the requirements of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia, the Australian Society of Accountants, the Public Accountants Registration Board of Queensland, and the Australian Computer Society.

The course includes studies based on accounting, law, economics and statistics. Modern accountants are confronted with the problems of complex manufacturing processes, advances in the techniques of processing information, and the increasing size of businesses and their financial transactions. They may specialise in auditing, financial analysis, systems investigations and installations, electronic data processing, taxation services, management services, office management or financial administration.

The B.Bus. qualification in Accountancy is recognised by the Australian Society of Accountants as satisfying the academic requirements for admission as a provisional member of the Society.

Provided appropriate subjects have been selected the course is recognised by -

one the Public Accountants' Registration Board of Queensland as satisfying the academic requirements for registration;

two the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia, as a pre-requisite for the 'Professional Year';

three the Australian Society of Accountants as satisfying the academic requirements for admission as an Associate member;

four the Australian Computer Society as satisfying the academic requirements for admission to the grade of member.

Communication The Communication Course is designed to provide a broad education for those who wish to work at executive level in business, government, or industry, with particular regard to the requirements of Advertising, Public Relations, and Journalism. Additionally, students may develop viable programmes in Audio-Visual Communication, Communication Research, and Professional Communication, to enable them to function as specialists throughout a broad spectrum of communication activities.

The Communication Course is based on a thorough understanding of communication theory and the communication process, and on the effective application of the tenets of oral and written communication. Basic units in Sociology and Media Study, as well as Literary and Cultural Studies are also required. Beyond the required units students select a sequence of professional subjects related directly to future employment.

Graduates of the course who specialise in Advertising are recognised by the Australian Institute of Advertising, those in Public Relations by the Public Relations Institute of Australia.

Health Administration

The Health Administration Course is designed to provide education for those employed in the health services industry. The course is offered on a part-time, internal basis and on an external studies basis.

On completion of twenty subjects from the B.Bus. - Health Administration course, studients are eligible for Licentiate Membership of the Australian College of Health Service Administrators. On completion of the course together with five year's experience in hospital administration, graduates are eligible for Associate Membership of the College.

Health Administration in Australia is rapidly undergoing a great deal of change. Not only are hosptials re-assessing their role and activity in the community, but medical practitioners are also evaluating their place in a national health care scheme. This course is designed for the health

services administrator, embracing personnel who are known variously as health administrator, hospital manager, chief executive officer, hospital superintendent, medical administrator and by a variety of general management titles.

In addition, however, the course has been designed specifically to cover

Health service administrators at all levels in Federal and State Government Health Departments and authorities, hospitals, community health centres, health planning and financing agencies and voluntary health organisations.

Medical practitioners whose practices are developing and growing into mult·disciplinary community health centres where administrative and managerial expertise becomes vital to the smooth functioning of the practice.

All other professions related to the health service industry including nursing and paramedical practitioners.

In the final analysis, health service delivery can be properly integrated with other welfare systems in Australia only through administrative mechanisms and skills in areas such as planning, policy development, leadership, organisation, management, communication and human relations. This course has been designed specifically to produce graduates who have these talents.

Management The Management Course is designed to provide education appropriate to the needs of the management profession, having regard to the requirements of professional bodies.

The course prepares students to accept responsibilities at the mid-level of the structure of the organisation and depending upon their own abilities, to proceed to the upper levels of managerial responsibility. A grounding in the theory and practice of management, human relations, economics, and the use of statistics is the basis of thb course. From the second year students elect to emphasise one of three major strands within the course, viz. Management Economics, Marketing, Personnel Management/ Psychology. These strands enable detailed attention to special subject areas including operations management, business economics, international economics, transportation economics, personnel management/psychology, applied psychology, counselling, organisational development, industrial relations, marketing research and professional marketing practice. In addition to choice of strands students also have the opportunity to choose additional strand electives, and three general electives from other subjects offered within the Department and/or outside the Department in subjects of value to the student. The skills in management which this well balanced course provides should serve as the cornerstone for achievement in the ranks of professional managers. Students graduating from this course will be able to apply their acquired knowledge and skills very quickly in industry and commerce.

Where certain specified elective subjects have been included in the degree, the holder of the B.Bus. qualification in Management is recognised as having completed the academic requirements for corporate membership of the following professional institutions:

Australian Institute of Management Australian Institute of Training and Development Institute of Personnel Management Australia Queensland Counsellors Association The Chartered Institute of Transport

Public Administration The Public Administration Course is designed to provide education compatible with a career in the public sector.

Offering a wide array of challenging opportunities, the public sector requires virtually every type of skill, specialised academic knowledge, and practical expertise, to fulfil its ever growing range of activities. A fundamental need exists for administrators with logical, analytical reasoning powers, an appreciation of their political environment, a thorough knowledge and understanding of the governmental administrative machinery and processes, personnel management skills, a basic grounding in economics, the ability to communicate concisely and effectively, and the capacity for sustained application. The course prepares students in these ways with particular emphasis on the machinery of government at the National and the Queensland State levels. As well the student is introduced to the fields of Accountancy, Information Systems, Law and Statistics. The course programme includes six elective subjects selected by the student so as to provide him with advanced level study in one of the abovementioned disciplines appropriate to his career.

Close links are maintained with the Royal Institute of Public Administration (Queensland Regional Group) which welcomes students to its membership ranks. The holder of the B.Bus. qualification in Public Administration will find employment in the Commonwealth Public Service, the Queensland Public Service, Local Government, and Statutory Authorities.

Associate Diploma Course

The Associate Diploma in Business Course requires two years of full-time study or four years part-time study. The course is designed specifically to meet the needs of advancing technology at the senior clerical and supervisory level, having regard to the requirements of the Institute of Affiliate Accountants, and the Australian Computer Society. This course will prepare students for employment as support staff in a wide range of commercial activities in the accounting, computer, administrative, supervisory, personnel and marketing functions.

General Subjects for other Schools of the Institute are conducted by staff from each of the major sections of the School of Business Studies.

A continuing education programme allows students who have completed a course to enrol in additional subjects at that level as an 'Unregistered' student, or to enrol in another course leading to a further qualification.

All courses within the School of Business Studies are in line with the educational philosophy of the Queensland Institute of Technology which is to provide students with practical training as well as an understanding of the concepts and principles underlying subjects and disciplines. In all courses the School aims at developing a professional attitude to study and work by encouraging individual thought and initiative, experience in group situations and emphasis upon wide reading and research.

The School of Business Studies seeks to give its students an awareness of the Business environment and endeavours to equip them with analytical decision-making skills and an understanding of human behaviour, organisation and management that will assist them to attain their highest potential in the profession of their choice.

Students proposing to join a professional body after graduation should ensure that the course programme they select is appropriate to particular membership requirements.

1980 Calendar

J s 6 13 20 27 1 - Public Holiday - New Year's

~ Day.

a M 7 14 21 1-29 - Summer Recess.

n T [j] 8 15 22 29 2 - Closing Date for lodgement of applications for review of Spring

u Semester 1979 Examination w 2 9 16 23 30 Results.

a T 3 10 17 24 31 4 - Closing Date for re-enrolment

r applications and Due Date for

F 18 25 payment of fees by all continuing

y 4 11 students.

s 5 12 19 26 28 Public Holiday - Australia Day.

29 - Closing Date for applications for Awards.

30/1 to 1/2 - Orientation Period.

F s 3 10 17 24 30/1 to 1 /2 -· Orientation Period.

4 Autumn Semester commences. e M 4a 11b 180 25b 15 - Final Date for late enrolment,

b T 12 19 26 re-enrolment.

5 29 Final Date for changes in

r w 6 13 20 27 Autumn Semester and full year subjects and for changes of course.

u T 7 14 21 28

a F 8 15 22 29 y s 2 9 16 23

M s 2 9 16 23 30 14 - Final Date for cancellation of Autumn Semester subjects without

M prejudice to examination results. a 3a 10b 17a 24b 31 14 - Final date for full refund of

r T 4 11 18 25 QIT Union Fees.

31/3 to 7/4 - Autumn Recess. c w 5 12 19 26

h T 6 13 20 27

F 7 14 21 28

81 8 15 22 29

A s 6 13 20 27 31/3 to 7/4 Autumn Recess.

p M ~ 14b 21a 28b 4 - Public Holiday Good Friday.

7 - Public Holiday - Easter

r T 1 8 15 22 29 Monday.

14-18 & 21 - Graduation Cere-

" w 2 9 16 23 30 n1on1es.

I 23 Classes scheduled for Friday

I T 3 10 17 24 25t11 to be held.

F 0 ~ 25 Public Holiday Anzac Day.

11 18 28 Final Date tor cancellation of

s 5 12 19 26 full year subjects without prejudice to examination results.

s 4 11 18 25 5 Public Holiday - Labour Day.

M ~ 6 Classes scheduled tor Monday

a 12b 190 26b 5th to be held.

T 6 13 20 27 12 - Autumn Semester Examina-ti on Timetables placed on notice-boards. w 7 14 21 28 28 Autumn Semester ends.

T 1 8 15 22 29 29-30 Examination Preparation no formal classes.

F 2 9 16 23 30 31/5 to 14/6 Autumn Semester Examinations.

s 3 10 17 24 31

J s 1 8 15 22 29 31/5 to 14/6 - Autumn Semester Examinations.

u T 2 9 ~ 23 30. 15/6 to 20/7 - Winter Recess.

n M 3 10 "17 24 18 - Closing Date for application for deferred examinations and

e w special consideration of matters

4 11 18 25 affecting examination perform-ance - see General Examination

T 5 12 19 26 Rule 15.

16 - Public Holiday - Queen's

F 6 13 20 27 Birthday.

s 7 14 21 28

J s 6 13 20 27 15/6 to 20/7 - Winter Recess.

21 Spring Semester commences.

u M 7 14 21a 28b 11 Closing Date for nomination

T of amended Spring Semester pro-

I 1 8 15 22 29 gramme arising from results in Autumn Semester examinations. w 2 9 16 23 30 (Adjustments to th is new pro-y gramme possible up to 15.8.80).

T 3 10 17 24 31 11 - Closing Date for lodgement of applications for review of Autumn

F 4 11 18 25 Semester examination results.

s 11 Closing Date for new enrol-

5 12 19 26 ments - Spring Semester.

21 - Closing Date for applications for Awards.

28/7 to 1 /8 - QIT-in-Action.

A s 3 10 17 24 31 28/7 to 1 /8 - QIT-in-Action.

15 - Final Date for changes in

u M 4a 11b 180 25b Spring Semester subjects, and for changes of course.

9 T 5 12 19 26 29 - Final Date for cancellation of

@] Spring Semester subjects without

u w 6 20 27 prejudice to examination results.

29 Final Date for refund of QIT

s T 7 14 21 28 Union Fees.

t F1 8 15 22 29 13 Public Holiday - Exhibition Day (Tentative).

S2 9 16 23 30

s s 7 14 21 28 7-14 - Spring Recess.

e M 1a 8 15b 22a 29b

r T 2 9 16 23 30

w 3 10 17 24

e T 4 11 18 25

~ F 5 12 19 26

e s 6 13 20 27

r

0 s 5 12 19 26 8 Graduation Ceremony for graduands from Autumn Semester

M 60 13b 20a 27b (Tentative date).

c 15 -- Closing Date for applications

t T 7 14 21 28 for entry to undergraduate courses in 1981 through QTAC. (Tentative).

g w 1 8 15 22 29 22 - Spring Semester Examination timetables placed on noticeboards.

T 2 9 16 23 30

e F 3 10 17 24 31

r s 4 11 18 25

N s 2 9 16 23 30 7 Spring Semester ends.

M 8-12 - Examination Preparation -

0 3a 1 Ob 17 24 no formal classes.

v T 4 11 18 25 13-29 Spring Semester Examina-tions.

e Note: Examinations will be w 5 12 19 26 scl1eduled for Sat. 2g only where

~ necessary.

T 6 13 20 27

F 7 14 21 28

r 81 8 15 22 29

D s 7 14 21 28 3 - Closing Date for applications for deferred examinations and

M 1 8 15 22 29 special consideration of matters e affecting examination performance

c T 2 9 16 23 30 - see General Examination Rule 15.

12 - Closing Date for applications e w 3 10 17 24 31 for entry to Certificate and Post-Graduate courses.

~ T 4 11 18 [ill 1-31 - Summer Recess.

F 5 12 19 ~ 25 - Public Holiday Christmas

e Day.

r s 6 13 20 27 26 - Public Holiday - Boxing Day.

By-Laws of the Queensland Institute of Technology

8 By-laws

BY-LAWS OF THE QUEENSLAND INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

HIS Excellency the Governor, acting by and with the advice of the Exec­utive Council and in pursuance of the provisions of the Education Act 1964-1974 has been pleased to approve of the following By-laws made by the Council of the Queensland Institute of Technology and approved by the Board of Advanced Education.

BY-LAW N0.1

Interpretation

1. Application of By-laws. Except where otherwise expressly provided the several provisions of this By-law shall apply to every By-law of the Institute and any Rule made thereunder.

2. Meaning of Certain Words. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires -

'Academic Year' means an academic year as set out in the calendar;

'Calendar' means the calendar of the Institute in respect of any academic year;

'Chairman' means the Chairman of the Institute Council; 'Institute' means the Queensland Institute of Technology; 'Council' means the Council of the Institute constituted under

the Act; 'Course' means a course of study in the Institute; 'Department' means a department of the Institute; 'Deputy Chairman' means the Deputy Chairman of the I nstit-

ute Council; 'Director' means the Director of the Institute; 'Handbook' means a handbook of the Institute; 'Registrar' means the Registrar of the Institute; 'Term' means a term of the Institute as set out in the calendar.

3. Application for Enrolment. A person who has lodged an application for enrolment .shall until that application has been accepted, with­drawn or rejected be bound by and observe the By-laws and Rules of the Institute as if he were an enrolled student.

4. Reference to Authority or Officer. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires reference to an authority, officer or office shall be construed as reference to that authority, officer or office in and of the Institute.

5. Method of Citation. In a By-law, Rule, Order or other instrument of the Institute a By-law may be cited by its number or title and shall be construed as a reference to that By-law as amended from time to time.

6. Right of Students where By-law or Rule Amended. If while a student is proceeding to an academic award any provisionsof the By-law or Rules relating to that award are repealed or amended the student

By-laws 9

shall be entitled to complete his course for and receive the award under the original provision upon such terms as to time for complet· ing or otherwise as the Council deems reasonable in the circumstances of the case provided always that if the Council is of opinion that it would impose no hardship upon a student to complete his course under the provisions of the By-Law or Rule as so amended he may be required so to do.

7. Serving of Notices. Any notice or other document which is authorised or required to be served on any person by any By-law or Rule may be served in any one of the following manners:

(a) by delivering it to that person personally; (b) by post.

8. Promulgation of Rules. A Rule made by the Council pursuant to any By-law shall be promulgated by the Registrar affixing a copy of the Rule on a notice board of the Institute and the production of a copy of any such Rule certified as a true copy by the Registrar shall be sufficient evidence of the making, authenticity and promulgation of the same for all purposes within the Institute. A copy of the Rule shall upon such affixation be forwarded by the Registrar to the Queensland Institute of Technology Union by delivering or posting it to the Queensland Institute of Technology Union or its Director of Administration.

The foregoing By-Law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens· land Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, I972.

BY-LAW NO. 2

Election of Council

1. Introductory

(a) The staff members of the Institute and the enrolled students of the Institute to be appointed members of the Council pur· suant to this Act shall be elected in accordance with the By-law.

(b) An election of elective members (other than in respect of a casual vacancy) shall be held at a time to be fixed by the Registrar not less than two months prior to the expiry of the term of such members.

(c) For the purpose of this By-law 'staff' shall include -(i) all full-time employees of Council engaged as tutors,

senior tutors, lecturers, senior lecturers, principal lectur· ers, Heads of Department, Heads of Schools;

(ii) the Deputy Director and all full-time employees other than those referred to in (i) above who hold a salary classification equal to any of the classifications held by employees specified in (i) above;

(iii) all part·time employees of Council engaged to teach an average of six (6) hours or more per week in the semester in which the election is held;

10 By-laws

(iv) full-time employees of Council under the Professional and Technical Employees' Award -Colleges of Advanced Education who hold a classification with a minimum salary equal to or greater than the minimum salary prescribed for a Technician Div is ion 11;

(v) full-time employees of Council under the Clerical Staffs - Collegesof Advanced Education Industrial Agreement who hold a classification with a minimum salary equal to or greater than the minimum salary prescribed for an Administration Officer Grade IV.

2. Rolls -

(a) The Registrar shall keep separate rolls of -

( i) the members of the staff of the Institute as defined in clause 1 (c); and

(ii) the enrolled students of the Institute.

(b) Each roll shall contain -

(i) the full name and address of each person enrolled; (ii) the qualification for enrolment of each such person; (iii) the date upon which each person qualified for enrolment.

(c) For each election the roll of persons entitled to vote at that election shall be the roll as at 4 pm. on the day on which nominations for that election close provided that up to the time fixed for the close of voting the Registrar may add to the roll the name of any person otherwise qualified to vote but whose name was inadvertently omitted from the roll.

(d) The Registrar shall from time to time make any correction to a roll which may be necessary to ensure its accuracy. Subject to any such correction the inclusion of a person's name on a roll shall be conclusive evidence of his right to vote at an election and the absence of a person's name shall be conclusive evidence that he has no right to vote at an election.

3. Registrar to Conduct Election

(a) The Registrar shall be the returning officer for every election and he may appoint such presiding officers and other persons to assist h·im as he shall deem necessary.

(b) The Registrar shall conduct every election in accordance with this By-law and the electoral system set out in the Schedule hereto.

(c) Subject to this By-law and the Rules the Registrar shall have full power and authority to determine all procedural matters relating to an election.

4. Notice of Election. When an election is to be held the Registrar shall publish on a notice board of the Institute and by such other means if any as he may deem desirable a notice which shall -

(a) state that an election of staff members or of enrolled students to be appointed to the Council as the case may be is to be held on a specified date;

(b) state the number of persons of either category to be elected;

By-laws 11

(c) invite nominations of qualified persons for election and specify the form in which nominations shall be made;

(d) fix a date and time by which nominations shall be delivered to the Registrar.

5. Manner of Nomination (a) A nomination of a candidate shall be made by delivering the

nomination paper in the prescribed form to the Registrar at his office by the appointed time.

(b) A nomination paper shall be signed by the candidate and by-

(i) in the case of an election of members by the staff two persons qualified to vote at the election;

(ii) in the case of an election of members by the student body two persons qualified to vote at the election.

(c) Only one candidate may be nominated on a nomination paper.

(d) After the time fixed for the closing of nominations a nomin· ation may not be withdrawn.

6. Result if Only Number to be Elected Nominated. If the number of nominations received by the Registrar within the time so specified is equal to the number of persons who may be appointed the Regis­trar shall declare the persons nominated to be elected.

7. Result if Insufficient Nominations. If the number of nominations in respect of either category is fewer than the number of persons who may be appointed the Registrar shall declare the persons nominated to be elected in that category and shall notify the Council that the body concerned has failed to nominate a sufficient number of per­sons to be a member or members of the Council.

8. Result if More Nominated Than to be Elected. If the number of nominations received exceeds the number of persons who may be appointed in either category an election shall be held in accordance with the electoral system set out in the Schedule hereto.

9. Voting Obligation Voting shall not be compulsory.

10. Secret Ballot. Voting shall be by secret ballot.

11. Times for Voting. The poll shall be conducted continuously from 9 am. to 9 pm. on the nominated day.

12. Secrecy. The Registrar or any scrutineer or other persons concerned with the conduct of an election shall not in any way disclose nor aid in disclosing in what manner any voter voted.

13. Scrutineers. A candidate may appoint not more than two scrutineers.

14. Election not to be invalidated by Informalities. An election shall not be invalidated by reason of -

(a) failure to do any act at or by the required time;

(b) any defect in the appointment of a person who acts as scrut­ineer; or

(c) any defect of a merely formal nature.

12 By-laws

15. Right of Appeal. A candidate shall have the right of appeal to the Chairman within seven days of the declaration of the poll should he feel that the conduct of the election was in any way contrary to this By-law. The Chairman shall have full power to make such enquiry as he deems necessary into the matter complained of and after such enquiry may confirm the election or annul the election and direct that a fresh election be held or give such other direction as he con­siders necessary. The decision of the Chairman after hearing such appeal shall be final and conclusive.

16. Rules. The Council may make rules for the carrying into effect of all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made by resolution of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology on the fourteenth day of March, 1975.

Schedule

1. Times for Preliminary Matters. The Registrar shall allow the intervals specified hereunder between the events severally set out -

(a) between the publication of notice of an election and the time specified for the receipt of nominations: not less than fourteen and not more than twenty-eight days; and

(b) between the time specified for the receipt of nominations and the nominated polling day: not more than twenty-eight days.

2. Form of Voting Paper. Every voting paper shall contain the names of the candidates in random order determined by the Registrar by lot in the presence of at least two of the candidates or their repres­entatives.

3. Conduct of the Poll. The Registrar shall conduct the poll at a central place on the nominated day. Ballot boxes shall be sealed immediately prior to being set out for the receipt of voting papers and shall remain sealed until counting commences. When a person presents himself at the poll the presiding officer shall verify that the person's name appears on the roll as an eligible elector. The presiding officer shall then issue one voting paper to the elector and initial the elector's name where appearing on the roll. Each voting paper shall be init­ialled by the presiding officer. A voter shall forthwith place the completed voting paper in the sealed ballot box.

4. Method of Marking Ballot Paper. A voter shall mark a voting paper by placing a cross in the square opposite the names of that number of candidates which are to be elected.

5. Postal Voting. An elector who -

(a) will not throughout the hours of polling on polling day be within fifteen miles by the nearest practicable route of the polling place on that day for the purposes of an election; or

(b) is seriously ill or infirm and by reason of such illness or in­firmity will be precluded from attending to vote or, in the case of a woman, will by her approaching maternity be pre­cluded from attending to vote; or

By-laws 13

(c) is by reason of his membership of a religious order or his religious beliefs -(i) precluded from attending at the polling place; or (ii) precluded from voting throughout the hours of polling.

(d) in the opinion of the presiding officer presents good and suff­icient reason why he will be precluded from attending at the polling place

may after the issue of notification of the election and before five o'clock in the afternoon of the day immediately preceding polling day, apply in the prescribed form to the returning officer for a postal vote certificate.

The application shall be signed by the applicant in the presence of and shall be declared before and attested by a person who is an authorised witness.

The following persons are authorised witnesses for the purposes of this clause - returning officer, justice of the peace or elector, or a duly qualified medical practitioner or duly qualified nurse who is in attendance on the applicant.

An application under paragraph (c) shall be accompanied by a certificate from a minister of religion of the religious denomination of which the applicant is a member.

6. Counting of Votes. Forthwith on the closure of the poll the Registrar shall cause the votes to be counted.

7. Infomzal Votes.

(a) A voting paper shall be rejected as being an informal vote if voting paper -(i) is not initialled by the presiding officer; (ii) contains any means by which the name of the voter may

be identified; (iii) contains votes for more or fewer candidates than the

number to be elected; or (iv) has no vote indicated on it.

(b) A voting paper shall not be informal for any reason other than a reason specified in paragraph (a) hereof but shall be given effect to according to the voter's intention so far as his in­tention is clear.

(c) The Registrar's decision as to the validity or regularity of any voting paper shall be final.

8. Declaration of Elected Candidates. On completion of the counting of the votes the Registrar shall declare the names of the candidates elected.

9. Equality of Votes. In the event of an equality of votes the election shall be decided by lot conducted by the Registrar.

10. Custody of Election Material. After the end of the counting the Registrar shall fasten and seal in one packet all the ballot papers together with any other papers and documents signed or marked by a voter and a marked copy of the roll signed by the Registrar and the scrutineers and keep the packet safely for twelve months after which time it may be destroyed.

14 By-laws

11. Recording of Result of Election. The Registrar shall prepare a statement signed by himself and counter-signed by such of the scrutineers as may wish to do so containing the names of the can­didates and the number in words as well as in figures of the votes received by each candidate and a declaration of the names of the candidates who have been elected and place that statement and declaration in the packet referred to in clause 10 of this Schedule.

12. Registrar to Report. The Registrar shall report the names of the persons elected to the Chairman of the Board of Advanced Education for transmission to the Minister and to the Chairman of the Council or in his absence some member of the Council nominated by him or by the Council for that purpose and shall publicly notify such names by posting a copy of the statement prepared as aforesaid upon a notice board of the Institute.

BY-LAW NO. 3

The Common Seal

1. Custody of Common Seal. The Common Seal shall be and remain in the custody of the Registrar and shall not be affixed to any docu­ment except pursuant to a resolution of the Council.

2. Use of Common Seal. The Common Seal shall be affixed to such documents as the Council either generally or in any particular case may by resolution determine and shall be affixed by the Registrar or other person authorised by the Council and every such document to which the seal is affixed shall be signed by the Chairman or in his absence the Deputy Chairman and the Registrar or other person duly authorised by the Council for the purpose.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

BY-LAW N0.4

Meeting of Council

1. Council to Meet. The Council shall meet as frequently as is necessary to ensure the efficient operation of the Institute but so that not more than three months shall elapse between consecutive meetings.

2. Chairman May Call Special Meetings. The Chairman or in his absence the Deputy Chairman or in the absence of both the Director may call a special meeting for consideration of any urgent business.

3. Request for Meeting .. Upon the written request of any seven mem­bers the Registrar shall convene a special meeting of the Council to be held within fourteen days after the receipt of the request. The written request shall set forth the objects for which the meeting is required.

4. Initiation of Business by Members of Council. Except with the permission of the meeting a member other than the Chairman or the Director shall not initiate any subject for discussion at an ordin­ary meeting of the Council or conveyed by letter to the Registrar

By-laws 15

fourteen clear days before the meeting and the Registrar shall enter all such notices in a 'Notice of Motion Book' to be kept by him for the purpose.

5. Notice of and Business at Meetings. Notice of a meeting and copy of the business papers accompanied by supporting statements in suffic­ient detail shall be posted or delivered by the Registrar to each member of the Council at least ten days prior to the meeting; provided that by a further notice so posted or delivered not less than three days prior to the meeting the Registrar may advise of supple­mentary business to be put before the meeting. Subject to the approval of the meeting the Chairman may allow additional business to be circulated with less notice or to be tabled at the meeting.

6. Lack of Quorum. In the event of a quorum not being present within half an hour after the time appointed for a meeting the Chairman or in his absence the Deputy Chairman or in the absence of both the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman the members present or the majoritv of them or any one member if only one is present or the Registrar if no member is present may adjourn such meeting to any time not later than fourteen days from the date of such adjournment: Provided that nothing herein shall be construed to prevent the adjournment of any meeting to a later hour of the same day on which such meeting was appointed to be held.

7. Minutes. The minutes of any preceding meeting of the Council whether ordinary or special not previously approved as being a true record shall be circulated to members of the Council prior to the meeting at which they are to be considered. Upon being approved as correct such minutes shall be signed by the Chairman as being a true record.

8. Adjournment. The Council may adjourn any meeting to a later date.

9. Rules. The Council may make Rules -

(a) prescribing the procedures and Rules of debate to be followed at its meetings; and

(b) generally for carrying into effect all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

BY-LAW N0.5

Committees Appointed by the Council

1. Council May Appoint Committees. The Council may from time to time-

(a) appoint committees either for general or specific purposes;

(b) delegate to a committee power to do any act or hold any enquiry;

(c) authorise a committee to take executive action either generally or in specific cases in relation to any matter within its scope;

(d) require a committee to advise the Council in respect of any matter of class of matters concerning the Institute.

16 By-laws

2. Duties of Powers of Committees (a) Every committee shall after each of its meetings or as other­

wise directed by the Council transmit to the Council a sub­mission in writing or a report consisting of minutes of any of its proceedings which involve recommendations to the Council or concern matters to which it desires the attention of the Council.

(b) A recommendation or any decision of a committee shall be of no force or effect unless and until it is approved by the Council.

3. Membership of Committees (a) The Council may appoint to a committee such members of the

Council or other persons as the Council may from time to time determine. A committee shall consist of not less than three members and a quorum shall consist of a majority of the members of the committee.

(b) The Chairman shall by virtue of his office be a member of each committee of the Council.

(c) A committee may co-opt such persons as it considers appro­priate for the efficient conduct of its business. A co-opted member shall be entitled to vote on any matter except one involving the exercise by the committee of a power to take executive action.

4. Chairman of a Committee. The Council may from time to time appoint a member of a committee to be Chairman of that committee. In the absence of such appointment or in the event of the absence of the Chairman of a committee from a meeting of that committee the committee shall elect one of its members to be Chairman.

5. Conduct of Business. Subject to the By-laws and any direction of the Council every committee may regulate its own procedures.

6. Recommendations to Committees. A person or body authorised to make recommendations to the Council involving any matter within the scope of a committee may subject to any direction by the Council instead make such recommendations to that committee.

7. Committee May Consult or Refer. A committee may consult with or refer any matter for consideration and advice to such persons or bodies whether members of the Institute or not as it deems fit in the execution of its powers or the performance of its duties.

8. Committee to Report to Council. After each of its meetings every committee shall submit to the Council a full report of the proceed­ings.

9. Saving of Other Powers a/Council. Nothing in this By-law shall limit the powers conferred upon the Council by the Act or any By-law or Rule and in particular and without limiting the generality of the foregoing every committee shall exercise its function and authority subject to the supreme control and direction of the Council.

10. Rules. The Council may make Rules for the carrying into effect of all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

By-laws 17

BY-LAW NO. 6

The Director

1. Duties of Director. The Director shall be the principal officer of the Institute and shall be charged with the duty of promoting the interests and furthering the development of the Institute.

2. Powers of Directors. Under the Council and subject to the Act and the By-laws thereunder and to any resolution of the Council the Director shall -(a) be responsible for the academic, administrative, financial and

other business of the Institute; (b) exercise a general supervision over all persons in the service of

the Institute and over the welfare and discipline of the students of the Institute;

(c) exercise such powers as the Council may delegate to him.

3. Director to be Member of Committees. The Director shall be ex­officio a member of every board and committee within the Institute.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

BY-LAW NO. 7

The Registrar

1. The Registrar shall be the chief administrative officer of the Institute.

2. Registrar to Assist Director. The Registrar shall assist the Director as the latter may require in the performance of his duties.

3. Duties of Registrar. Under the Director the Registrar shall -

(a) be responsible for the general administration of the Institute; (b) be Secretary of such sub-committee as may be determined by

the Council from time to time; (c) keep all such registers as may be required; (d) conduct the correspondence of the Institute; and (e) be responsible for the management and supervision of the

examinations of the Institute.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

BY-LAW NO. 8

Staff

1. Council May Appoint Staff The Council may -

(a) appoint staff; (b) note resignations from members of the staff; (c) declare the employment of any member of the staff to have

been abandoned by such member; (d) approve the grant of salary progression to any membe, of staff

within the salary scale applicable to such member.

18 By-laws

2. Discipline of Members of Staff

(a) The Council may take disciplinary action against any member of the staff who is guilty of a breach of discipline.

(b) In this By-law the expression 'take disciplinary action against' means fine, reprimand, suspend, transfer to other duties, dismiss or reduce in status and the expression 'guilty of a breach of discipline' means guilty of neglect in the discharge of his duties or of misconduct which in either case in the reason­able opinion of the Council is detrimental to the Institute.

3. Suspension of Staff

(a) Where in his reasonable opinion such action is necessary or desirable in the interests of the Institute the Director may suspend a member of the staff and may exclude him from admission to the precincts of the Institute or to any of its buildings.

(b) After suspending a member of the staff in accordance with subsection (a) the Director shall immediately inform the Chairman or Deputy Chairman of such action and shall submit a report on the circumstances thereof to a meeting of the Council to be held within fourteen days of such suspension.

(c) The Council shall consider the report of the Director and shall either determine that the suspension shall be terminated or shall refer the matter for the immediate consideration of a Staff Disciplinary Advisory Committee. If the suspension of a member of the staff be terminated by the Council and he thereupon resumes his duties all salary and other emoluments which would have become payable to him if he had not been suspended shall become immediately payable to him.

(d) A member of staff whilst under suspension shall not receive pay or any other entitlements of his office accruing after the suspension pending determination of his case by the Council.

4. Staff Disciplinary Advisory Committee

(a) There shall be constituted from time to time as and when necessary a Staff Disciplinary Advisory Committee consisting of the following members -

The Chairman or in his absence Deputy Chairman; Two members of Council appointed by Council; Two members of the staff appointed by the relevant

Staff Association.

(b) Three members of the Committee shall be a quorum.

(c) The functions of the Committee shall be to make enquiry into and report to the Council through the Director on the exist­ence and sufficiency of any alleged ground for disciplinary action against any member of the staff which may be referred to it by the Council the Director or when requested by the member of the staff accused of the breach of discipline.

(d) The Committee shall -

( i) furnish forthwith to such member of the staff concerned

By-laws 19

particulars in writing of the alleged breach of discipline and give him a reasonable time to prepare his defence; and

(ii) when making enquiry into the matter which enquiry shall be held as soon as reasonably possible -(a) consider such submissions material and evidence as

are relevant; and (b) give the member of the staff concerned reasonable

opportunity to be heard and to make such sub­missions and present such materials and evidence as are relevant.

(e) The Chairman shall have a primary vote only.

(f) In the case of equality of votes the member of the staff con­cerned shall be found not guilty.

5. A member of the staff in respect of whom the Committee has made an adverse report shall be entitled to make written and with the approval of the Council verbal representations to the Council before any decision by the Council. The Council shall meet for the purpose of hearing such representations within fourteen days of the making of the adverse report and a copy of the proceedings of the Committee shall be made available to such member of the staff prior to his making his representc:.tions.

6. A member of the staff shall be entitled to be represented by Counsel or solicitor or by such other person being willing to act as he may appoint. In the event of any such representation of a member of the staff the Chairman or Deputy Chairman may appoint to the Com­mittee for the particular hearing a barrister or solicitor of the Sup­reme Court of Queensland and the Chairman for the time being of the Committee may adjourn the hearing to enable and effect such further appointment to the Committee. Such barrister or solicitor shall advise the Committee from time to time as the Committee or any member of the Committee may request but such barrister or solicitor shall not have nor exercise any vote.

7. Rules. The Council may make Rules for carrying into effect all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

BY-LAW NO. 9

Student Discipline

1. Application of By-law. Except where otherwise herein expressly provided this By-law applies to all breaches of discipline as herein defined committed by a student within any boundary or the pre­cincts of the Institute.

2. Breach of Discipline. A student who contravenes or fails to comply with any By-law or Rule of the Institute or any lawful order of any of its employees is guilty of a simple breach of discipline.

3. Misconduct. 'Misconduct' means conduct on the part of a student which impairs or interferes with the freedom or ability of other persons to pursue their studies, researches, duties or lawful activities

20 By-laws

in the Institute or upon premises of the Institute or to participate in the life of the Institute or is otherwise detrimental to the proper conduct or good order of the Institute or which while or as a member of an accredited or representative body of students and whether or not occurring or taking place upon premises of the Institute is such as to prejudice or to adversely affect the studies, researches or duties of any student of the Institute.

Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the expression includes -(a) disrupting or obstructing any teaching activity, examination or

official meeting or proceeding of or within the Institute: (b) refusing to leave any building or part of a building of the

Institute upon being reasonably directed by a senior officer of the Institute to leave it;

(c) knowingly entering any place within the premises of the Institute which the student is forbidden by a senior officer of the Institute or by a statute or rule to enter;

(d) knowingly divulging confidential information relating to any Institute matter which is clearly of a confidential nature and which he has no right to divulge;

(e) obstructing or attempting to interfere with the lawful perform­ance of his duties by any officer or employee of the Institute;

(f) intentionally damaging or wrongfully dealing with any prop­erty in or upon Institute premises;

(g) unlawfully assaulting a person on Institute premises; (h) failing to comply with any action taken under this By-law

other than non-payment of a fine; (i) committing a breach of any By-law or Rule of the Institute the

breach of which by that By-law is declared to be misconduct for the purposes of this By-law;

(j) making a false representation as to a matter affecting him as a student of the Institute.

'Senior Officer of the Institute' means the Director the Registrar the Bursar the Head of a Department any member of the teaching staff; the librarian the Manager of the Bookshop the Director of Adminis­tration of the Queensland Institute of Technology Union and any other person designated as such in writing by the Director.

'The premises of the Institute' means any land, building or improve­ments owned or occupied by or which are or may be in the possession or under the control or management of the Institute.

'An accredited or representative body' shall be and be deemed to be one which the Director certifies to be concerned or engaged or having been concerned or engaged in or on an educational activity of the Institute.

4. Powers of Staff A member of the teaching staff a librarian in charge of the library the Bursar the Registrar or the person for the time being acting as or carrying out the duties of Bursar or Registrar may in respect of any simple breach of discipline by a student committed in a class, laboratory, library or facility or premises under his manage­ment or control suspend the student from attendance at such class or from use of such laboratory, I ibrary, facility or premises for a period not exceeding twenty-four hours as he may determine and

By-laws 21

shall forthwith advise the Head of Department or if there be no appropriate such Head of Department the Registrar or the person for the time being acting as Registrar of the action taken. The Head of Department or the Registrar or person acting as Registrar as the case may be shall forthwith advise the Director. In the event that there be doubt or lack of definition as to who has such management or control of any part or parts of the Institute the Registrar or the per­son for the time being acting as Registrar shall be deemed to have such management or control.

5. Powers of Heads of Departments and Persons in Charge of Facilities or Services. Heads of Departments and persons in charge of facilities and services may in respect of any simple breach of discipline by the student committed in the department or area of the Institute under the control of the Head of Department or such person so in charge suspend the student from entering into that part of the Institute for a period not exceeding twenty-four hours. The Head of the Department or such person as aforesaid shall forthwith advise the Director of the action taken.

6. Powers of the Director. The Director whether following receipt of advice as referred to in the preceding sections 4 and 5 of this By­law or otherwise may after the student has been given reasonable opportunity to be heard in respect of any simple breach of discipline fine a student an amount not exceeding $25 or alternatively or in addition may take any one or more of the following courses of action -

(a) Reprimand and warn the student against repetition of the simple breach of discipline;

(b) Suspend the student for a period not exceeding one week which shall include any period of suspension imposed under sections 4 or 5 of this By-law;

(c) Suspend the student from examinations either prior to or during the currency thereof provided that a student may not be so suspended during the currency of an examination unless the Director is of the opinion that such action is necessary to enable other candidates to concentrate or to preserve peace, order or decorum in the examination centre.

7. (a) Where any misconduct is alleged to have been committed the following provisions shall apply -(i) Notice of the charge shall be stated in writing with

reasonable particularity by the Director and a copy thereof together with no less than seven days' notice of the date and place of hearing shall be given to the student and to the Director of Administration Queens­land Institute of Technology Un ion.

(ii) The guilt or otherwise of the student shall be determined by a committee of which the Chairman and two other members shall be appointed by the Council and to which the Queensland Institute of Technology Union shall have the right to appoint up to three members but no appoint­ment by the Queensland Institute of Technology Union shall be valid and effective unless written accreditation has been lodged with the Director before the hearing

22 By-laws

begins. Any of the committee members may be appointed for a stated or any undetermined period.

(iii) A student shall be entitled to be represented by Counsel or solicitor or by such other person being willing to act as he may appoint, In the event of any such represent­ation of a student the Chairman or Deputy Chairman may appoint to the committee for the particular hearing a barrister or solicitor of the Supreme Court of Queens­land and the Chairman for the time being of the com­mittee may adjourn the hearing to enable and effect such further appointment to the committee. Such barrister or solicitor shall advise the committee from time to time as the committee or any member of the committee may request but such barrister or solicitor shall not have nor exercise any vote.

(iv) Three members of the committee shall constitute a quorum and the decision of the majority of the members taking part in the hearing shall be the decision of the committee.

(v) The Chairman shall have a primary vote only. (vi) In the case of an equality of votes the student shall be

found not guilty.

(b) Where a student is found guilty of misconduct the committee-(i) may fine him an amount not exceeding $100, and (ii) may order him to pay restitution or compensation to the

Institute and may assess the amount thereof, and (iii) may recommend to the Council that he be suspended or

excluded from the Institute for a specified period or be expelled therefrom.

8. Procedure. Any proceedings under this By-law including an appeal shall be heard and finalised without delay. A student shall be given a reasonable opportunity of answering any al legation against him of misconduct. The Chairman of the committee shall keep or direct to be kept a reasonably comprehensive record of the proceedings for use of the Council in the event of an appeal and a copy of such record shall be made available to the student upon request.

9. Appeal. A student convicted of any breach of discipline shall be entitled to have the matter reviewed by the Council but subject to the condition that within fourteen days of his conviction he gives written notice in that behalf to the Director and sets out therein the grounds of his appeal and such other relevant matters and contentions as he desires to have considered by the Council.

Unless the Council otherwise directs the matter shall be considered in the first instance by an Appeals Committee (none of whom shall have sat upon the committee referred to in section 7 hereof) of which the Chairman and two other members shall be appointed by the Council and the Queensland Institute of Technology Union shall have the right to appoint three members but any appointment by the Queensland Institute of Technology Union shall not be valid and effective unless written accreditation has been lodged with the Director before the hearing begins and the provisions of section 7

By-laws 23

hereof mutatis mutandis shall apply to such committee. The review shall be decided upon a consideration of the record kept pursuant to section 8 hereof (or in the case of a simple breach of discipline of a report of the Director) and of any notice given by the student as abovementioned unless the Council or the committee (as the case may be) considers that there should be further enquiry and in that event further evidence may be heard.

The student shall have the same rights in relation to the taking of this evidence as he had in relation to the evidence taken at the hearing and any written submission by him in relation thereto shall be taken into consideration provided that such submission is given to the Director within fourteen days from the conclusion of such evidence.

The Appeals Committee shall report to the Council which may confirm or set aside a conviction and may confirm, set aside or vary in whole or in part any fine and any order for restitution or com­pensation and where the conviction has been confirmed it may order that the student be suspended or excluded from the Institute for a specified period or be expelled therefrom.

10. Interim Order of Suspension. In circumstances where the Director considers that the good order or discipline of the Institute so requires he may order that a student charged with misconduct shall be suspended from such Institute activities as the Director shall deter­mine pending the determination of the charge. Provided that a student shall not be so suspended during the currency of any exam­ination unless the Director is of opinion that such action is necessary to enable other candidates to concentrate or to preserve peace, order or decorum in the examination centre.

The Institution of an appeal sh al I not operate so as to stay or sus­pend any such order made by the Director unless the Director otherwise directs.

11. Enforcement of Sentences. The imposition of any fine and any order made under or pursuant to this By-law shall become operative immediately it is pronounced and a record of all such fines and orders shall be kept by the Registrar.

A student in respect of whom there is operative an order of suspen­sion or exclusion or expulsion shall be a trespasser if he enters upon the premises of the Institute or any part thereof in breach of such order and shall as such be liable to the due processes of the law; and he may be lawfully removed therefrom by any person or persons so authorised by the Director who may lawfully use any reasonable force to effect such removal.

So long as a fine imposed on him or any compensation or restitution ordered to be paid by him remains unpaid a student may by order of the Director be suspended from such Institute activities as he may determine.

12. In the absence of the Director his powers, functions and discretions under this By-law may be exercised by such person and for such period as the Council may determine.

24 By-laws

13. The committee referred to in section 7 hereof and the Appeals Committee referred to in section 9 hereof shall make enquiry in such manner as it deems appropriate to the circumstances of the case; and shall proceed in all respects according to the justice of the case and decide the issue according to equality and good conscience without being bound by legal technicalities or the laws of evidence. Provided always that the student shall be given reasonable notice of the matters alleged against him and a reasonable opportunity to answer them.

No proceeding of such committee or Appeals Committee shall be rendered invalid by reason of any informality in its proceedings or in the absence of any member from a meeting provided that a quorum is otherwise present.

14. Effect of Suspension of Student. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires or the Director in any particular case otherwise directs any student who is suspended or excluded by any By-law or Rule or under the authority of any By-law or Rule -

(a) shall not thereby become entitled to be repaid any fees paid by him or to be relieved of the payment of any fees already payable by him; and

(b) while the suspension or exciuslon contfnues shall not attend at the Institute or at any premises where the Institute is offering lectures, tutorials or training or use any of the facilities of the Institute or take any part in any student activities or be entit­led to sit for any examination or re-enrol for any course or subject:

Provided that the Director shall grant to any student charged with misconduct reasonable access to such Institute premises and facilities as in the opinion of the Director is reasonably necessary to enable the student to prepare his defence.

15. Rules. The Council may make Rules for the carrying into effect of all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

BY -LAW NO. 10

The Queensland Institute of Technology Union

1. The Union. The Queensland Institute of Technology Union (in this By-law called 'the Union') shall be the recognised means of commun­ication between -

(a) the students or any section of them and the Institute; (b) the students of this and other colleges or other tertiary instit­

utions; (c) student societies within the Institute and outside persons or

bodies.

2. Constitution. Subject to this By-law and to any rules made here­under, the Union shall have such powers and authorities and be subject to such obligations as are set out in the Constitution of the Union as approved from time to time by the Council.

By-laws 25

3. Annual Reports. The Union shall in each year submit to the Council, through the Registrar, a copy of its annual general report, a copy of its balance sheet, and a statement of its income and expenditure duly audited.

4. Appeal against disciplinary action. Any student or body against whom any disciplinary action has been taken by the Union may within thirty days of the taking of such action appeal to the Council against any such disciplinary action and the Council shall have full power to deal with such appeal and to make any determination it considers necessary in the matter.

5. The Council may make rules. The Council may make rules for carrying into effect all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the nineteenth day of December, 1974.

BY-LAW NO. 11

Union Fees

1. Union Fees Payable. Each person whose application for enrolment as a student of the Institute is accepted shall pay fees (hereinafter called 'the Union Fees') for membership of the Queensland Institute of Technology Union (hereinafter called 'the Union'). The Union Fees shall be received on behalf of the Union by the Registrar or such other officer of the Institute as the Council may appoint or by the Union as the Council may from time to time direct.

2. Union Fees. The Union Fees shall be: Per Annum

Part-time External Students ........................ $2.00 Part-time Internal Students ....................... $11.00 Full-time Students ............................. $25.00 All Other Members of the Union ................... $11.00

3. Refund of Fees. Subject to such Rules as the Council may make from time to time the Union Fees paid by a student whose applic­ation for enrolment is cancelled or withdrawn at any time shall be refunded in whole or in part as the Union may determine.

4. Exclusion. The Council may cancel the enrolment of any student who has not paid by such date or dates as the Council may prescribe by Rule all Union Fees due and payable by such student.

5. Rules. The Council may make Rules and amend such Rules from time to time for the carrying into effect of all or any of the pro­visions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the sixteenth day of October, 19 75.

26 By-laws

BY-LAW NO. 12

Libraries

1. A person shall not use the Institute Main Library or any other library which may at any time be established in the Institute except in compliance in all respects with rules made by the Council relating to such use.

2. The Council is authorized, pursuant to this By-law to make such rules as it considers necessary for the carrying into effect of all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

3. A person who contravenes or fails to comply with any of the pro­visions of the rules made under the authority of this By-law shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding $100.

4. Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Sub-By-law two hereof, rules made pursuant to this By-law may be for all or any of the following purposes:-

(a) The management and conduct of a library to which the provisions of this By-law apply and the use care and mainten­ance preservation and safety of such a library and of any materials (whether journals papers books films tapes record­ings or other materials) equipment furniture or other property forming part of or located therein;

(b) Defining the powers and duties of the holder of any specified office in the Institute with respect to libraries;

(c) The conditions on which a person may enter a library to which the provisions of this By-law applies or use any materials equipment furniture or other property forming part of or located therein;

(d) Prescribing in respect of contravention of or failure to comply with rules made under this By-law-

(i) a reprimand and warning against repetition of the contravention of or failure to comply with the rules;

(ii) withdrawal of borrowing privileges for a specified period not exceeding one semester;

(iii) exclusion from a library for a specified period not exceeding one semester.

5. The provisions of this By-law twelve and any rules made pursuant thereto shall be in addition to and not in substitution for the pro­visions of any other By-law or rule made by the Council in pur­suance of the Education Act 1964 - 1974 in respect of the Institute.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queensland Institute of Technology held on the twenty-first day of June, 1979.

Rules Relating to Student Matters

28 Rules

RULES RELATING TO STUDENT MATTERS

Admission to Courses

The Council may -1. prescribe the conditions for normal entry to each course offered. 2. limit the number of students who shall be permitted to enrol or

continue in any course. 3. appoint an Admissions Committee and approve of rules providing

for -(i) (ii) (iii)

(iv)

(v)

its membership including the appointment of a Chairman; its method of operation; the admission of students who do not comply with normal entry; the selection of students to be admitted where quotas or res­trictions have been imposed upon admissions and enrolments; a quorum.

Academic Structure and Content of Courses

The Council may -4. prescribe the academic structure and content of any courses and

amend these at any time provided the reasonable rights of students already enrolled in the course are not prejudiced or are sufficiently safeguarded;

5. prescribe rules for student progression within a course; 6. delegate any or all of its powers under this section.

Assessment of Students

The Council may -7. approve rules relating to the examination and assessment of students

and the award of grades of passes; 8. delegate any or all of its powers under this section.

Exclusion of Students

The Council may -9. prescribe rules relating to gross failure; 10. exclude any student who is classified as having achieved gross failure

in subjects or courses; 11. delegate any or all of its powers under this section provided that any

student shal I have a right of appeal to Council against any decision or exclusion.

Appeals

Council shall establish an Appeals Committee to hear student appeals to the Council against exclusion and approve rules not inconsistent with By-law No. 5 or rules thereof in respect of the duties powers membership and management of the business of such Committee.

Rules 29

RULES FOR ADMISSION

1. Meaning of certain words. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires -

Admissions Committee means a committee appointed by Council to consider applications for admission to I nstit­ute courses.

Head of School means a member of the academic staff appoin­ted by Council and so designated. In the case of a Department not attached to a School the Director shall act as Head of School.

Senior Student Counsellor means the Senior Student Coun­sellor of the Institute.

Academic Staff Association means the Academic Staff Assoc­iation of the Institute.

Ordered Course means a course in which a student is required, to gain credit in a number of subjects in a particular sequence to acquire an award.

Head of Department means a member of the academic staff appointed by Council and so designated as the senior academic member of staff in a particular Department.

Sub-tertiary course means a course of study leading to the award of a Certificate.

Tertiary course means a course of study leading to the award of a Degree Diploma or an Associate Diploma.

Assistant Registrar means the Assistant Registrar of the Institute.

a 'Registered Student' is a student in an ordered course whose first enrolment in that course has been accepted and approved by the Registrar. A student shall remain a registered student until he:

(a) completes the course, or (b) withdraws from the course, or (c) is excluded from the course, or (d) fails to enrol in the course.

'Special Student' shall mean any person so accepted other than as a registered student.

2. The membership of the Admissions Committee shall be -Registrar (who shall act as Chairman) Heads of Schools Senior Student Counsellor One representative appointed by the Academic Staff Assoc­

iation. A member of Committee may be permitted to appoint another person who is not a member to attend and vote on his behalf.

3. The Admissions Committee shall -(i) advise the Director and the Academic Assembly on all matters

relating to the admission of students including -(a) the standards of entry to all courses after consideration

of recommendation prepared by the Academic Boards; (b) the assessment of prospective future enrolments following

periodic reviews of statistical trends;

30 Rules

(ii)

(c) the recommendation or policies for determining those who should be given priorities for admission or enrol­ment where quotas or restrictions on admissions or enrolments are in the opinion of the Council necessary.

determine eligibility for admission in those cases where the applicant does not possess normal entry standards.

4. A person desirous of entering a course shall make application to the Registrar for admission on an enrolment form provided for this purpose, and shall lodge such form fully and correctly completed not later than the closing date prescribed by the Council.

With such application, the person shall produce to the Registrar for verification, sufficient documentary evidence of passes in pre-requisite examinations.

The documentary evidence produced for verification shall be -( i) the original documents or facsimile copies thereof; (ii) such other evidence as the Admissions Committee may require.

5. A person who does not have the normal entry qualifications may make application for special consideration for entry on a form provided by the Registrar.

6. Concurrently with an application for special consideration for entry a person shall lodge with the Registrar an application for enrolment on the form provided for the purpose, and shall lodge such form fully and correctly completed not later than the closing date pre­scribed.

7. The Registrar shall notify all applicants for admission of the accept­ance or rejection of their applications.

8. An application for enrolment may be amended by the Head of Department because of -

(i) timetable incompatibility; (ii) non-compliance with the rules applicable to the course of

study; (iii) selection by the applicant of subjects which in the opinion of

the Head of Department are more than his capacity or circum­stances allow him to study adequately.

An applicant whose application for enrolment has been amended shall have a right of appeal to the Head of the School. Such an appeal shall be lodged with the Registrar within fourteen ( 14) days from date of notification of such amended enrolment. The Registrar shall notify the applicant of the result of the appeal as soon as is reasonably possible.

9. Late enrolments may be accepted only if a vacancy exists in classes established on the basis of closing date enrolments, and with the approval of the Head of School.

Rules 31

10. A Head of School may cancel any class in any subject where the number of enrolments in that class is considered to be insufficient.

Class groups shall be determined on enrolments as at closing date prescribed by Council. In the event of the cancellation of any class the enrolment of a student shall be deemed to be cancelled in respect of such subject provided that such cancellation shall be without prejudice to the right of the student to again apply for admission for enrolment in such subject, subject to the con· ditions prescribed for entry to such subject at the time of his application.

RULES RELATING TO UNREGISTERED STUDENTS

1. A student may be enrolled to do miscellaneous subjects, as distinct from registering for a complete course. Such students shall be termed 'Unregistered Students' and must obtain the prior approval of the relevant Head of Department to enrol each year. Unregistered Students shall be required to pay the appropriate Union Fee and shall be subject to the rules of the Institute, with the exception of Rules 41 to 46 of the General Examination Rules.

2. A requirement for admission to do a miscellaneous subject will be compliance with the rules as to the normal pre-requisite and co· requisite to that subject, including those subjects of the entrance requirements regarded as pre-requisites to the subject. The Admissions Committee, on the advice of the Head of the Department control!· ing the subject, has the authority to waive entry requirement pre­requisites.

3. A student will not normally be permitted to take simultaneously subjects from more than two courses either as an unregistered student in both courses or as an unregistered student in one course and a registered student in another course except at the discretion of the appropriate Head(s) of School(s).

4. Where permission is granted to undertake subjects from more than one course, only one Union fee will apply.

5. The maximum number of hours per week which may be attempted is at the discretion of the appropriate Head(s) of School(s).

6. An unregistered student will not be permitted to accumulate credits for more than 20% of the total course hours within a course.

7. Where quotas or other restrictions apply to a subject, a student applying for registration in a course will have precedence over unregistered students.

8. Where a registered student is undertaking miscellaneous subjects offered in another course in which the student is not registered, the application of the Gross Failure Rules in the course for which the student is registered will not be affected in any way by the results obtained in the miscellaneous subject.

9. When a registered student is excluded from his course due to gross failure, he shall not subsequently be eligible for enrolm~nt as an unregistered student in any subject of that course except at the discretion of the appropriate Head(s) of School(s).

32 Rules

RULES RELATING TO EXEMPTIONS IN UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE COURSES

1. Subject to the provisions of sub-paragraphs (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this rule, if a student, before registering for a course has, at this Institute or elsewhere, completed a programme considered by the Head of the Department responsible for the course as being an adequate and relavant substitute for a subject or subjects prescribed in the relevant course rules then credit may be granted for that subject or those subjects, or exemption may be granted from the whole or part of the programme for that subject or those subjects.

(i) A student in an undergraduate level course (UG 1, UG2, UG3, certificate) may be granted credit or exemption for any number of subjects prescribed in the programme except that in order to qualify for the award the student must satisfactor­ily complete the equivalent of at least two semesters full-time study or four semesters of part-time study within the Institute in subjects nominated by the Head of Department responsible for the course.

(ii) Where a postgraduate course exceeds two semesters full-time or four semesters part-time, exemptions may be granted up to a limit such that the student must complete satisfactorily two semesters full-time or four semesters part-time study.

(iii) Where a postgraduate course does not exceed two semesters full-time or four semesters part-time, but contains elective subjects, compulsory or elective subjects may be exempted provided the ~tudent undertakes at least an equivalent hourly content of elective subjects.

(iv) (a) Where a postgraduate course does not exceed two semesters full-time or four semesters part-time, and contains no elective subjects, exemptions will not be granted except in exceptional circumstances approved by the Academic Board responsible for the course. Where an exemption is granted the student must sub­stitute for the exempted subject another subject or other work relevant to the course approved by the Head of Department responsible for the course, such subject to be at a similar level and of similar hourly content to the subject for which an exemption has been granted.

(b) Exemptions will not be granted in connection with or for the Graduate Diploma in Legal Practice course.

Rules 33

RULES RELATING TO STUDENTS WHO SEEK RE-REGISTRATION

1. Subject to the provisions of clauses 2 and 3 below, a student whose registration in a course has lapsed because of withdrawal from the course or failure to re-enrol in the course and who wishes to re­register in that course:

(i) must apply for registration in the course by submitting a Re-enrolment Form;

(ii) shall be subject to the Course Rules in operation at the time of resumption; and

(iii) must re-enrol as directed.

2. The provisions of clause 1 of this Rule do not apply to students, who, at the time of resumption, have not satisfactorily completed all the subjects listed in the Course Rules for the first and second semesters, full time, part time, or external, as the case may be, of the course in which re-registration is sought. Such students are not eligible to re-enrol and must apply for admission to the course in the manner prescribed for new students.

3. Upon withdrawal from a course, or upon failure to re-enrol in a course a student who has not satisfactorily completed all subjects listed in the Course Rules for the first and second semesters, full time, part time or external, as the case may be, of that course, may be granted leave of absence upon production to the Registrar of documentary evidence acceptable to the Registrar in the case of medical or other compassionate grounds and acceptable to the relevant Academic Board responsible for the course in any other case. Such leave of absence shall be for a specific period at the expiration of which the student may re-enrol without loss of credit for results awarded prior to the date of withdrawal. A student to whom leave of absence has been granted shall be deemed for the period of leave of absence to be no longer proceeding to an academic award and must, on termination of the leave of absence, re-enrol or apply for an extension of the leave of absence. If a student fails to re-enrol or obtain an extension his registration will lapse.

4. A student whose registration in a course has lapsed as a consequence of exclusion from the course and who wishes to re-register in the course must apply for readmission in accordance with Rule 46 of the General Examination Rules.

34 Rules

GENERAL EXAMINATION RULES

Part 1. DEFINITIONS

Academic Board means a Board constituted by Council to exercise certain academic functions in relation to a particular School.

Committee of the Academic Board means a group of members of the Academic Board constituted by the Academic Board to exercise those particular academic functions prescribed by the Academic Board.

Unit Course means a course of study in which a student may gain credit for subjects passed and is required to repeat failed subjects only.

Fixed year course means a course of study in which a student is required to gain credit for all subjects of any year of the course before proceeding to the subjects of the following year.

Award means a Degree, Diploma, Associate Diploma or Certificate by the Council.

Chief Examiner means an officer appointed and so designated by a Head of Department in relation to an examination in a particular subject for a particular period.

Examiner means an officer appointed by the Head of Department to set and mark examination papers in a particular subject for a particular period.

Supervisor means an officer appointed by the Registrar to supervise the conduct of a particular examination.

Central Examination means any examination administered by the office of the Registrar.

Departmental Examination means any examination administered by a Department.

Supplementary Examination means an examination given to a student who has failed to pass either a central or departmental examination.

Deferred Examination means an examination given to a student in place of a central or departmental examination in cases where the student has failed to sit and the reasons for such failure have been accepted by the Head of School.

Assignment means written exercises where these are specified as man­datory in a particular subject.

Practical Work means Laboratory and Workshop exercises where these are specified as mandatory in a particular subject.

Reports mean opinions expressed after investigation or consideration Where such report is mandatory in a particular subject.

Part II. AUTHORITY TO PRESCRIBE EXAMINATIONS

1. Academic Boards to Prescribe Examination Requirements -

(a) An approved system may include Central Examinations, Departmental Examinations, Assignments, Practical Work, Reports and any methods of continuous assessment.

(b) The system of assessment to be used in each subject will be prescribed by the Department responsible for the subject concerned and approved by the Academic Board responsible for the subject.

Rules 35

(c} An Academic Board shall have the power of delegation subject to any conditions as it thinks fit to a Committee of the Board but the Board shall resolve any dispute.

2. Periods for Central Examinations

The periods within the academic year to be set aside for Central Examinations, Supplementary Examinations and Deferred Exam­inations will be determined by Council.

3. Period for Departmental Examinations

The periods within the academic year to be set aside for Depart­mental Examinations will be as determined by the Department concerned after agreement with other Departments which might be affected by any determination, and where appropriate, by agree­ment with the Registrar. The Head of School will resolve any dis­agreements of an intra-School nature, whereas those of an inter­School nature will be referred to the Director for decision.

Part Ill. CENTRAL EXAMINATIONS

4. Appointment of Examiners

(a) The relevant Head of Department will appoint examiners and, where appropriate, chief examiners each year for each subject in that year.

(b) The names of all examiners shall be forwarded by the Head of School to the Registrar by a date to be prescribed by the Registrar in consultation with the Head of School concerned.

5. Responsibility for Conduct of Examinations

(a) The Registrar will be responsible for the conduct of all Central Examinations in accordance with Parts V and VI of these rules.

(b) In consultation with the Heads of School, Heads of Depart­ment, and if appointed, the Chief Examiners, the Registrar may prescribe the date upon which all examination papers required to be set by examiners are to be received by this office and the form in which such papers will be received.

(c) The Registrar will be responsible for the preparation of a time­table for all Central Examinations and for the publication of this timetable as required by these rules.

Part IV. DEPARTMENTAL EXAMINATIONS

6. Appointment of Examiners

The relevant Head of Department will appoint examiners and, where appropriate, chief examiners. He will also be responsible for the conduct of the Departmental examinations.

36 Rules

Part V. NOMINATION FOR EXAMINATIONS

7. Nomination for Central Examinations

The Registrar may prescribe a form required to be lodged by students presenting themselves for any Central Examination and may pre­scribe the date by which such form shall be lodged with him.

8. Nomination for Departmental Examination

The Head of Department may prescribe a form required to be lodged by students intending to sit for a Departmental Examination and prescribe the date by which such form shall be lodged with him.

9. Charges

Any form capable of being lodged under these rules need not be accepted if any charges due from the person lodging it have not been paid. In the event of any non-acceptance the person presenting the form shall not be permitted to sit for that examination.

10. Late Lodgement

At the discretion of the Registrar or Head of Department, as the case may be, a form required to be lodged under these rules may be accepted after the date prescribed for lodgement subject to the payment of any charge prescribed for late lodgement.

11. Withdrawal of Entry Examination

A student who has entered for an examination may withdraw his entry by written notice to the Registrar or the Head of Department, as the case may be, by the prescribed date.

12. Timetables

(a) The timetable for Departmental Examination shall be prepared by the Head of Department and shall be posted on appropriate notice boards.

(b) A preliminary timetable for Central Examinations shall be prepared by the Registrar and posted on appropriate notice boards.

(c) Should any timetable show a clash between subjects for which the student has nominated, it is the responsibility of the student to notify either the Registrar or the Head of Depart­ment as the case may be by the date prescribed for such notification.

(d) The final examination timetables for Central Examinations shall be so posted not less than three weeks prior to the commencement of the examination.

13. Eligibility to Sit for Examinations

(a) A student may be declared ineligible by the Head of the Department responsible for the course to sit for an exam­ination if he has failed to fulfil all the conditions as set out in the rules pertaining to the course for which he has en­rolled.

Rules 37

(b) The Registrar may prescribe the date by which Heads of Department must advise him of the names of students who are declared to be ineligible under this rule and upon receipt of advice from the relevant departments will so advise the stud­ents in writing of their ineligibility inviting them to show cause by a prescribed date why ineligibility should not be confirmed.

(c) Where a student shows cause why he should not be declared ineligible his case shall be referred to the Head of School for review and determination.

(d) A student declared by the Head of School to be so ineligible shall have the right of appeal to the Director.

14. Student Examination Form

(a) The Registrar shall forward to each student at least two weeks prior to the commencement of all Central Examinations an examination form showing the subjects for which the student is eligible to sit and the date and time of the examination in that subject.

(b) The student is required to keep this form in his possession at all times during the period of the examination.

15. Failure to Attend for Examination at the Prescribed Date & Time

(a) A student who fails to attend an examination for which he has nominated and which in the case of a Central Examination is shown on his examination form will be deemed to have sat for and failed the examination concerned except in cases where he has notified the Registrar before the examination commences or immediately afterwards that he has failed to attend for reasons of incapacity, ill health or other circum­stances beyond his control, and subsequently produces an acceptable medical or other certificate to this effect.

(b) Should the medical or other certificate be acceptable to the Head of School, the student shall be granted a deferred exam­ination.

Part VI. CONDUCT TO EXAMINATIONS

16. Entry to Examination Room

A person other than a candidate, supervisor, examiner or his nom­inee, chief examiner or his nominee, may not enter an examination room during an examination session or during the period of forty­five minutes immediately preceding such session except with the permission of a supervisor.

17. Time for Departure

A candidate may not leave an examination room before the end of the examination session without the permission of a supervisor.

18. Conditions of Entry and Departure

A person whether a candidate or not, who is given permission to enter or leave an examination room shall comply with all conditions on which the permission is given.

38 Rules

19. Unauthorised Material not to be Brought into the Examination Room

A candidate shall not bring into an examination room anything whatsoever which conveys or is capable of conveying information concerning or otherwise has reference to any subject or is such that it may reasonably give rise to suspicion that it is capable of conveying information concerning or of having reference to any subject or that it was intended by the candidate to do so. It is immaterial that the subject is not a subject to which the examination relates.

It shall be sufficient answer to any alleged breach of this rule if the candidate establishes that anything brought by him into an exam­ination room was -(a) declared as permissible by the examiner and is so indicated on

the examination paper, or (b) brought in with the permission of the supervisor, or (c) deposited by the candidate within the room forthwith after

entering it at a place designated by the supervisor as a place where such thing may be deposited.

20. Candidate not to Communicate with Others A candidate shall not during an examination session communicate by word or otherwise with any other person except a supervisor, examiner or his nominee, or assist any other person to communicate with another person, or willingly receive a communication from any person other than a supervisor, examiner or his nominee.

21. Cheating

A candidate shall not cheat or attempt to cheat in an examination. A person whether a candidate or not shall not do anything to assist any other examinee in his examination.

22. Supervisor's Power of Inspection

A supervisor may require a candidate to show by such means as the supervisor may specify and as the supervisor considers appropriate to the circumstances that the candidate has not in his possession or in any way available any such things as is specified under Rule 19 or that he is not committing or has not committed a breach of Rules 20 or 21 and the Candidate shall comply without delay with such requirement.

23. Identification

A candidate shall bring to the examination room his student exam­ination form and shall produce or keep displayed such form in accordance with any direction given to him by notice displayed in the examination room, by direction on an examination book, by a supervisor or otherwise.

24. Places

A candidate for an examination shall upon entering an examination room proceed without delay to such place as he is or has been directed to occupy for that examination by a supervisor or by notice or other means, and shall not leave that place except with the permission or by the direction of a supervisor.

Rules 39

A supervisor may at any time direct a candidate to leave any such place and to occupy another place specified by the supervisor, and a candidate shall without delay comply with any such direction.

25. Candidate to Comply with Directions

(a) A candidate shall comply with all directions to candidates set forth on the examination book or such other examination material supplied to him or set out on any notice displayed in the examination room and shall without delay comply with any reasonable direction given to him by the supervisor..

(b) A candidate's behaviour shall not be such as to disturb or distract or adversely affect any other candidate.

(c) In the event of breach or default by a candidate under or in respect of 25(a) or 25(b) the supervisor may require the offending candidate to leave the examination room and failure by the candidate to do so shall be deemed to be a breach of discipline and he may be dealt with under the By-law 9(2).

(d) All such exclusions shall be reported immediately to the Registrar or in his absence the Assistant Registrar or officer designated by the Registrar to conduct the examination and the Registrar, Assistant Registrar or other officer after hearing the supervisor the candidate and any relevant evidence may either confirm or rescind the exclusion.

26. Candidates not to Remove Papers A candidate shall not remove from the examination room any worked script or paper provided for use by him during the course of the examination (other than the question paper supplied to him) or other material the property of the Institute.

27. Penalties for Breach of Examination Rules (a) If a candidate commits a breach of any rule contained in this

part of these rules, he shall be deemed to be guilty of a simple breach of discipline and may be dealt with under By-law 9(2).

(b) A candidate who commits a breach of a rule contained in this part of these rules shall be liable in addition to any other penalty to have his examination cancelled, and in particular a candidate in breach of Rule 25 of this part of these rules shall be liable to the following penalties. For a first breach -( i) denial of credit for the subject concerned, or (ii) denial of credit for all subjects taken in the same acad-

emic year. (c) The Registrar, Assistant Registrar or other officer shall forth­

with advise the Director of any such alleged breach and after due investigation by the Director, the Director may in writing require the candidate to show cause within not less than seven days from the date of such requirement why penalty should not be imposed under this rule. In the event of the candidate failing to show cause the Director may impose any penalty provided for under this rule.

(d) Penalties for a further breach shall be -( i) exclusion from the Institute for a period, or (ii) permanent exclusion from the Institute.

A candidate incurring either of these penalties shall have a right of appeal to the Appeals Committee.

Part VII. ASSESSMENT OF RESULTS

28. Registrar or Head of Department to Supply List of Candidates.

For Central Examinations the Registrar shall supply to each examiner a list of candidates for whom a result is required in each subject. For Departmental Examinations the Head of Department shall supply to each examiner a list of candidates for whom a result is required in each subject.

29. Duties of Examiners

The Examiners shall furnish to the Head of Department or the Chief Examiner where such is appointed -(a) A list of the candidates in respect of whom results for the

subject are required on which the examiner shall show -(i) such details of each candidate's performance as may be

required by the Head of Department or Chief Examiner; (ii) a statement of those from whom no script was received; (iii) the name of any candidate who submitted a script and

whose name was not included in the list supplied by the Registrar.

(b) the examiner's recommended grade lines; (c) the result which the examiner recommends in respect of each

candidate; and (d) an analysis of the examiner's recommendations showing the

numbers of each grade of pass or failure recommended.

30. Powers and Duties of Head of Department

The Head of Department or where appointed the Chief Examiner may approve or vary the grading of results recommended for each candidate, provided always that, before making such a variation, the Head of Department or Chief Examiner shall advise the examiner concerned of the variation he proposes and consider any represent­ation that the examiner may wish to make.

31. Power and Duties of the Academic Board

(a) In Relation to the Subject being Examined

The Head of Department or Chief Examiner shall forward to the Academic Board responsible for the course the results recommended by him together with any comments concerning these results made by the examiner concerned, in respect of each candidate. That Academic Board shall thereupon consider the results recommended for each candidate and shall deter­mine the final award in each subject provided always that -(i) the Academic Board determining such final awards may

refer the recommended awards to a meeting of such examiners as the Chairman of the Academic Board may determine for advice, and

{ii) the Academic Board shall not determine an award different from that recommended by a Head of Depart­ment or Chief Examiner except after advice to that Head of Department or Chief Examiner of the intended variation and consideration of any matters which that Head of Department or Chief Examiner may wish to place before the Board.

Rules 41

The Academic Board shall classify each result in terms of the grading of pass as set out in Part VI I of these rules.

(b) Jn Relation to the Course in which the Student is Enrolled.

The Head of Department responsible shall forward to the relevant Academic Board a listing of the final results of each candidate enrolled in that course who has nominated for the examination. Where relevant the Academic Board shall consider these results in terms of the approved progression rules for each course and determine -(i) whether the candidate has fulfilled all of the require­

ments for progression to the next stage of the course; (ii) whether the candidate shall be granted conceded passes

in subjects in which he has not been granted a pass; (iii) whether the candidate shall be granted supplementary

examinations or shall be required to submit himself for such other additional means of assessment as the Academic Board shall determine.

32. Application of Academic Board Policy

Where an Academic Board has prescribed a policy which requires an adjustment of results the Head of School, before submitting results recommended for each candidate to the Academic Board, shall adjust the recommended grades in any subject in accordance with that pol icy, and shall report any adjustment so made to the A cad em ic Board.

33. Powers of Alteration

An examination result determined by the Academic Board, and a decision concerning the granting of supplementary examination to a candidate may be altered by the Head of the School controlling the course with the concurrence of the Head of Department or Chief Examiner concerned -(a) to correct a patent error, or (b) to make the result or decision accord with the result or decision

which the Head of School and the Head of Department, Chief Examiner and where possible the examiner, are satisfied would have been confirmed or made by the Academic Board if it had considered relevant circumstances which were not considered by the Board.

Any such alteration and the reasons therefore shall be reported to the Academic Board at its next meeting.

34. Grading of Results

(a) A pass in each subject may be credited as an Honour (H), Credit (C), or Pass (P).

(b) Where the Academic Board responsible for the course so determines in accordance with Rule 31 a pass conceded (Q) may be awarded in a subject.

(c) Where a student has been granted a supplementary examin­ation in any subject he may not be subsequently credited in that subject with a grade higher than pass (P).

42 Rules

(d) Where a student has been granted a deferred examination he may be awarded a pass in terms of an Honour (H), Credit (C), Pass (P), or Pass Conceded (Q).

35. Where a candidate has failed to comply with the Rules pertaining to a particular subject or course, irrespective of whether he has been permitted to sit for the relevant examinations or not, or where the Academic Board responsible for the course decides that further assessment is desirable before release of a candidate's final result, his results in either a particular subject or all of the subjects may be withheld at the discretion of the Academic Board until he has fulfilled all requirements to the satisfaction of the Academic Board.

In such cases, the Registrar will advise the student in writing to contact the Head of Department responsible for the conduct of the subject to ascertain exact requirements to enable the final result to be issued. Except in the case of the Academic Board responsible for the course having decided that further assessment is desirable before release of a final result, the student shall be given the oppor­tunity to show cause to the Registrar why the result should not be withheld.

The Academic Board responsible for the course in which the student is enrolled must notify the Registrar of a final result no later than two weeks (or six weeks with the approval of the Academic Board) after the commencement of the next semester.

36. Approval of Results

Departmental Examinations (a) The results of all Departmental Examinations shall be subject

to approval by the relevant Academic Board. (b) Upon approval by the Board the results shall be forwarded to

the Registrar who shall maintain a register for use in the final compilation of results.

37. Certification of Final Results

Central Examinations The Head of School shall certify to the Registrar -(a) the final results in respect of each candidate in his School

after all authorities have carried out their functions and exercised any powers given them under these rules;

(b) in the case of fixed year courses, a statement that the candid­ate has passed or failed the year or been granted supplementary examinations.

38. Release of Results

(a) Departmental Examinations Upon approval of the Academic Board controlling the course or a Committee of the Board where the authority has been delegated under Section 40, the results may be released by the Head of Department offering the subject.

Rules 43

(b) Central Examinations Following certification of results provided for in Section 37 these will be released at the direction of the Registrar.

39. Application for Review of Results

The papers submitted by a candidate in any subject shall be reviewed on request lodged by him with the Registrar not later than the date prescribed in the calendar and on payment of a fee prescribed by the Council. If, on review, a higher grade of pass, or a pass in place of a failure is awarded to the candidate, the fee so paid shall be refunded.

40. Delegation of Authority by Academic Board

Where an Academic Board responsible for a course has determined a policy in relation to the assessment of examination results, it may delegate to a Committee of the Board, the authority to exercise its powers under these rules. All such authority exercised on behalf of the Board must be consistent with the policy laid down by the Board and all decisions made by the Committee must be reported at the next meeting of the Board.

Part VIII. GROSS FAILURE

The following Rules 41 to 46 apply only to students who are registered in an approved course of study. Unregistered Students must apply for enrol­ment each year and their applications may be accepted or rejected by the Registrar on the recommendation of the relevant Head of Department.

41. Student to be Classified as a Gross Failure

A student in any one year may be classified as a gross failure under the following circumstances -

(a) In Unit Courses (i) where a student has failed twice in the same subject or

unit even though he did not nominate for that subiect at successive examinations, or

(ii) Where a student, who is enrolled in a course which has a normal minimum completion time of four semesters or less, has not maintained over the most recent two semesters in which he was registered in a course, exclusive of any period of approved leave of absence, a rate of progress at least equal to fifty percent of the formal hours as set out in the relevant course rules for normal progression, or

(iii) where a student, who is enrolled in a course which has a normal minimum completion time exceeding four semesters, has not maintained over the most recent four semesters in which he was registered in a course, exclusive of any period of approved leave of absence, a rate of progress at least equal to fifty percent of the formal hours as set out in the relevant course rules for normal progression.

44 Rules

The provisions of rules 41 (a)(ii) and 41 (a) (iii) apply irrespective of whether the student was registered in different courses in the most recent two semesters referred to in rule 41 (a) (ii) or the most recent four semesters referred to in rule 41 (a)(iii).

(b) In Fixed Year Courses (i) where a student has failed twice in the same vear of the

course, or (ii) in those cases where a student has been aranted special

permission to repeat only some of the subiects of a particular year and he has failed in any of those subjects.

42. Procedure to be Adopted

(a) Following the certification of final results as required under Rule 37, the Academic Board responsible for the course will forward to the Registrar a list showing those students who are classified by the Academic Board as gross failures.

(b) The Registrar shall notify all such students that they have been so classified and shall give them the opportunity to show cause by a prescribed date which is not more than four weeks from the date of posting the notification, why they should not be dealt with as provided for in these rules.

(c) A student who wishes to show cause why he should not be dealt with under the rules may do so in writing to the Registrar.

(d) When the date prescribed for showing cause has elapsed the Registrar will forward to the Head of School all submissions received and these will be considered by the Academic Board responsible for the course and the penalties to be imposed, if any, will be determined.

43. Penalties for Gross Failure

Where it is confirmed under Rule 41 above that a student has been classified as a gross failure and the student has failed under Rule 42 to show cause the following penalties may be imposed by the Academic Board responsible for the course -

(a) The student may be refused enrolment in any course offered by the Institute.

(b) The student may be refused enrolment in the course in which he was classified as a gross failure.

(c) The student may be refused enrolment in a particular subject in which he was classified as a gross failure but allowed to proceed with the course provided that subject is not mandatory to the course.

(d) The student may be permitted to repeat a particular subject or, in the case of a fixed year course, a particular year, or may be required to undertake a programme determined by the Academic Board.

Rules 45

44. Right of Appeal

Where a penalty is imposed under Rule 43, a student shall have the right of appeal to the Appeals Committee. All appeals against the imposition of penalties under the provisions of Rule 43 - Penalties for Gross Failure - shall be lodged in writing with the Registrar. Each letter of appeal must state the grounds and reasons for appeal and must be delivered or posted so as to reach the Registrar within fourteen ( 14) calendar days of the date appearing on the Registrar's letter advising the student of the penalties imposed.

45. Appointment of Committee of Academic Board

An Academic Board may appoint a Committee of the Academic Board to make recommendations to the Academic Board.

46. Re-admission after Exclusion

(a) A student excluded under these Rules may be considered for re-admission after a period of not less than four semesters.

(b) An application for re-admission after exclusion should be made in writing to the Registrar no later than two months prior to the commencement of the semester for which re­admission is sought.

(c) Applications for re-admission shall be considered by the Academic Board responsible for the course from which the student was excluded. In considering applications the Acad· emic Board may take into account changed circumstances; e.g. academic and/or vocational performance since exclusion, maturity and motivation.

(d) An Academic Board may require an applicant who has been re-admitted under these Rules to enrol on such conditions as it may determine.

(e) A student re-admitted under these Rules may, at the discretion of the Academic Board, be required to re-enrol and be assessed in any subject or subjects which the student may have passed prior to exclusion.

46 Rules

QUEENSLAND INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY LIBRARY RULES

1. Authority of Chief Librarian

2. Library Usage 2.1 Entitled Users etc. 2.2 Hours of Opening 2.3 Rules for General Conduct 2.4 Borrowing Responsibilities 2.5 Loan Periods 2.6 Limited Access Collection 2.7 Non-Loanable Materials

3. Penalties etc. 3.1 General 3.2 Reprimand 3.3 Fines for Late Returns 3.4 Loss of Borrowing Rights 3.5 Lost Library Mate rial 3.6 Exclusion

4. Appeals

5. Library Copying and Copyright

6. Notices

0.1.T. MAIN LIBRARY

RULES

Rules 47

1. Authority of the Chief Librarian

The Library shall be administered by the Chief Librarian. Subject to the overall control of the Director and the Institute Council, the Chief Librarian shall:-

1.1 Prescribe the procedures to be followed by Library users;

1.2 Exercise disciplinary authority with respect to the behaviour of users of the Library;

1.3 Exercise disciplinary authority with respect to the preservation, consultation and loan of library materials.

2. Library Usage

2. 1 Entitled Users etc.

2.1.1 Subject as below, the Chief Librarian may permit any person to use any facility of the Library and determine the conditions under which such use is permitted. Failure to comply with any such con­ditions shall be a breach of these Rules.

2.1.2 The following are entitled to use the Library for study and research:-

(a) Students of the Institute; (b) Staff of the Institute; (c) Members of the Institute Council; (d) Special users who are:-

(i) reciprocal users (as defined in written agreements with 0.1.T.);

(ii) any other person or group approved by the Chief Librarian.

2.1.3 The Chief Librarian may make a charge to any user or users for library materials, services or other facil­ities, in accordance with the Schedule of Charges attached to these Rules. Any amendment to the Schedule of Charges is to be approved by the Director and the Institute Counci I.

2.1.4 Any person entitled or given approval to use any facility of the Library may be required to complete and sign a registration card undertaking to comply with the Rules.

2.1.5 Any person entitled or given approval to use any facility of the Library, and wishing to do so, must obtain a 0.1.T. Library Membership Card or a 0.1.T. Identity Card, whichever is appropriate.

48 Rules

2.2 Hours of Opening

The hours during which the Library shall be open shall be prescribed by the Chief Librarian, subject to the approval of the Director, and posted at the entrance to the Library. Prior notice through normal Institute channels will be given of any change in the hours of opening.

2.3 Rules for General Conduct

2.3.1 A Library user shall have due regard for the rights of others to use the Library in accordance with these Rules and shall not interfere with other users of the Library.

2.3.2 No person may smoke, eat or drink in the Library except in such areas as are specifically set aside by the Chief Librarian for any of these purposes. No animals may be brought into the Library.

2.3.3 Bags, cases or other material may be brought into the Library, but must be offered for inspection on leaving the Library if requested by a member of the Library staff.

2.3.4 No person may reserve a seat in a general reading area, except in Closed Carrels. Articles left un­attended in the Library for more than 30 minutes may be removed by Library staff. The Institute, Chief Librarian and Library staff shall have no responsibility for personal belongings left in the Library.

2.3.5 An atmosphere of quiet must be maintained in the Library so that it is at all times a place conducive to independent study and quiet reading. Silence must be kept in the main reading areas and conver­sation restricted to the Seminar rooms, foyers, and other specified areas.

2.4 Borrowing Responsibilities

2.4.1 A current Identity Card is necessary for borrowing Library materials and should be carried at all times.

2.4.2 A borrower is responsible for the safe-keeping and return of the materials borrowed by him or her from the Library.

2.4.3 All borrowers must complete the appropriate loan record for each item they borrow.

2.4.4 All items on loan must be returned on or before the last date stamped on the date due slip or where appropriate, before the expiration of a recall notice.

Rules 49

2.4.5 Names of borrowers will not be revealed without the borrower's consent.

2.5 Loan Periods

2.5.1 Books

The normal loan period for books is two (2) weeks. A two week loan may be renewed twice, provided that another borrower has not reserved the item, that it is not overdue, and that it is not a new addition to the Library stock. From time to time certain books may be placed in the Limited Access Collection or on short term loan, i.e. three (3) days.

2.5.2 Special Book Loans

With the approval of the Chief Librarian, full-time academic staff may borrow, for one semester only, books required in the planning of courses or subjects. Requests for semester loans must be submitted in writing. Semester loans will not be renewed. First semester loans will be from 1st January to 31st July. Second semester loans will be from 1st June to 30th November.

2.5.3 Periodicals

Unbound issues of periodicals (other than current issues or issues on display) may be borrowed by full-time staff for one week. Loans of periodicals are not renewable.

Monographic Series (e.g. Advances in .... ) may be borrowed by staff and students for one week. Loans of Monographic Series are not renewable.

2.5.4 Audio-Visual

Most types of audio-visual materials, with the excep­tion of films and video, may be borrowed for two (2) weeks by staff and students.

Films and video may be borrowed by staff only for a period of one (1) week.

Audio-Visual loans are not normally renewable.

2.6 Limited Access Collection

2.6.1 Only OIT students and staff and other persons app­roved by the Chief Librarian may use the Limited Access Collection.

2.6.2 No items borrowed from the Limited Access Collec­tion may be removed from the Library, except as specified in Clause 2.6.4 below.

50 Rules

2.6.3 Only one item at a time may be borrowed from the Limited Access Collection.

2.6.4 The normal loan period is two (2) hours. After that time the borrowed item must be returned, but if no one else has reserved it, the item may be renewed for a further two (2) hours.

Limited Access Collection material may also be borrowed after 9.30 p.m. (weekdays) or 4.30 p.m. Sundays. It must be returned before 9.00 a.m. the following morning. Material may also be borrowed after 4.30 p.m. on Saturday and must then be retur­ned at 1.00 p.m. on Sunday.

2.6.5 Students and staff must leave their GIT Identity Card as a deposit before being permitted to remove any item from the Limited Access Collection.

2.7 Non-Loanable Materials

Non-loanable materials are as follows:-

(a) Reference works; (b) Maps and Charts; (c) Theses; (d) Bound volumes of periodicals; (e) Newspapers.

3. Penalties etc.

3.1 General

3.1.1 A charge under these Rules shall be a debt to the Institute.

3.1.2 Subject as below, penalties i.e. reprimand, fines, withdrawal of borrowing privihges, exclusion from the Library or other specified sanction, for breaches of these Rules may be imposed by the Chief Librarian or any user.

3.1.3 Penalties (as specified in 3.1.2 above) for late returns may be waived by the Chief Librarian in special circumstances.

3.2 Reprimand

3.2.1 Failure to observe these Rules may incur a reprimand from the Chief Librarian or the senior Librarian on duty, together with a warning against repetition of the offence.

Rules51

3.3 Fines for Late Returns

3.3.1 Weekly, Fortnightly & Semester Loans

(i) When a loan is overdue, an overdue notice will be sent to the borrower;

(ii) If a loan is returned late, a fine will be imposed at the rate of $1.00 for each week or part thereof that the loan is overdue from the date due, up to a maximum of $5.00.

3.3.2 Limited Access Collection Loans

A fine of 50¢ per hour will be imposed for each hour or part thereof that the item is late, up to a maximum of $20.00.

3.3.3 Short Term Loans (3 days)

A fine of $1.00 per day, per item, will be imposed for each day the loan is late, up to a maximum of$20.00.

3.4 Loss of Borrowing Rights

3.4.1 If a book or other Library material is not returned within five (5) weeks of the date stamped on the date due slip, the item will be presumed lost, and the user's borrowing rights may be withdrawn for a period not exceeding one semester.

3.4.2 Subject to 3.4.1, borrowing rights will not be restored until al I overdue loans have been returned to the Library and all fines are paid.

3.5 Lost Library Material

3.5.1 If an item appears to be lost, the loss must be repor­ted to the Lending Services Desk Clerk or the Lending Services Librarian. If after a reasonable search by both Librarian and borrower the item cannot be found and proof of return cannot be shown, the borrower shall be responsible for the replacement cost plus a processing charge of $5.00, up to a max­imum of $100.

3.6 Exclusion

3.6.1 Any person who fails to observe these Rules or who disfigures or damages any document or other Library facility may be excluded from the Library for up to one week and shall be responsible for any damage caused.

4. Appeals

4.1 Any person upon whom a penalty (as defined in 3.1.2 hereof) has been imposed may, within fourteen (14) days of the imposition, challenge the imposition of the penalty and/or appeal against the imposition of the penalty, and any action which may be taken under Section 3 will be suspended pending determination of the challenge or appeal.

4.1.1 Any challenge or appeal should in the first instance be made to the Registrar.

4.1.2 An appeal against a decision of the Registrar must be made in writing within seven (7) days to the Director.

4.1.3 On appeal, the Registrar or the Director, as the case may be, if there are extenuating or exceptional circumstances, may allow the appeal or reduce or waive the penalty.

5. Library Copying and Copyright

5. 1 Permissable Copying

For "purposes" of Research and Study it is necessary that the copying be restricted to a reasonable proportion of the work and that only single copies are obtained. A 'reasonable proportion' will be interpreted in this Library as a Chapter or 10 percent of a book, whichever is less, and one article from a periodical. Exceptions to these guidelines may be approved only by the Chief Librarian, Lending Services Librarian or those acting in these capacities.

5.2 Non-Copyright Material

There is no restriction on the copying of non-copyright material. Aside from personal papers, readers may be required to establish that the copies they have made are non-copyright matter .. In some cases a statement is made on a pub I ication permitting copying. Otherwise readers should assure them­selves BEFORE making copies that they have the necessary authority 0 R are acting within the exclusion of the Copyright Act 1968 (CWTH).

6. Notices

Any notices to be given to a person under these Rules shall be deemed to be sufficiently given if sent to him or her by mail at his or her address registered with the Library and shall be deemed to have been received by the person to whom it is addressed in the ordinary course of the post.

M

LO

V>

Q)

::::s

0:::

US

ER

C

AT

EG

OR

Y

A.

0.1.

T.

( i)

Sta

ff

(ii)

Stu

den

ts

MA

NU

AL

B

OR

RO

WIN

G

FIL

M L

OA

NS

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

S

EA

RC

HE

S

No

char

ge

No

char

ge

No

char

ge

No

char

ge

No

t av

aila

ble

No

t av

aila

ble

CO

MP

UT

ER

BA

SE

D

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E S

EA

RC

HE

S

PU

BL

ICA

TIO

NS

Ava

ilab

le t

o O

IT S

taff

and

pos

t-gr

adua

te s

tude

nts

-in

th

e fo

llow

ing

circ

um

stan

ces:

-

(i)

Whe

n th

e D

epar

tmen

tal

Hea

d ve

rifi

es t

hat

a s

earc

h is

(a)

rela

ted

to 0

.1.T

. w

ork

in t

he

case

of

staf

f, o

r (b

) a

nece

ssar

y pa

rt o

f an

app

rove

d pr

ogra

m f

or

post

-gra

duat

e st

uden

ts, t

he

Dis

trib

uted

fre

e ch

arge

will

be

debi

ted

to t

he

to D

epar

tmen

ts

Dep

artm

ent.

Th

e co

st w

ill b

e ro

yalt

y co

sts+

tel

ecom

mun

i-ca

tio

ns+

pri

nts.

(N

o ch

arge

s w

ill b

e m

ade

in 1

979)

.

(ii)

Fo

r no

n-0.

1.T

. re

late

d se

arch

es

or

non-

esse

ntia

l se

arch

es i

n th

e ca

se o

f po

st-g

radu

ate

stud

ents

, th

e ch

arge

will

be

mad

e to

th

e in

divi

dual

co

ncer

ned.

Cos

t w

ill b

e as

fo

r no

n-0.

1.T

. us

ers

(see

be

low

).

"' Q) ::l a:

<::!"

LO

B.

NO

N-0

.1.T

.

(i)

Ind

ivid

ua

l

(ii)

O

the

r te

rtia

ry

educ

atio

nal

Inst

itu

tio

ns

(iii)

G

ove

rnm

en

t D

epar

tmen

ts

(iv)

Com

mer

ce

&

Ind

ust

ry

$1

0 d

ep

osi

t+

$1

0 a

nnua

l su

b.

No

t av

aila

ble

No

cha

rge

(rec

ipro

cal

l.L.L

. V

ouch

ers

arra

ngem

ents

)

$1

0 tr

an

sact

ion

l.

L.L

. V

ouch

ers

fee

per

loan

1$10

de

po

sit +

$

10

tra

nsa

ctio

n

1$20

in

stit-

fee

per

loan

u

tion

al

sub-

scri

pt i

ons

(a)

Whe

re 0

.1.T

. L

ibra

ry s

taff

d

o s

earc

hing

AU

SIN

ET

-$

20

per

sea

rch

$1

5/h

ou

r st

aff

+

pri

nti

ng

cos

ts

tim

e

LO

CK

HE

ED

DIA

LO

G

Pre

MID

AS

-C

ost

Cos

t N

o c

harg

e re

cove

ry +

25%

pe

r ite

m

Pos

t M

IDA

S

$3

0 p

er

basi

s se

arch

+ p

rin

tin

g c

osts

(b)

Whe

re n

on

-0.1

.T.

Lib

rari

an

N

o c

harg

e do

es s

earc

hing

Cos

t fo

r b

oth

AU

S IN

ET

and

Lo

ckhe

ed D

ialo

g w

ill b

e co

st

reco

very

+ $

5 s

urch

arge

$

15

/ho

ur

sta

ff

tim

e

Rules 55

UNION FEE RULES

1. Interpretation

In these Rules unless the context otherwise indicates or requires:

'Full-time Student' means a student, including a member of staff of the Institute, who is enrolled at the Institute as a full-time student or such other person or persons as the Council may from time to time determine.

'Part-time Student' means a student, including a member of staff of the Institute, who is enrolled at the Institute as a part-time student or such other person or persons as the Council may from time to time determine.

'Sandwich Student' means a student, including a member of staff of the Institute, who in a particular academic year is enrolled at the Institute on the basis of attendance on a full-time basis for one of two semesters, and is required to undertake specified practical training, with or without, part-time study for the remaining semester.

'Union Fees' means such fees as may be prescribed by the Council for membership of the Queensland Institute of Technology Union.

'Enrolment' means application for registration as a student of the Institute, and includes both New Enrolments and Re-enrolments.

2. Fees to be Paid

Unless the Council otherwise directs, Union Fees shall be paid at the time of submitting an enrolment or re-enrolment, on or before the following dates: (a) in the case of a student applying for re-enrolment or of a

student applying for enrolment for the first time in a Post­graduate or Certificate course - by the date indicated in the Institute Calendar.

(b) in the case of a student applying for enrolment for the first time in a degree, diploma, or associate diploma course - by the date specified on the Acceptance of Offer Form forwarded to the student.

3. Consequences of Non-payment

(i) If Union Fees payable by a student have not been paid at the time of lodging an enrolment, the Registrar may refuse to accept such enrolment.

(ii) Any student whose enrolment is not accepted under the provisions of Sub-Rule (i) of this Rule may re-apply for enrolment, up to and including the final date for submission of late enrolments as specified in the Institute Calendar, subject to the conditions specified in Sub-Rule (i) of this Rule.

(iii) Without limiting the effect of Sub-Rule (i) of this Rule, a student who has not paid all Union Fees due and payable by him and who satisfies the Registrar that he is unable to make payment by the date specified for fees to be paid, may be granted an extension of time in which to pay such fees, and may have his enrolment accepted, subject to his agreeing to pay all fees not later than the extended date indicated by the Registrar.

56 Rules

(iv) Where a student has lodged an enrolment with the Enrolments Section of the Institute and Union Fees due and payable by the student have only been paid in part, the Registrar may refuse to accept or process such enrolment, unless the balance of fees, notified to the student on a Fee Payment Form, have been paid by a date determined by the Registrar and notified to the student.

(v) Without limiting the effect of any of the preceding Sub-Rules of this Rule, if Union Fees payable by a student remain unpaid within five weeks of the commencement of the first semester of the academic year in respect of which they are payable, the Registrar may cancel such students enrolment at any time thereafter.

4. Refund of Fees on Voluntary Cancellation of Enrolment

A student who gives proper written notice to the Registrar of withdrawal of his enrolment not later than six weeks after the first day of a semester shall be entitled to the refund of the Union Fees paid. Such refund shall be made by the QIT Union upon request to it and upon the surrender by the student of any current QIT Union Membership Card previously issued to him.

SCHEDULE OF CHARGES AFFECTING STUDENTS

1. Union Fees - By-law No. 11 specifies the following Schedule of Union Fees.

Full-time students .......................... $25.00 p.a. Part-time internal students .................... $11.00 p.a. Part-time external students ..................... $2.00 p.a. All other members .......................... $11.00 p.a.

A Sandwich Student shall be required to pay half the fee applicable to a full-time student.

An unregistered student shall be required to pay the appropriate fu II-time or part-time fee corresponding to his attendance status.

A student undertaking a thesis only shall be required to pay the appropriate full-time or part-time fee corresponding to his attendance status.

2. Admission, Enrolment, and Examination: Council has approved the following Schedule of Charges -Late lodgement of Enrolment Application -

within two (2) weeks of closing date set out in the Institute Calendar ..................... $5.00

for applications received more than two (2) weeks after the closing date set out in the Institute Calendar ........................ $20.00

Refundable Deposit for review of Special Consideration decision ...................... $10.00

Rules 57

Review of Examination Results .............. $2.00 per paper with a maximum of $4 per subject.

Statement of Results ............................ $1.00

3. Deposit System for Use of Laboratory Facilities

(a) A student enrolled in any subject included in the 'Schedule of Subjects relating to Laboratory Deposits' which the Registrar may vary from time to time, shall deposit $30 for the use of laboratory facilities.

(b) A student shall be required to pay only one deposit irrespective of the number of such subjects included in an enrolment.

(c) At the end of the year the deposit shall be refunded to the student less the cost of any breakages which have not been made good.

PARKING REGULATIONS

Council has approved regulations relating to the parking of motor vehicles on campus. (a) A member of staff or a student shall not be permitted to park a

vehicle within the grounds of the Institute unless such person has previously made application for a parking permit and this permit has been granted.

(b) The privilege of parking within the grounds shall be subject to such conditions as may be imposed at the time the permit is issued to the applicant.

(c) An application for permission to park a vehicle within the grounds of the Institute shall be made on a form prescribed and available at the Institute Security Office.

(d) For a breach in the parking ot a vehicle the Director may revoke the permit for a specified period or for the remainder of the academic year.

(e) For a breach by a person not possessing a parking permit in the parking of a vehicle, the Director may arrange for the vehicle to be removed from the grounds of the I nstitu.te and the person sh al I be required to pay the cost of such remo11al.

PARKING APPLICATIONS

In accordance with paragraph headed 'Parking Regulations' section (a), the priority criteria for the granting of parking permits to be applied is as follows:-

Staff

(a)

(b)

Any person who, because of physical disability, must use private transport to commute to the Institute shall be granted a permit. All full-time or part-time members of the teaching staff (and those on academically equated salaries including Director, Deputy Director and Heads of Schools) shall be granted a permit.

58 Rules

(c) All other full-time and part-time staff shall be considered for a permit on the basis of need, having regard to the following factors:­(i) Special work circumstances (such as rostered overtime) which

may make use of public transport inappropriate; (ii) Inaccessibility to direct public transport and distance to be

travelled; (iii) Willingness to provide transport for other Institute staff or

students; (iv) In cases judged as being of equal merit on the basis of need,

seniority according to years of continuous service irrespective of the staff member's employment classification.

Students

(a) Any student who, because of physical disability, must use private transport to commute to the Institute shall be granted a permit.

(b) Inaccessibility to direct public transport and distance to be travelled. (c) Willingness to provide transport for other Institute students or staff. (d) In cases judged as being of equal merit on the basis of need, seniority

- a final year student shall have priority over a student who is in the second last year of his/her course and so on.

Central Services

60 Central Services

CENTRAL SERVICES

ADMINISTRATION

The central administration is responsible for the implementation of policy decisions, and for the provision of administrative support in the operation and future decision making of the Institute.

The sections of Administration responsible for matters relating to students attendance and performance at the Institute are grouped within a sub­division known as Academic Administration, which itself has two major sub-sections.

The Student Affairs Section comprises Enrolments, Examinations, and Student Records. These sub-sections are responsible for: checking enrol­ments having regard to Course and Institute rules; accurately recording the subjects undertaken by students; conducting central examinations; and the maintenance of academic records. Students experiencing difficulty with any aspect of their enrolment are encouraged to discuss such prob­lems with officers from these sections. An interview can be arranged through the Enquiries Officer at the Enquiry Counter in 'U' Block.

The Admissions and Administrative Services Section has a major respon­sibility, the provision of information for students and potential students, and the admission of students to the Institute. This section also organises functions such as Orientation, Graduation, GIT In Action. Enquiries relating to these activities may be directed through the Enquiries Officer or the Section's Secretary.

Principal Officers

Registrar . ............ B.S. Waters, BCom(Qld), AAUQ(Prov). Deputy Registrar . ............ D.G. Greenwood, BEcon(Hons). Bursar . ............. M.A. Creyton, BCom(Qld), FASA, FCIS.

Senior Administration Officer - Student Affairs ................... Mr. 1.N.S. Phillips, BCom, AASA, ASIA.

Enrolments Officer ........................... Mr. B. Cheales Examinations Officer . ...................... Mr. D.R. Gormley Student Records Officer . ...................... Mr. R.P. Morley

Senior Administration Officer - Admissions and Administrative Services ............... Mr. G.P. Abernethy, BA, GradDipBusAdmin.

Course Administration Officer . .................... Mr. D.K. Hall

THE INSTITUTE BOOKSHOP

Bookshop Manager ........................... Mr. P.C. Gates

The Institute Bookshop was established in 1971 and commenced trading in January, 1972. It is located on the second level of the Community Building. In 1975, a branch shop, The College Bookstore, commenced operations at Kelvin Grove College of Advanced Education.

While the Bookshop is conducted as a self-supporting, semi-autonomous business, it is controlled by a Bookshop Advisory Committee which

Central Services 61

reports to OIT Council through the Finance Committee. The prime aim of the Bookshop is to service the OIT community's needs and a full range of textbooks, stationery and other requisites are stocked as well as an increas­ing range of peripheral texts and general books. Agencies conducted by the Bookshop include sources for postage stamps, customised rubber stamps, newspapers, magazines and book tokens. Cash discounts are available on many lines and charge accounts may be opened. Mail orders and special orders are welcomed. Telephone orders or enquiries may be made to 221 2411 ext. 433 (after hours 221 2124), while managerial matters should be directed to ext. 402.

The Bookshop works closely with academic staff in the textbook adoption process and feedback on performance is provided to departments before, during and after each semester. Assistance in the tracing and selection of textbooks and, indeed, all books is available.

During semesters, the usual trading hours are between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m. from Monday to Thursday and between 10 a.m. and 5.20 p.m. on Friday. Vacation hours are between 9 a.m. and 4.50 p.m. from Monday to Friday. Special arrangements for longer hours are made for the commencement of semesters.

CHAPLAINCY CENTRE AND CHAPEL

Chaplain ......... Tedd Dunglison (Ecumenical Chaplain - Anglican)

The Chaplaincy Centre is Ecumenical and available to members of all religious faiths to make the drop-in room the centre point of worship, discussion, clarification and search. The Centre will foster and encourage formation and growth of religious study groups.

The Centre exists to help staff and students take a great deal of responsib­ility for their own decisions and be free enough inside to use this power to give and to serve; and in so doing, to discover Christ in their neighbour and Christ's living-dying-living power in themselves.

The Centre seeks to strengthen the Christian Community at the Institute and enable it to express its spirituality forcefully and in a generative way. To develop a Eucharistic Community the Chapel is always open for private prayer. Eucharist (Mass) service times will be advertised on notice boards in the Chaplaincy Centre.

The Chaplain is available to help free staff and students from pressures that weigh them down and assist them to make their own decisions in their personal life.

Parental and personal problems, questions in faith and prayer will be coun­selled in strictest confidence.

The Chaplain (co-ordinating for other churches) is available on Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays at the Centre. Telephone 221 2411 ext. 700 or appointments may be made with the Secretary at the Counselling Centre ('A' Block) ext. 383.

The Chaplaincy Centre is situated in 'A' Block. There is a chapel for private devotions and worship and drop-in room for private reading and rest available at all times.

62 Central Services

COMPUTER CENTRE FACILITIES

General

1.1 The Computer Centre was formed in January of 1972, and primarily is designed to provide computing facilities for students and academic staff.

1.2 As from early 1980, the major computing facility in the Institute will consist of a DECsystem 1091, which is being purchased as part of a re-equipment program costing in excess of $1,000,000. This system will be supplied and maintained by Digital Equipment Australia Pty. Ltd., a subsidiary of the American computing company, Digital Equipment Corporation.

1.3 The initial ICL 1900 computer equipment will be phased out during 1980, and will not in general be used for academic work after the D.E.C. system has been commissioned.

1.4 In June 1977, an HP3000 Series II computer was purchased at a cost of $140,000 to supplement the total computing facilities. This was enhanced in 1978 at a cost of approximately $48,000. This equipment is supplied and maintained by the American company, Hewlett Packard Ltd.

1.5 In July, 1977, the Computer Centre was moved to its new permanent location in a specially commissioned section of the Library and Computer Centre complex, where it occupies a total space of nine hundred sq.m. This area includes, as well as the Computer Room and Staff Room, a Classroom overlooking the computer equipment, where demonstrations can be given, a Terminal Room where a number of terminals are available to students, and a Punch Room where card punches are available to students.

1.6 In association with the new Digital system, the Computer Centre will have a small special purpose graphic system for the input, output and editing of graphical data. There will also be an online data entry system for the use of professional keypunch operators.

Staff

2.1 The Centre has experienced personnel to provide the best possible service to the Institute from the Computer Centre. As well as oper­ating equipment, this involves advising the lecturers, and through them the students, on the use of the Centre to their advantage.

Manager . ................. Mr. W.J.G. Fisher, MSc., DipTchg. Principal Programmer . ... Mr. W. Tealby, BSc., GradDipBusAdmin. Programmers ..................... Mr. W. Goodman, BSc .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. R. Heard, BSc., DipEd., DipCompSci.

................. Mr. P. Mottram, MSc., DipCompSci. Computer Room Supervisor ................. Mr. N. Morgan Operations Staff Fourteen other members of staff are employed as

computer operators, key punch operators and secretary. Computer Centre Technician . .............. Mr. T. Mync, BE.

Central Services 63

Hardware

3.1 D.E.C. equipment

(a) Central Processor

The central processor is a DECsystem 1091 with 512 K words of memory (1 word= 36 bits).

(b) The main peripherals are:

(i) 5 exchangeable disc store units, each with a capacity of 200 megabytes;

(ii) 2 magnetic tape drives (9 tracks at 1600/800 BPI); (iii) 1 card reader capable of reading both punched and

marked cards at 600 cards per minute; (iv) 2 line printers with speeds of 1220 and 660 lines per

minute.

3.2 HP equipment

(a) Central Processor

The central processor has 224 K words of memory (1 word= 16 bits) with a cycle of 0.7 usecs.

(b) Peripherals

The system includes:

1 magnetic tape drive - 9-track, 800 b.p.i., 36 Kch/s. 2 50 m.b. moving head disc units 1 436 l.p.m. line printer with a 96 ch. set 1 300 c.p.m. card reader 1 optical/punch card reader - 180 to 300 cards per minute.

3.3 Communications Equipment

There are currently more than 60 terminals of various types and more are being purchased. These include 16 teletypes, 5 faster hard copy terminals, 2 graphical display terminals and many VDU's of various types. They can be located at more than 100 different points throughout the campus. Included is a pool of 16 terminals available to anyone in the Terminal Room or Classroom at the Computer Centre.

3.4 Data Preparation Equipment

The Institute has data preparation equipment as fol lows:

8 keystations attached to an AWA XL40 Data preparation system for use by Computer Centre staff; 6 card punch I verifiers for use by Computer Centre staff; 1 card printing punch I verifier used by the Finance Department; 5 card printing punches available to students and Academic staff, 12 hand printing punches.

64 Central Services

4.1 Software

Compilers are provided for many languages including:

(a) COBOL (b) ANSI FORTRAN (c) BASIC (d) ALGOL 60 (e) MACRO (DEC-10 assembly language) (f) SPL (HP 3000 Assembly Language) (g) SIMULA (h) PASCAL (i) BCPL (j) RPG

4.2 Operating Systems

Both systems have operating systems which enable all languages and programs to be used either conversationally via terminals or in batch fashion via the card readers.

(a) DEC 1091 operates under the TOPS-10 operating system. (b) The HP 3000 runs under the control of the MPE 111 operating

system.

4.3 A wide range of applications packages is available, including the following:

(a) A DECUS library; (b) SPSS (G) and most of the BMD statistical programs; (c) The HP 3000 contributed library; (d) Programs available through the HP Educational User's Group.

5.1 During semesters the doors of the Computer Centre are open from 8.30 a.m. to 10.30 p.m., Monday to Friday. During the peak periods of the semester they are open also from 8.00 a.m. to 12.30 p.m. Saturday.

5.2 Terminals on both the 1091 and HP 3000 are available whenever the Computer Centre is open.

STUDENT COUNSELLING CENTRE

The Counselling Centre is an autonomous professional service department of the Institute playing an integral role with both the academic and admin­istrative staffs in promoting the personal and educational development of students on campus.

It operates to assist students with concerns related to their normal develop­ment needs - problems with personal and social functions, educational difficulties, and decisions on future career and personal planning. As well it offers programmes designed to aid the development of personal maturity and effective patterns of living, working and studying. These include human relations groups, job hunting skills and career planning workshops, stress management groups, interpersonal communication workshops, and study skills and reading efficiency programmes.

Central Services 65

Complementing these are a range of general welfare and guidance services, including accommodation, financial aid, course and career information. The Centre also provides contact with many other agencies in the comm­unity which offer services to students.

Services are provided by professionally qualified counselling psychologists. A Drop In Room is provided where students may relax and use a well stocked library of career and welfare information. All are encouraged to call in at the Centre for any purpose as formality is minimised.

Staff

Mr. Ian Lynagh ...................... Senior Student Counsellor Ms. Cecily Kasmar ............................... Secretary Mrs. Marian Kratzing ...................... . Student Counsellor Mr. Marshall O'Brien ...................... . Student Counsellor Mr. Denis Arthy ......................... Infonnation Officer

The service is free and available to both day and evening students, currently enrolled at the Institute and to those intending to enrol in the future. All consultations are STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL.

The Centre is located on the Ground Level in Block 'A'. Telephone 221 2411 extension 383.

EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT UNIT

The Educational Research and Development Unit (ERDU) was established in 1976 with a responsibility for fostering and maintaining good educational practices within the Institute. E RDU personnel involve themselves in close collaboration with academic staff, particularly in the areas of teaching methods and materials, assessment and examination techniques, and studies of student characteristics and performance.

In order to further the effective use of modern teaching aids ERDU operates sound and vision recording studios, and provides assistance in the graphic design and photographic fields. The Unit is housed in purpose­built accommodation which greatly facilitates the provision of media services.

Other major activities of E RDU include the collation and publication of educational information (an occasional newsletter is published); organ­isation of staff development seminars and workshops; and research into educational developments appropriate to the work of OIT.

Staffing

Head of ERDU . ............................. Derick Unwin Secretary ..................................... Jan Smith Educational Research Officer . ...................... Don Litster Graphic Designer . ........................... Kay Henderson Technical Services ............................. Gary Young

.............................. Ron Wright Photographer ............................. David Adermann

Location

The .Unit is accommodated in 'V' Block. The technical area, cc.11prising · studios, graphics workshop, and darkrooms is on Level 1. The office sO ite,

seminar ro<'.'im and self-se:vice workroom is on Level 2. ~·'.

66 Central Services

STUDENT HEAL TH SERVICE

The Student Health Service is a FREE service available to both full-time and part-time GIT students and is located in the south-west corner of Old Government House - opposite the New Library, Main Entrance.

A nursing sister is in attendance from 8.30 a.m. - 4.30 p.m. on Monday, Tuesday, Thursday and Friday and from 10.00 a.m. - 6.00 p.m. on Wed­nesday.

Appointments may be made for consultation with a Doctor, who will be in attendance for 3% hours each day. The hours are as follows:-

Monday: 10.00 a.m. - 1.30 p.m. Tuesday: 9.30 a.m. - 1.00 p.m. Wednesday: 2.30 p.m. - 6.00 p.m. Thursday: 9.30 a.m. - 1.00 p.m. Friday: 10.00 a.m. - 1.30 p.m.

Students are welcome at the Health Service for discussion and treatment of all conditions pertaining to their well being, including:-

First Aid and Dressings Psychological problems (in liaison with Student Counselling

Centre) Skin care and conditions Gynaecological complaints Vaccinations and lnnoculations.

All records are, of course, STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL.

To facilitate treatment in a crisis, sufferers of recurring conditions (asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.) are requested to make themselves known to the nursing sister.

The Service is on telephone extension 321 and this number should be cal led in al I cases of emergency.

Medical Officer . .......... Dr. L.B. Johnson, MBBS(Qld), DOH(Syd). Sister .......... -............................. M. Gough

LIBRARY

Chief Librarian . ... C.F. Cayless, MLS(Loughborough Univ), ALA, Mlnst, lnfSc.

The Library's collections, consisting of many different types of media, have been developed primarily to support the courses offered by the QIT. The library staff are responsible for developing, organizing and exploiting the collection to the benefit of the students and staff and, where approp­riate, of the community generally.

There are six main collections -

The Reference Collection including encyclopaedias, dictionaries, handbooks, yearbooks, bibliographies, indexes and abstracts. As these items are in daily use, they are not for loan.

Central Services 67

The Main Book Collection has about 80,000 volumes, most of which are available for loan.

The Periodical Collection has approximately 3,600 titles, many of which have long runs of back issues. Loans from this collection to students are limited to specific titles.

The Audio Visual Collection includes films, audio tapes, slides, games and microforms. Equipment is available for their use in the Library, while most of the materials may be borrowed.

The Map Collection and Chart Collection (MMC) consist of art prints, engineering drawings, maps, charts, etc. These are not available for loan.

The Law library has been established as a separate collection which contains all types of materials directly related to the subject field of law.

The services offered by the Library are constantly being reviewed, changed and expanded to meet the needs of its clients.

The three main types of service are -

Reference Se111ices: Library Staff are available to answer ready refer­ence queries, give assistance in using the catalogues and in finding information, compile bibliographies, both manually and through computer based retrieval systems, and undertake I iterature searches.

Reader Education: With the co-operation of academic staff members, the Library staff provide education in the use of the Library and the subject literature. The aim is to indicate the varied nature of the information sources available and to demonstrate the use of biblio­graphic tools that have been developed to exploit those sources.

Loans Se111ices: The Library lends extensively from its own collect­ions. In add it ion, the Library may borrow materials from other organ­izations on behalf of its users, giving them access to a wide selection of information sources. Books that are in great demand have, at the request of lecturers, been placed in the Limited Access Collection. These books may only be used with in the Library.

Hours of Opening -

The Library is open: 7.30 a.m. - 10.00 p.m. Monday to Friday 9.00 a.m. - 5.00 p.m. Saturday 1.00 p.m. - 5.00 p.m. Sunday.

68 Central Services

OIT UNION

The Aims of the Queensland Institute of Technology Union -

The basic aim of the Union is to involve its members in all activities which are associated with campus life to represent its members on the various boards and committees and to provide services and facilities to its members.

Union Council -

The OIT Union Council comprises the President, five Executive Directors and up to thirty-five Representative members elected from the various schools. Elections are held annually.

Union Council meets every four (4) weeks during semesters. All members who wish to attend Council meetings are cordially invited to do so. Even though they are not Council members, they may ask questions of any of the Director, Student Representative or Academic Board Representatives.

Union Facilities and Services -

Since the Union has a major say in the day-to-day operations of the Community Building and provides large grants to subsidise Clubs and activities, the facilities available to you as members are both beneficial and varied.

Union Office (Level 3, Community Building) which is staffed full time to provide continuity of service to all students, 9.00 a.m. - 6.00 p.m.

Union Shop (Level 3, Community Building) sells a large range of calcul­ators and other goods and is a market place for student made products. The shop is open 10.00 a.m. - 6.00 p.m.

Discount List: A wide range of discounts is available to Union Members. A list of organisations offering such discounts is available from Union Office.

Stereo, billiard, amusement machines and table tennis facilities are avail­able for Union members use in the Games Room on Level 1 of the Com­munity Building from 8.30 a.m. to 8.30 p.m.

A Gymnasium operates in the old Bakehouse next to Kindler Theatre, hours 8.00 a.m. to 8.00 p.m.

General Information ~

For al.I enquiries about Union activities, services, clubs and societies and complaints ring Union Office on 221 3144 during office hours. Answers that are not available immediately are provided on a call back basis. Alternatively a personal call at the Union Office will find staff available to service any difficulties.

A Contact Service (Information Service) is available on Ground Floor of the Community Building.

Student Union Cards will be issued at the commencement of the academic year on production of OIT Acceptance Advice.

The Union newspaper UNIT provides general information and also acts as a forum for a wide range of topics of student interest. All members of the Union are free to contribute any articles, poetic masterpieces, etc., to your newspapers.

Central Services 69

Clubs and Societies -

Since the formation of the Union there has been a gradual increase in the number of Clubs and Societies. These are listed below:

Alpine Ski Club Basketball Club Built Environment Students Group Bushwalking Club Campus Child Care Club Chemistry Students Association Chess Club Conservation Group Christian Fellowship Association Communications Student Assn. Cricket Club Engineering Students Association Film Group Football Clubs -

Rugby League Rugby Union

Hang Gliding Club Health Administration Students

Association Health Science Students Assn. Law Students Association Optometry Students Association Parachuting Club Public Administration Students

Association Rowing Club Sailing Club Science Students Association Surveying Students Association Squash Club Tae Kwon Do Club Underwater Club Volleyball Club

These Clubs are funded by the Union. Any enquiries regarding the Clubs may be made at Union Office.

The success of all Union ventures is dependent on the continuing involve­ment of members.

Chairperson ................................... Mark Bell President . ............................... Patrick Flanagan .Director of Admin/Finance . ...................... Ted Stewart Director of Student Se11lices ...................... Peter Brodie Director of Activities ......................... Terry Hendicott Director of Sport . ............................ David Kersley Director of Education .......................... James Arthur

Admission Policy and Entrance Requirements (Undergraduate Courses) and Schedules

72 Admission Policy

ADMISSION POLICY

1. The number of students admitted to each QIT course is limited by quota.

2. In order to be admitted to a course, a student must fulfil two conditions -

(a) Satisfy the requirements for entry, including any employment requirements, set out in the Schedules forming part of this statement;

(b) Gain a place in the quota for that course.

3. Method of selecting quotas in Approved Undergraduate Courses

(i) Except for courses referred to in sub-section (ii) of this section, selection for quota places from among eligible applicants for entry to all undergraduate courses shall normally be in accord­ance with academic merit as indicated either by the applicant's actual Tertiary Entrance (TE) Score or by a Notional Tertiary Entrance Score allocated by the Institute to students other than current Queensland Grade 12 students.

(ii) Special provisions relating to selection in certain courses:

(a) Part-time internal and part-time external Law

~:-' .J.

Applicants for the part-time internal Bachelor of Laws course must normally be resident in the Brisbane statis­tical region, and applicants for the part-time external Bachelor of Laws course must normally be resident in Queensland outside the Brisbane statistical region. Consent of the Head of School of Law is required for those applicants not fulfilling the above requirements.

In determining the quotas for the part-time internal and part-time external Bachelor of Laws courses, first preference will be given to academically qualified applicants who are serving Articles of Clerkship to a solicitor or some other form of practical training referred to in rule 18(3) of the Solicitors' Admission Rules, 1968, as amended, or who are public servants in offices set forth in Section 7 of the Legal Practitioners Acts Amendment Act 1968 and comprising -

( 1) (2) (3) (4)

(5) (6) (7) (8)

(9)

the Solicitor-General's office; the Crown Solicitor's Office; the Public Defender's Office; any branch or section of the Chief Office of the

Department of Justice not covered by ( 1), (2) or (3) above;

the Parliamentary Counsel and Draftsman's Office; a Registry of the Supreme Court; a Registry of the District Court; the Public Curator's Office (including any branch

thereof); an office of a Clerk of a Magistrates Court.

Admission Policy 73

If there is any place left after the above-mentioned preference has been given, a second preference may be given to applicants who are Commonwealth public serv­ants, or Queensland Public Servants in offices other than those referred to above, and who can show that by reason of the duties they perform it is desirable that they be enrolled in the course. Applicants fulfilling a preference category must provide appropriate docu­mentary evidence to the Institute and to the Queensland Tertiary Admissions Centre before preference will be given to their application.

(b) Diagnostic Radiography and Therapeutic Radiography

In the Diagnostic and Therapeutic Radiography course places in the quota are only offered to applicants who meet the academic requirements for entry and who have been granted a cadetship or other form of appropriate training with an approved Department or practice.

(c) Part Time External Course Bachelor of Business (Health Administration}

In the Bachelor of Business (Health Administration) external course preference will be given to applicants who reside outside the Brisbane Statistical Region.

4. Allocation of Notional Tertiary Entrance Scores

(i) General For the purpose of assessing entry and selecting the quota for undergraduate courses, the Institute shall allocate a Notional Tertiary Entrance (NTE) Score to all applicants other than those completing grade 12 at a Queensland Secondary School in the year immediately prior to the year in which entry is being sought. Such Notional Tertiary Entrance Scores shall be calculated either on the basis of results obtained in relevant examinations or by assessing a combination of prior academic results and other relevant evidence (e.g. employment exper­ience relevant to the course for which the applicant seeks entry).

(ii) Conversion of Queensland Results into Notional Tertiary Entrance Scores for other than cu"ent Grade 12 students.

(a) Where an applicant relies on qualifications obtained in the State of Queensland arising from -

(1) results obtained by full-time study in any year other than the year immediately preceeding that in which he/she seeks entry;

(2) results obtained entirely by part-time study; (3) results obtained by combining full-time and part­

time study; or

74 Admission Policy

(4) results obtained by undertaking examinations for adult entry;

the results obtained by the applicant will be converted into a Notional Tertiary Entrance Score in accordance with Table 1.

(b) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (c) below, the basis on which results will be converted in accordance with Table 1 shall be -

( 1) actual TE Scores obtained by applicants who completed Grade 12 in the years 1974 to 1977 shall be allocated the nearest Notional Tertiary Entrance Score;

(2) Normal Entry by part-time study: Applicants may fulfil the requirements for part-time entry either by undertaking all subjects on a part-time basis, or by a combination of results obtained by full-time and part-time study. In either case a Notional Tertiary Entrance Score shall be calculated on the basis of the applicant's best results in five different subjects, and applied to the year in which the last examination was taken.

(3) Adult Entry: Except for applicants for degree courses in Engineering who require five (5) sub­jects, adult entry applicants shall be assigned a Notional Tertiary Entrance score on the basis of their best results in four different subjects and applied to the year in which the last examination was taken. Applicants must have attained the age of 21 years on or prior to the 31st December of the year in which the first examination for which. credit is sought under this provision was taken.

(c) Notional Tertiary Entrance Scores assigned in accord­ance with the provisions of Table 1 may be modified for previous performance in tertiary study.

(iii) Conversion of other results into Notional Tertiary Entrance Scores: For the purpose of selecting applicants for entry to under­graduate courses, Notional Tertiary Entrance Scores shall be allocated to al I applicants, other than current grade 12 stud­ents and applicants referred to in (ii) above, on such basis as the Admissions Committee may from time to time determine.

5. Exclusion from a Tertiary Institution

The Institute reserves the right to refuse entry to any applicant who has been excluded from any course within a tertiary institution or who becomes liable for such exclusion while his application is being considered. Such refusal will normally only apply to courses where quota restrictions have to be applied.

Entrance Requirements 75

ENTRANCE REO.UIREMENTS

1. Degree, Diploma, and Associate Diploma Courses (other than post· basic Diplomas in Nursing)

(i) Norma/Entry

(a) Students undertaking Grade 11 and Grade 12 under the Semester Rating System -

To qualify for normal entry to a bachelor's degree, dip­loma, or associate diploma course an applicant must fulfil the requirements listed against the particular course, in Table 2.

(b) Students undertaking the External Senior Examination­

To qualify for normal entry to a bachelor's degree, diploma, or associate diploma course an applicant must fulfil the requirements listed against the particular course in Table 3.

(ii) Adult Entry

(a) To qualify for adult entry to a bachelor's degree, dip­loma, or associate diploma course an applicant must fulfil the requirements listed against the particular course in Table 3.

(b) Applicants seeking entry under the provisions of part (a) of this requirement must have attained the age of 21 years by the time of undertaking the first examination for which credit is sought under part (a).

(iii) Entry to Associate Diploma Courses in Engineering and Surveying from a Bridging Course

(a) Applicants who have completed Grade 10 in secondary school and in addition have successfully completed the two year part-time Interim Bridging Course for Assoc­iate Diploma (UG3) Engineering Courses which is offered at various Colleges of Technical and Further Education shall be regarded as meeting the requirements for entry to the Associate Diploma in Engineering Courses at OIT.

(b) Applicants who have completed Grade 10 in secondary school and in addition have successfully completed the Bridging Course conducted by the QIT Department of Surveying shall be regarded as meeting the requirements for entry to the Associate Diploma in Surveying.

(iv) Special and Mature Age Entry

(a) Applicants who do not meet the precise requirements for normal or adult entry may present documentary evidence of qualifications, experience, and other relevant information for Special Consideration by the Admissions Committee.

76 Entrance Requirements

(b) Applicants seeking consideration for Special Entry should complete the relevant section of the OTAC application form and attach the required evidence. Such applications will be referred by QT AC to the GIT Admissions Committee for consideration.

(c) Applicants who do not meet the precise entry require­ments for Certificate or Post-graduate courses should attach relevant supporting documentation to their enrolment form for consideration by the Admissions Committee.

2. Post-basic Nursing Diplomas

Three post-basic nursing courses are offered at GIT -

Diploma in Applied Science - Nursing Administration Diploma in Applied Science - Nursing Education Diploma in Applied Science - Nursing and Unit Management

These courses are only available to applicants who possess a qualif­ication in nursing acceptable for registration by statutory registering authorities in Australia. Details of entry requirements appear in the course rules relating to each course.

3. Post-Graduate Courses

The Institute offers a range of post-graduate courses at both the Masters degree and post-graduate diploma level. As entry require­ments differ extensively depending on the nature of the course, details are listed in the course rules relating to the particular course.

4. Certificate Entry

The only Certificate courses for which there will be a new intake in 1979 are the Certificate in Cartography, the Certificate in Civil Engineering (Laboratory Technician strand), and a bridging course for entry to the Associate Diploma in Surveying. Other Certificate courses previously offered by the Institute are now conducted by the Technical Education Branch of the Queensland Education Department.

For entry to the Certificate courses offered by GIT, applicants require -

(a) A total score of not less than 16 points in four Junior subjects: English, Advanced or Ordinary Level Mathematics, Science and one other;

(b) Students must have studied and received a result in either Advanced or Ordinary Level Mathematics;

(c) A minimum grade of 3 points may be accepted in English, but the accepted minimum in all other subjects (except Mathem­atics) shall be four points.

Schedules 77

TABLE 1 Table of Tertiary Entrance Scores for Applicants Qualifying in Queensland. '" Senior Examination Grade 12 Adult

(best 5 subjects) by assessment Matriculation (Aggregate over 20 (best 4 subjects)

semesters)

Notional 1959 1960 1967 1971 1973 1974 1967 1971 T.E. and to to and and to and

Score earlier 1966 1970 later later 1970 later • •

987 28 30 31 32 128 23 26 982 125 22 25 977 27 29 30 31 122 972 120 21 24 967 26 28 29 30 118

962 116 957 25 27 28 29 115 20 23 952 113 947 24 26 27 28 112 942 110 CJ) 19 22

937 23 25 26 27 108 CJ)

vi 932 107 CD 927 106 E 922 105 E 18 21 917 22 24 25 26 104 ... 912 103 i 20 c 907 101 ·a; ... 902 21 23 24 25 100 .0 17 19 0 897 99 "' 892 20 22 98 .. 18 0

u 887 19 21 23 97 Cl)

882 18 20 22 24 96 w 16 17 872 94 ...: 862 17 19 21 23 92 iU 15 16 :i 857 91 ...

u

852 90 <(

842 16 18 20 22 88 832 86 14** 15** 822 15 17 19 21 84 812 16 18 20 80 802 17 19 76 13** 14** 792 14 15 787 782 777 13 14 16 18 72 767 757* 747* 12 13 15 17 68 12** 13**

m All applicants must satisfy the subject pre-requisite requirements set out in Tables 2 and 3 except that applicants relying on senior examination results obtained prior to 1967 will be regarded as meeting the requirements if they have gained the equivalent of a score of 3 in each pre-requisite subject.

• Based on A = 6; B = 5; C = 4; P or Q = 3; N = 0.

**Applicants who have only this level of aggregate points over their best four sub· jects in Adult Matriculation examinations DO NOT satisfy the requirements for entry to degree or diploma courses at QIT.

* Students applying for Associate Diploma level courses only will, subject to the conditions set out in the preceeding policy, be allocated a Notional TE Score of 751 if they have gained 56 points over 16 semesters study, and a Notional TE Score of 747 if they have gained 52 points over 16 semesters study.

78 Schedules

TABLE 2 - Entry Requirements for Grade 12 Students

!Mode* Min. Required Min. Min. Specified Offered COURSE T.E. Subjects Semester No. Units

Units Pts. Required

SCHOOL OF APPLIED SCIENCE Degree (Bachelor} Level Courses F-P B.A.S. Biology F-P B.A.S. Applied Chemistry Chem. 3 - -F-P B.A.S. Chemistry 810 Maths'# 3 - -F B.A.S. Applied Geology Physics 3 - -F-P B.A.S. Physics

F - P 1 B.A.S. Computing F - P B.A.S. Mathematics 810 Maths# 8 32 1,2,3

Associate Diploma Level Courses F-P IA.O. Applied Biology Chem. 3 - -F-P A.O. Applied Chemistry 745 Maths# 3 - -F-P A.O. Applied Physics Physics 3 - -

s A.O. Diagnostic English 3 - -Radiography*** 745 Maths# 3 - -

s A.O. Therapeutic Physics 3 - -Radiography***

SCHOOL OF HEAL TH SCIENCE Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses F-P I B.A.S. Medical Technology Chem. 3 - -

810 Maths# 3 - -Physics 3 - -

Diploma Level Courses F I D.A.S. Chiropody 810 Chem. I 3 - -

I F D.A.S. Optometry Maths# 3 - -Physics 3 - -

Associate Diploma Level Courses F-P A.O. Clinical Laboratory Chem. 3

I - -

Techniques 745 Maths# 3 - -F A.O. Health Surveying Physics 3 - -

SCHOOL OF THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses

p B.Architecture 810 English 2 - -F B.A.S. Built Environment Maths# 2 - -

p B.A.S. Building p B.A.S. Quantity Surveying

Associate Diploma Level Courses F I A.O. Built Environment 745 English 4 12 -

Technician Maths# 4 12 -

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES Degree (Bachelor} Level Courses F-P B.Bus. Accountancy 810 English 4 *16 -F-P B.Bus. Management A Maths# 4 *16 -

F-P B.Bus. Communication P-E B.Bus. Health Admin. 810 English 4 *16 -F-P B.Bus. Public Admin

Associate Diploma Level Courses F - P I A.O. Business 745 English 4 * 13 -

Maths# 4 * 13 -

Schedules 79

TABLE 2. (Cont.)

Mode* Min. Required Min. Min. Specified Offered COURSE T.E. Subjects Semester No. Units

Units Pts.

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses

F-P B.Eng. ** English 4 14 -810 Physics 4 14 -

Chem. 4 14 -Maths# 8 28 1,2,3 t

s B.A.S. Surveying ** <P English 4 14 -Maths# 8 28 1,2,3 t Physics 4 14 one other 4 14 -

Associate Diploma Level Courses F-P A.O. Civil English 3 - -F p A.O. Electrical 745 Maths# 3 - 1,2,3 F-P A.O. Mechanical Physics 3 - -

Chem. 3 - -p A.O. Surveying 745 English 3 - -

Maths 4 - 1,2,3 Physics 3 -

SCHOOL OF LAW Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses

FE P I B. Laws + 830 English 4 16 -

F =Full-time; P =Part-time; E =External; S =Sandwich.

#

***

t

Social Mathematics is not accepted.

A total of 80 points must be obtained over 20 semester units in these courses.

Special consideration may be granted to students not meeting normal math· ematics requirements, such students will be required to undertake additional work.

Applicants should note that this is a sandwich course requiring alternate semesters of full-time study and approved employment. Students may how· ever enter the first semester of full-time study withoutemploymentexperience.

For these courses, in addition to meeting the academic requirements set out above, students must have gained a cadetship with a recognised department of radiology or with a specialist radiologist. Students applying for these courses should therefore also apply for a cadetship.

Students who completed units 1,2,3 prior to 1978mustalsohavesatisfactorily completed units 8 and 11.

While the academic segment of this course does not commence until second semester, applications must be submitted by the closing date in October and enrolment forms submitted by the closing date for enrolments in the first semester.

80 Schedules

+ Applicants for part time or external law who fall within the special provisions relating to selection listed in the section regarding Admission Policy, must provide documentary evidence from the employer regarding employment, or from the potenti~I employer who guarantees that they will be in employment on or before the 4th January. No quota preference will be given until the Institute receives such evidence in an acceptable form and all such evidence should be forwarded by the applicant to the Registrar, OIT, as early as possible, to facilitate the offer of a quota place.

Students not meeting the pain ts specified for required subjects in these courses may be eligible to enrol. Such students should apply for special consideration.

Schedules 81

COURSE

Associate ...,,,,.rnma F - P A.O. Applied F - P A.O. Applied F - P A.O. Applied Physics

16

16 13

Maths I or equivalent Chem. Physics

S A.O. Diagnostic I English Radiography 16 13 Maths I or

S A.O. Therapeutic equivalent ~--~--R_ad_io~g_ra_p_h_y'-------'-----'-------'-P_hysics SCHOOL OF HEAL TH SCIENCE Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses I

Maths I or F p B.A.S. Medical Technology 20 16 equivalent Chem. Physics

Diploma Level Courses F D.A.S. Chiropody 20 16 Maths I or

F D.A.S. Optometry equivalent Chem. Physics

Associate Diploma Level Courses Maths I or F-P A.O. Clinical Laboratory

Techniques 16 13 equivalent

F A.O. Health Surveying Chem. Physics

SCHOOL OF THE BUil T ENVIRONMENT Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses

p B. Architecture 20 16 English F B.A.S. Built Environment Maths I

p B.A.S. Building or 11 p B.A.S. Quantity Surveying

Associate Diploma Level Courses English F A.O. Built Environment 14 12 Maths I or

Technician II 2 other subjects

level

in Specific

Subjects

Students must have sat for these subjects

Students must have sat for these subjects

Students must have sat for these subjects

Students must have sat for these subjects

Students must have sat for these subjects

Students must have sat for these subjects

Minimum of 3 points in each subject

82 Schedules

TABLE 3 (Cont.)

Points Required PLUS Required Subjects

Normal Adult Entry Entry

Mode* (Senior) (Senior) Specific Level

Offered COURSE Total Total Subjects in Specific over over

Subjects five four subjects subjects unless unless stated stated

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses F-P B.Bus. Accountancy 20 16 English Grade of 4 t F-P B.Bus. Management .11. Maths# in each req-

uired subject

F-P B.Bus. Communication Grade of 4 P-E B.Bus. Health Admin. 20 16 English in each req-F-P B.Bus. Public Admin. uired subject

Associate Diploma Level Courses F-P A.O. Business 14 12 English Grade of 3

(in4 (in 3 Maths# in each req-Board Board uired subject

subjects) subjects)

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses F-P B.Eng. · English Grade of 4

20 20 Physics in each req-(in 5 Chem. uired subject Board Maths I

subjects) Maths II

s B.A.S. Surveying cf> 20 16 English Grade of4 Maths I in each req-Maths II uired subject Physics 1 other

Associate Diploma Level Courses F-P A.O. Civil Engineering 14 14 English Students F-P A.O. Electrical Engineering (in 4 Maths I must have F-P A.O. Mechanical Eng. Board Physics sat for these

subjects) Chem. subjects p A.O. Surveying 14 14 t:ng11sn

Students Maths I (in 4 Physics must have Board sat for these

subjects} 1 other subjects ···"'--· SCHOOL OF LAW Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses

F-P IB. Laws • 22 18 English Grade of 4 in E required

subject

Schedules 83

F =Full Time; P =Part Time; E =External; S =Sandwich.

* ***

#

<P

•

Adult Entry candidates must have gained a total of 8 points in the subjects Mathematics I and Mathematics II together.

For these courses, in addition to meeting the academic requirements set out above, students must have gained a cadetship with a recognised department of radiology or with a specialist radiologist. Students applying for these courses should therefore also apply for a cadetship.

Social Maths is not accepted.

Applicants should note that this is a sandwich course requmng alternate semesters of full·time study and approved employment. Students may how· ever enter the first semester of full-time study withoutemploymentexperience.

Whilst the academic segment of this course does not commence until second semester, applications must be submitted by the closing date in mid October, and enrolment forms submitted by the closing date for enrolments in first semester.

+ Applicants for full-time or external Law who fall into special provisions relating to selection listed in the Admission Policy, must provide documentary evidence from the employer regarding employment, or from the potential employer who guarantees that they will be in employment on or before 4th February. No quota preference will be given until the Institute receives such evidence in an acceptable form and all such evidence should be forwarded to the Registrar, QIT, as early as possible, to facilitate the offer of a quota place.

" Special consideration may be granted to students aot meeting normal mathe· matics requirements, such students will be required to undertake additional work.

t Applicants with a score of three (3) points in one of the prescribed subjects · may be allowed to enrol if the total score over all subjects required is suffic· iently in excess of the minimum points required.

Subject and Course Numbering System

86 Subject & Course Numbering System

SUBJECT AND COURSE NUMBERING SYSTEM

Subject Numbering -

The subject code is of the format XXX999.

The first two characters indicate the Department or School Administering the subject.

AC Accountancy AR Architecture and Industrial Design AS Applied Science BE Biology and Environmental Science BG Building and Quantity Surveying CE Civil Engineering CH Chemistry CM Communication and General Studies EE Electrical Engineering EN Engineering ES Applied Geology LB Librarianship LP Planning and Landscape Architecture LW Law MA Mathematics and Computer Science ME Mechanical Engineering MN Management MT Medical Technology NS Nursing Studies OP Optometry PH Physics PN Public Health and Nutrition SE School of Engineering SV Surveying

The third character indicates the level of the course in which the subject is taught.

N Masters Degree P Graduate Diploma B Bachelor's Degree (new) A* Bachelor's Degree (Technology) and Diploma in Architecture D Diploma (other than Diploma in Architecture) A Associate Diploma (all schools except Engineering) T Associate Diplomas in Engineering School C Certificate S Unregistered Student

*Note: These courses are being phased out. The symbol 'A' will then only apply to Associate Diploma subjects.

The remaining characters identify the subject within course.

Course Numbering System -The course code is of the format xxx999. The first two characters indicate the Department administering the course as above for subjects. The third character indicates the level of the course - Bachelor's Degree J, Diploma K, Associate Diploma L, Post Graduate Diploma M, Master's Degree N, Certificate C, Unregistered student S.

Academic Board and

Advisory Committees

88

BUSINESS STUDIES AND LIBRARIANSHIP ACADEMIC BOARD

Chairman:

Members:

Ex-Officio:

Dr. B.C. Wolff

Mrs. J. Airo-Farulla, Mr. B.F. Carroll, Miss D. Conroy, Mr. R.H. Dagwell, Dr. T.C. Dixon, Mr. L. Edwards, Mr. S. Fitzpatrick, Mr. J. L. Forrest, Mrs. V. T. Mr. J.J. George, Mrs. J.A. Gowen, Mr. E.R. Hardman, Mr. J.R. Haggett, Mr. P. Hoiberg, Dr. J.C. Kable, Mr. I. Lehmann, Mr. L.C. Little, Mr. M. Lyons, Mr. B.M. Mr. K.J. Moores, Dr. J.C. Mr. C. Perry, Miss D. Secomb, Mr. C.G. Smith. Mr. J.M. Whitta, Mr. R.L. Williams, Mr. P.J.

Deputy Director (Dr. 0.J. Wordsworth) Head, School of Science (on Head, School of the Built Environment Head, School of Engineering (Dr. J.W. Head, School of Health Science {on Head, School of Law (Mr. T.E. Cain)

ACCOUNT ANCY ADVISORY COMMITTEE

Mr. L. Edwards (Chairman)

Mr. D.C. Cochrane

Mr. R. Hartland

Mr. R.G. Hill

Mr. J. Haggett

Mr. P. Hoiberg

Mr. E.E. John::ton

Mr. B. Matthews

Mr. 0. Maynes

-Mr. K.J. Moores

Mr. J. Puttick

Mr. A.E. Ranson

Mr. P. Rubie

Mr. C.G. Smith

Head, Department of Accountancy, 0.1.T.

Finance Director, Griffith University {Australian Society of Accountants representative)

Partner, Yarwood, Vane & Co. (Institute of Chartered Accountants representative)

Group Secretary, QUF Industries.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Accountancy, Q.l.T.

Acting Senior Lecturer, Department of Accountancy, 0.1.T.

Chief Internal Auditor, MIM Holdings Ltd.

Company Secretary, Namco Industries Old. {Institute of Chartered Secretaries representative)

Partner, Binder Hamlyn & Co. (Institute of Chartered Accountants representative)

Senior Lecturer, Department of Accountancy, 0.1.T.

Queensland Manager, Datec Pty. Ltd. (Australian Computer Society representative)

President, Securities Institute of Australia.

Company Secretary, Whitco Group (Australian Society of Accountants representative)

Senior Lecturer, Department of Accountancy, 0.1.T.

Mr. T.P. Tolhurst

Mr. J. Webster

Mr. J. Whitaker

Mr. E. Whitehouse

Mr. J.M. Whitta

Mr. l.W. Yeung

Assistant Chief Management Advisory Officer, Public Service Board.

Controller, Utah Development Co.

Assistant Auditor General, Auditor General's Department. (Public Accountants' Registration Board representative.)

Representative, IBM Australia Ltd.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Accountancy, Q.l.T.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Accountancy, Q.J.T.

89

COMMUNICATION AND GENERAL STUDIES ADVISORY COMMITTEE

Dr. T.C. Dixon (Chairman)

Mr. J. Burke

Mr. C. Dawson

Mr. P. Donnelly

Mr. S. Fitzpatrick

Mr. P. Gaskin

Mr. N. Harriden

Mr. K. McDonald

Mr. B. Molloy

Mr. H.A. Stevenson

Mr. M. Stitt

Mrs. D. Wadley

Mr. R. Williams

Mr. R. Winders

Mr. J. Wrigley

Head, Department of Communication and General Studies, Q. I. T.

Lecturer in Journalism and Public Relations

Public Relations Manager of Metropolitan Permanent Building Society

Joint Managing Director, Donnelly Smith & Associates

Manager, M.A. Norris Pty. Ltd.

Lecturer in Advertising

Branch Secretary, Australian Journalists' Association

General Manager, Queensland Newspapers Pty. Ltd.

Senior Lecturer in Humanities

Managing Director, Stevenson Public Relations Pty. Ltd.,

Executive Director, Association of Permanent Building Societies of Queensland

Freelance Journalist

Senior Lecturer in Professional Communication

News Editor, Q.T.Q. Channel 9

Senior Lecturer in Business and Technical Communication

90

MANAGEMENT ADVISORY COMMITTEE

Dr. J.C. Kable (Chairman)

Mr. J.D. Besley

Mr. D.W. Finley

Dr. R.E. Hicks

Dr. R. Lane

Mr. F.E. Martin

Mr. T.W. Mclean

Mr. S. McManus

Mr. C.R. Perry

Mr. K.M. Seeney

Head, Department of Management, 0.1. T.

General Manager, Besley & Pike Ltd.

Manager, Management Services O.U. F. Industries

Senior Lecturer, Department of Management

Department of Business Administration, University of Queensland

General Manager, Permanent Finance Corp. Ltd.

Manager, Planning & Development, S.E.O.E.B.

Representative, Industrial Relations Society

Senior Lecturer, Department of Management

Commissioner for Transport, Department of Transport

Staff

92

STAFF - SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Head of School: B.C. Wolff, BCom(Qld), PhD(Arkansas), AAUQ, AASA(Senior), FAIM.

Graduate Assistant: Mrs. S.M. Hamlyn-Harris, BBus.

Secretarial Staff: Mrs. J. Quinn, Miss S. Harbidge, Mrs. K. Carr.

Clerical Staff: N. Groundwater.

DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY

Head of Department: L. Edwards, BCom(Hons), MBA, AAUQ, AASA(Senior).

Senior Lecturers: J.R. Hoggett, BCom(Hons), MFM, AAUQ, AASA(Senior).

Lecturers:

P. Heiberg, BBus, AASA(Senior), ACA, AAIM, I IA. (A/Senior Lecturer)

K.J. Moores, BBus, BEcon, MSocSc(Birm), AASA(Senior), ASIA(Prov).

C.G. Smith, BE, DQIT(BusAdmin), MI E(Aust), FACS, AFAIM.

J.M. Whitta, BCom(NZ), LLB(Cant), DipEduc Admin(Vic), ACA, CMA.

l.W. Yeung, BEc, MBA, AASA, ASIA.

G.J. Bitomsky, BCom, LLB(Hons), Barrister-at-Law, AASA(Prov).

G. Cranitch, BBus, GradDipComputingStudies(CCAE), ACS.

B.G. Cruse, BBus, MACS, AAIM, FIDP.

R.H. Dagwell, BCom, BEcon, AAUQ, AASA, AAIM, DipAdvAcc.

D.J. Davis, BCom(Hons), MFM, AASA(Senior), ASIA.

D. L. Gadenne, BB us, Dip Ed, AASA(Senior), DipAdvAcc.

P.J. Hanley, LLB.

R.W. Humphreys, BCom, AAUQ, AASA.

J. Johnstone, BCom, DipAdvAcc, AASA(Senior).

G.J. Linnegar, MBA, FASA, ACIS.

l.C. Nott, BCom, AAUQ, AASA.

J. Polichronis, BCom(Hons), MFM, AASA(Senior), ASIA(Prov).

M. R.A. Rahman, BCom(Hons), AASA(Senior).

Senior Tutor:

Senior Instructor:

Technician:

Secretarial Staff:

93

S. Reiss, BA(SanFranciscoState), BA(Hons), MACS, FIDP.

R.H. Rowse, BCom(Hons), MFM, AASA(Senior).

R.W. Smyth, BA, MSc(Aston), DipEd, DiplnfProc, MACS.

N.A. Sorby-Adams, BBus, AASA, AAIM.

A. Travers, BCom, AASA(Senior), ACIS, AAIM, AAUO.

B.A. Underwood, BBus, MACS.

R. Radich, BBus.

A. R. Hunter, MACS.

l.J. Gilbert, BBus.

Mrs. L. Torrie, Miss M. Smith.

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION AND GENERAL STUDIES

Head of Department: T.C. Dixon, BA, BEd(Hons), MA, LittB(UNE), PhD (Rensselaer).

Senior Lecturers: P.H. Crowe, BS(Syracuse), MA( Iowa), PhD(SUNY-A), FAIA.

Lecturers:

Demonstrator:

Secretarial Staff:

L.A. Granato, MA, BA, PhD.

F.N. Karmatz, MA(Chicago), PhD(Missouri).

B.M. Molloy, BA, MA, LittB(UNE), DipEd, MACE.

R.L. Williams, MA(Loyola), BEd, SMPTE.

P.J. Wrigley, BA, DipEd, BEd, LittB(UNE), MACE.

F.J. Burke, BA(Hons), MPRIA.

J. Corones, BA.

J.A. Davies, BA, LittB(UNE), DipEd(Tert)(DDIAE).

S. Fitzpatrick, BBus.

V.T. French, BA(Syd), MLitStud(Qld), AAIM, AATEJ.

P.G. Gaskin, BCom(NSW), AAIM, AFAIA.

P.M. McCarthy, BA, LSDA, FTCL.

P. L. Mclean, BA, DipEd.

R.G. Miller, BA(Hons).

D. Osborne, BA, DipEd.

J.S. Pinter, MA(Edinburgh).

N.J. Roffey-Mitchell, BSc, MPR IA.

P. Andersen.

Miss C. Tweedale, Mrs. E. Manfield.

94

DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT

Head of Department: J.C. Kable, MS( Lehigh), BEcon, PhD(Old), FAIM.

Senior Lecturers: J.L. Forrest, BEcon, MPubAdmin.

Lecturers:

Secretarial Staff:

E.R. Hardman, BS(BYU), MBA(Utah).

R.E. Hicks, MA, Dlitt et Phil, FAPsS, FBPsS, MACE, AFAIM, PGCE, Th~

P.R. Hindson, BEc(Sydney), MPH(Berkeley).

L.C. Little, BEcon, DipPsych, MAPsS, MIPMA.

W.B. Miller, BS, MA.

C.R. Perry, BA, LittB, MEc, BEcon, MASOR, AAIM.

D.J. Blackmur, BEcon(Hons), MLitSt.

O.P. Coaldrake, BA(Hons), PhD.

D.K. Conroy, BA.

L.A. Deakin, BEcon.

K.J.L. Donohue, MEcStud.

E.J. Duhs, BSc, BA, AEd, BEcon.

W.A. Edwards, BCom(Hons), MAPsS, MIPMA.

T. L. Euler, ADipME, MBA.

P.J. Flynn, BA, BEcon(Hons), MEconSt.

J.A. Gowen, BA(Hons), MAPsS.

P.N. Howes, BBus, MBA, MIPMA, AAIM.

B. Kemp, BA(Hons), PhD, MAPS, MSRCD.

P. Robson, BA.

B.J. Smith, MEcon, MAPsS, AITD.

W.M. Swan, BA(Hons).

P. Tharenou, BA(Hons), MPsych.

A.W. Williams, BCom, MEc, DipEd, ACIT.

S.M. Wong, BCom & Admin(Vic), MBA, AAIM, ANZIM.

Miss M. Furey, Miss J. Oates.

Rural Management Information Centre

Executive Officer: l.L. Rogers, BAppSc(RurTech).

Secretary: Mrs. J. Pearce.

Prizes and Awards

96

PRIZES AND AWARDS

Advertising Institute of Australia (Queensland} Prize

To be awarded to the student who, on graduating with the Bachelor of Business Degree and having completed the six-subject advertising sequence, achieves the highest aggregate marks in the last ten semester units studied.

Arthur Andersen & Co. Prize

To be awarded to the full-time student gaining the highest aggregate marks over a calendar year in the subjects "Auditing and Professional Practice I" and "Auditing and Professional Practice II" leading to the Bachelor of Business (Accountancy Strand).

Australian Association of National Advertisers Prize

Awarded to a student enrolled in the Communication course leading to the Bachelor of Business Degree who attains the most meritorious overall result in the first ten semester units studied.

Australian Institute of Management Medallion, Bursary and Prizes

The Malcolm Moore Medallion to be awarded to the outstanding student who has performed at a consistently high standard while enrolled at 0.1.T. in the course leading to the Bachelor of Business - Management. Presented by the AIM Queensland Division in honour of a founder member of the Institute.

A Bursary and two Prizes to be awarded to students in attendance at the course leading to the Bachelor of Business - Management for meritorious performance in the course.

Australian Society of Accountants Prize

Awarded to the ful I-time student enrol led at the 0.1. T. in Accountancy course leading to the Bachelor of Business Degree, who taking the final semester subjects for the first time and completing the course, gains the highest aggregate marks in the compulsory subjects in that semester.

The Colorama Photographers Prize

Awarded to the student who obtains the best results for the subject "CMB 191 Fundamentals of Photography".

Commonwealth Banking Corporation A ward

Awarded to the student enrol led at the 0.1. T. in a course leading to the degree of B.Bus., who taking the subject "Macro-economic Analysis" for the first time, has obtained the highest pass in that subject at the semester examinations.

Datec Prizes

(i) Awarded to the student gaining the highest mark for the subject "ACB493 Business Computer Programming" of the Bachelor of Business - Accountancy course.

97

(ii) Awarded to the student gaining the second highest mark for the subject "ACB493 Business Computer Programming" of the Bachelor of Business - Accountancy course.

1. CJ. Australia Ltd. Prize

To be awarded to the student, either full-time or part-time, who, sitting for the examination for the first time gains the highest marks in the subject "Management and Organisational Science I I IA" of the Bachelor of Business - Management Degree course.

Institute of Chartered Accountants Prize

To be awarded to the student enrolled in the course leading to the Bachelor of Business - Accountancy, who, taking the subject "Financial Accounting" for the first time, has obtained the highest pass in that subject at the semester examinations.

Institute of Personnel Management Australia Prize

Awarded to the student enrolled in the Management course leading to the Bach el or of Business Degree, who, taking the subject "Personnel Management" for the first time, has obtained the highest pass in that subject at the semester examinations.

International Computers Aust. Pty. Ltd. Prizes

Awarded to the students obtaining the best passes in the subjects, "Computer Systems and Programming" and "Business Systems Design I".

McDonnell & East Limited Prize

Awarded to the student enrolled in the Management course leading to the Bachelor of Business Degree, who, taking the subject "Dynamics of Retailing" for the first time, has obtained the highest pass in that subject at the semester examinations.

Mobil Oil Marketing Prize

To be awarded to the student enrolled in a course leading to the Bachelor of Business award, who, taking the subject "Promotional Strategy" for the first time, has obtained the highest pass in that subject at the semester examinations.

Mount Isa Mines Holdings Prize

Awarded to the student in the Bachelor of Business - Management course, who in the previous year full-time or previous two years part-time, at the first attempt, gained the highest aggregate mark in the subjects "MOS 11 IA", "MOS IVA", "Business Strategy", and "Computer Systems and Programming".

98

NCR Australia Pty. Ltd. Prize

To be awarded to the student enrolled in a course leading to the degree B.Bus, who taking the subject ACB694 Input/Output Subsystems, for the first time, obtains the highest pass in the subject at the semester examinations

Personnel Management Psychology Group Prize

Awarded to the student enrolled in the subject "Management and Organisational Science 11" for the first time, who obtains the highest mark in that subject at the semester examination.

Public Relations Institute of Australia (Queensland) Prize

To be awarded to the student enrolled at the 0.1.T. in the Communication Course, leading to the Bachelor of Business Degree, who on completion of the course has obtained academic distinction in the six-subject public relations major sequence and epitomizes the highest professional characteristics represented by membership of the public relations profession.

Q.I. T. Marketing Trust Fund Prize

Awarded to the student group enrol led at the 0.1. T. in a course leading to the B.Bus. degree which produces the Marketing Research Report with the highest marks in the subject "Marketing Research".

Royal Institute of Public Administration Prizes

Introductory Level Prize - Awarded to the student enrolled at the 0.1. T. in the Public Administration course leading to the award B.Bus., who, taking the subjects "Australian National Government A" and "Introduction to Public Administration" for the first time has obtained the highest aggregate passes in those subjects.

Advanced Level Prize - Awarded to the student enrolled at the 0.1.T. in the Public Administration course leading to the award B.Bus., who, taking the subjects "Public Administration and the Community", "Public Policy" and "Contemporary Administration" for the first time has obtained the highest aggregate passes in those subjects.

Sidney Webb Memorial Prize

Awarded to the student enrolled at the 0.1.T., Brisbane, in the course leading to the degree of B.Bus., who, taking the subject "Management and Organisational Science IVA", for the first time, has obtained the highest pass in that subject at the semester examinations.

Stevenson Public Relations Prize

To be awarded to the student enrolled at the 0.1.T. in the Communication Course leading to the Bachelor of Business Degree, who, taking the subject "Public Relations Practice" for the first time, authors the Case Study which receives the highest marks.

99

Taxation Institute of Australia Prize

Awarded to the student enrolled in the course leading to the Bachelor of Business - Accountancy, who taking the subjects "Taxation Law and Practice I and II" for the first time, has obtained the highest pas$ in those subjects at the semester examinations, in the one calendar year.

Courses Offered by each Department

102

COURSES OFFERED BY EACH DEPARTMENT

DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY

ACM174 ACM204 ACJ151 ACL177

Graduate Diploma in Advanced Accounting Graduate Diploma in Commercial Computing Bachelor of Business - Accountancy Associate Diploma in Business

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION AND GENERAL STUDIES

CMJ153 Bachelor of Business Communication

MNM155 MNJ179 MNJ152 MNJ154

Graduate Diploma in Business Administration Bachelor of Business Health Administration Bachelor of Business Management Bachelor of Business - Public Administration

Course Structures and Course Rules

104

The following rules relate to the Graduate Diploma in Advanced Accounting and are made by resolution of the Institute Council.

ACM174 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ADVANCED ACCOUNTING

1. Normal Entry:

An applicant may enrol in the part-time course leading to the Graduate Diploma in Advanced Accounting if

he holds a degree of a recognized university, OR a degree ( UG 1 award) or a diploma (UG2 award) which is registered in the National Register of Awards for Australian Colleges of Advanced Education, with an appropriate major in Accounting, provided that in the case of a diploma, additional work may be required by the Head, Department of Accountancy.

2. Special Ently:

An applicant who does not meet the requirements for normal entry may present documentary evidence of qualifications, experience, and other relevant information for Special Consideration by the Admissions Committee.

Such applications will be considered by the Admissions Committee in terms of overall academic achievement; work experience; and the requirements of the course.

Students may be required to take one or more undergraduate subjects in order to make good any deficiency in their qualif­ications to enter the postgraduate course.

3. To gain an award, a student enrolled in the Graduate Diploma in Advanced Accounting course must satisfactorily complete one of the streams of the study programme set out in Rule 5.

4. To be credited with a semester unit, a student must obtain a pass in the assessment programme and satisfy such assignment requirements as are approved by the Academic Board of the School of Business Studies.

5. For a registered student who is enrolled in the part-time Graduate Diploma in Advanced Accounting course, the subjects and other work of the two years of study are as follows -

ACM174 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ADVANCED ACCOUNTING

Stream FIRST YEAR General Public Mngrl.

Semester 1 - Autumn Acctg. Acctg.

ACP112 ACP131 ACP113

Advanced Financial Accounting Computers, Statistics & the Auditor Advanced Cost Accounting

Semester 2 - Spring

ACP212

ACP262

Contemporary Problems in Financial Accounting

Advanced Business Finance Elective

SECOND YEAR

Semester 3 - Autumn

ACP331

ACP313

Contemporary Auditing Thought and Problems

Contemporary Managerial Accounting Thought and Problems

Elective

Semester 4 Spring

ACP473

MNP421

Advanced Taxation Law & Estate Planning

Environment of Business Elective * *

x

:} 1 of

x x

x x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x x

x x

Electives. The following semester subjects offered or to be offered by the School of Business Studies are suitable -

General Stream

ACP311 ACP332 ACP313 MNP605 MNP204 MNP523

Rural Information Systems Business Investigations Contemporary Managerial Accounting Thought & Problems Advanced Operations Research

Marketing Methods & Practice Personnel Functions

Public Accounting Stream

ACP311 ACP262 ACP332 ACP3l3 ACP113

Rural Information Systems Advanced Business Finance Business Investigations Contemporary Managerial Accounting Thought & Problems Advanced Cost Accounting

105

106

Managerial Accounting Stream

MNP605 ACP262

MNP204 MNP523

Advanced Operations Research Advanced Business Finance Marketing Methods & Practice Personnel Functions

As the course develops it is planned to introduce elective subjects relating to specialist areas of accounting, such as -

Management of Professional Practice Management Advisory Services Contract Accounts Transport Accounting Retail Accounting Distribution Accounting Executorship and Trustee Law and Accounting Bankruptcy Law and Practice

Approximate formal hours for all subjects will be 3 hours.

The following rules relate to the Graduate Diploma in Business Administration and are made by resolution of the Institute Council.

107

MNM155 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

1. Normal Entry:

An applicant may enrol in the part-time course leading to the Graduate Diploma in Business Administration if -

(a) he holds a degree of a recognized university; or a degree (UGI award) or a diploma (UG2 award) which is registered in the National Register of Awards for Australian Colleges of Advanced Education, provided that in the case of a diploma, additional work may be required by the Head, Department of Management; AND

(b) he has one years appropriate experience in commerce, industry or government.

2. An applicant who does not meet the requirements for normal entry may present documentary evidence of qua I ifications, experience, and other relevant information for special consider­ation by the Admissions Committee.

3. A student enrolled in the Graduate Diploma in Business Admin­istration course will normally progress in the sequence indicated in the normal course programme. Timetables are arranged on the basis of the normal progression.

4. To be credited with a semester unit, a student must obtain a pass in the assessment programme and satisfy such assignment requirements as are approved by the Academic Board of the School of Business Studies.

5. Except in exceptional circumstances and with the approval of the Head of School, a student may not enrol for more than three units in any one semester.

6. A student retains credit for all subjects passed in the semester in which he is enrolled.

7. A student who fails one or more subjects in a semester may re-enrol and repeat the subjects failed, and may enrol for other subjects of the programme, subject to course rules, provided the timetable permits enrolment in the units desired.

8. Except with the approval of the Head of School, a student may not enrol for any subject in his course of study unless he has obtained credit for all subjects prescribed as pre-requisite subjects in the Schedule attached to these Rules.

108

9. If a student, before enrolling for the Graduate Diploma in Business Administration, has at this Institute or elsewhere passed in a subject unit considered by the Head of Department as being equivalent to a core unit prescribed under Rule 10, then the Head of Department shall, except in exceptional circumstances, require the student to substitute for that core unit, an elective from the same group.

10. For a registered student who is enrol led in the part-time Graduate Diploma Course in Business Administration, the subjects and other work of the two years of study are as follows -

MNM155 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

To gain an award a student must satisfactorily complete 12 semester units, including the 5 core units.

The elective units selected must include at least three (3) units from each of two (2) of the groups listed below -

GROUP A

Core Units -

MNP102* Managerial Psychology

Electives -

MNP202 MNP304 MNP403 MNP521 MNP522 MNP601 MNP602

GROUP 8

Core Units -

Managerial Functions Organisational Systems Managerial Strategy Personnel Administration Organisational Change and Development Industrial Relations Systems Industrial Relations Issues

MNP303* Statistical Methods

Electives -

ACP594 MNP105 MNP203 MNP404 MNP504 MNP603 ACP694

GROUP C

Core Units -

MNP104* MNP103*

Computers and Data Processing I Techniques of Managerial Analysis Managerial Decision Theory Simulation and Model Building Management and Planning Models Econometrics Computers and Data Processing 11

Micro Economics OR Macro Economics

Approx. Formal Hrs/wk.

3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3

Electives -

MNP405 MNP505 MNP507 MNP604 MNP104 MNP103

GROUP D

Core Units

ACP111 *

Electives -

ACP354 ACP211 ACP372 ACP472 ACP454 ACP515 ACP615

GROUPE

Core Units -

CMP123*

Electives -

MNP204 CMP221 MNP305 MNP406 CMP321 CMP421 MNP506 MNP607

Economic Project Evaluation Urban Regional Systems Political Framework Governmental Issues Micro Economics OR Macro Economics

Accounting Principles I

Finance A Accounting Principles 11 Commercial Law I Commercial Law 11 Finance B Public Finance and Accounts I Public Finance and Accounts 11

Organisational Communication A

Marketing Methods and Practice Organisational Communication B Research Design in Marketing Marketing Strategy Management and Social Issues A Management and Social Issues B Promotional Policies and Methods Consumer Behaviour

* These are core units.

109

Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

3 3 3 3 3 3

3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

The subjects offered in any semester will depend on a sufficient minimum enrolment in the subject, and the availability of staff.

NORMAL SUBJECT TIMETABLE

CORE UNITS -

Autumn Semester

MNP102 MNP103 MNP104 ACP111 CMP123

Managerial Psychology Macro Economics OR Micro Economics Accounting Principles I Organisational Communication A

Pre-requisite

110

Spring Semester -

MNP303 MNP104

Statistical Methods Micro Economics

ELECTIVE UNITS

Autumn Semester -

MNP601 Industrial Relations Systems ACP354 Finance A MNP304 Organisational Systems MNP521 Personnel Administration MNP507 Political Framework CMP421 Management and Social Issues B MNP105 Techniques of Managerial Analysis MNP504 Management & Planning Models MNP405 Economic Project Evaluation ACP515 Public Finance & Accounts I ACP372 Commercial Law I ACP594 Computers & Data Processing I MNP305 Research Design in Marketing MNP506 Promotional Policies and Method

Spring Semester -

ACP694 MNP204 MNP602 MNP403 MNP522 MNP604 CMP321 MNP203 MNP404 MNP603 ACP211 ACP615 ACP472 ACP454 CMP221 MNP406 MNP607 MNP202 MNP505

MNP999

Computers & Data Processing 11 Marketing Methods & Practices Industrial Relations Issues Managerial Strategy Organisational Change & Development Governmental Issues Management & Social Issues A Managerial Decision Theory Simulation & Model Building Econometrics Accounting Principles 11 Public Finance & Accounts II Commercial Law 11 Finance B Organisational Communication B Marketing Strategy Consumer Behaviour Managerial Functions Urban & Regional Systems

Special Topic - Business Administration•

Pre-requisite

Pre-requisite

or

ACP111 MNP102 MNP202

MNP102

MNP303 MNP104 ACP111 ACP111

MNP204

ACP594

MNP102 MNP102

MNP102

MNP303 ACP111 ACP515 ACP372 ACP111

MNP204

MNP102 MNP103 MNP104

* Students who complete this subject must include this unit as the general elective in the course. Only one special topics unit can be included in the 12 semester units required to complete the Graduate Diploma in Business Administration.

The following transition arrangements will apply for students enrolled in the course at the date the new rules became effective (1977) -

(a) All students must complete the five (5) core subject-units (or possess exemptions from them).

111

(b) All students must complete twelve units (exclusive of exemptions). That is, a student who has the five core units only, in which (say) three have been gained by exemptions must complete a total of ten subjects toward the Grad.Dip.Bus.Admin. Award.

(c) A student who has completed four or more units in each of two subject groups and has completed twel~e units (exclusive of exemptions), and who has either passed or has exemption for five core units, will be eligible for the award.

Exemptions for Continuing Students

Students who have passed the subjects listed in Column 1 in the Graduate Diploma in Business Administration prior to 1975 will be granted exemptions from the corresponding subjects in Column 2.

Column 1 Column 2

CMP121 Research & Communication I CMP123 Organisational Communication A MNP101 Managerial Analysis I MNP104 Micro Economics ACP111 Accounting Principles I ACP111 Accounting Principles I CMP122 Research & Comm. 11 CMP221 Organisational Communication B MNP201 Managerial Analysis 11 MNP303 Statistical Methods ACP211 Accounting Principles 11 ACP211 Accounting Principles II MNP301 Managerial Psychology I MNP102 Managerial Psychology MNP302 Managerial Analysis 111 MNP105 Techniques of Managerial

Analysis ACB372 Commercial Law I ACP372 Commercial Law I MNB510 Marketing I MNP204 Marketing Methods &

Practices MNP401 Managerial Psychology II MNP202 Managerial Functions MNP402 Managerial Analysis IV MNP203 Managerial Decision Theory ACB472 Commercial Law 11 ACP472 Commercial Law 11 MNB610 Advanced Marketing MNP305 Research Design in Marketing MNP501 Advanced Management MNP403 Managerial Strategy AND

MNP304 Organisational Systems MNP502 Computer & Information ACP594 Computers & Data Processing I

Science AND ACP694 Computers & Data Processing 11

MNB502 Business Finance ACP354 Finance A AND ACP454 Finance B

MNB520 Industrial Relations MNP601 Industrial Relations Systems

AND MNP602 Industrial Relations Issues

MNP503 Managerial Analysis V MNP404 Simulation & Model Building

AND MNP504 Management and Planning

Models MNB521 Personnel Management MNP521 Personnel Administration MNB620 Organisational Development MNP522 Organisational Change and

Development

112

The following rules relate to the Graduate Diploma in Commercial Computing and are made by resolution of Institute Council.

ACM204 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMMERCIAL COMPUTING

1. Normal Entry:

An applicant enrolling in the course leading to the Graduate Diploma in Commercial Computing shall hold a degree of a recognised university, or a degree (UG1 award) or a diploma (UG2 award) which is registered in the National Register of Awards for Australian Colleges of Advanced Education. In the case where an applicant has a diploma, the Head, Department of Accountancy may require the applicant to undertake additional work prior to admittance to the course.

2. Special Entry:

Applicants who do not meet the requirements for normal entry may present documentary evidence of qua I ifications, experience, and other relevant information for special consideration by the Admissions Committee. Such applications will be considered by the Admissions Committee in terms of overall academic achievement. Work experience and the requirements of the course may also be considered.

3. To be credited with a semester unit, a student must obtain a pass in the assessment program and satisfy such assignment requirements as are approved by the Academic Board of the School of Business Studies.

4. Exemptions. Rules concerning the granting of exemptions are detailed under 'Rules relating to Student Matters'. (See page 27 ).

5. For a registered student who is enrolled in the full-time Graduate Diploma in Commercial Computing course, the subjects and other work of the one year of study are as follows:

ACM204 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMMERCIAL COMPUTING -FULL-TIME

Semester 1 - Autumn ACP594 Computers and Data Processing I ACP191 Systems Analysis ACP292 Computing Principles ACP291 Business Computer Language ACP111 Accounting Principles I

General Business Elective/Computer Elective•

Semester 2 - Spring ACP491 Theory and Practice of Data Base ACP492 Telecommunications and Online Systems AGP391 Systems Design

~Computer "Elective* Computer Elective* General Business Elective/Computer Elective*

Approx. Formal Hrs/Wk

3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3

Note: This course is only available on a part-time basis for 1980.

113

6. For a registered student who is enrolled in the part-time Graduate Diploma in Commercial Computing course, the subjects and other work of the two years of study are as follows:

ACM204 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMMERCIAL COMPUTING -PART-TIME

FIRST YEAR

Semester 1 - Autumn ACP594 Computers and Data Processing ACP191 Systems Analysis ACP111 Accounting Principles I

Semester 2 - Spring ACP291 Business Computer Language ACP292 Computing Principles

Computer Elective*

SECOND YEAR

Semester 3 - Autumn ACP391 Systems Design

Computer Elective* General Business Elective/Computer Elective*

Semester 4 - Spring ACP491 Theory and Practice of Data Base ACP492 Telecommunications and Online Systems

General Business Elective/Computer Elective*

ELECTIVES

Approx. Formal Hrs/Wk

3 3 3

3 3 3

3 3 3

3 3 3

Computer Electives: At least two subjects will be chosen from the following:

ACP293 Software and Business Systems ACP694 Computers and Data Processing I I ACP998 Special Topic in Commercial Computing

General Business Electives: No more than two from the post-graduate subjects offered by the School of Business Studies. The choice of electives is subject to any pre-requisite requirements, availability of the subject in the timetable and approval of the Head of Department. The subjects offered in any semester will depend on a sufficient minimum enrolment in the subject and the availability of staff.

114

The following rules relate to the Degree of Bachelor of Business and are made by resolution of Institute Council.

RULES COMMON TO ALL BUSINESS STUDIES DEGREE COURSES

1. A registered student may enrol either as a full-time or part-time student. (In the case of the B.Bus. Health Administration only, a registered student may enrol either as a part-time or external student.) A full-time student normally attends classes during the day. However, he may elect or be required to attend some evening classes.

A part-time student is usually in employment and normally attends classes during the evening. However, he may elect or be required to attend some day classes.

An external student must, except with the approval of the Head of School, reside outside the Brisbane Statistical Area so that he or she is precluded from attendance as a full-time or part-time internal students.

2. The subjects and other work comprising the Accountancy, Communication, Health Administration, Management and Public Administration courses respectively are those listed in Rules 13, 17, 24 and 28 for full-time students, Rules 14, 18, 21, 25 and 29 for part-ti me students, and Rule 21 for external stud en ts.

3. Timetables are arranged on the basis of the normal programme for each course. See Rules 13, 14, 17, 18, 21, 24, 25, 28, 29.

To gain an award a student must satisfactorily complete 30 semester units.

4. To be credited with a semester unit, a student must obtain a pass in the assessment programme and satisfy such assignment requirements as are approved by the Academic Board of the School of Business Studies.

5. Except in exceptional circumstances and with the approval of the Head of School, a student who is a full-time student in a degree course may not enrol for more than five units in any one semester and a student who is a part-time or external student may not enrol for more than three units in any one semester.

6. A student retains credit for all subjects passed in the semester in which he is enrolled.

7. A student who fails one or more subjects in a semester may re-enrol and repeat the subjects failed, and may enrol for other subjects of the programme, subject to course rules, provided the timetable permits enrolment in the units desired.

115

8. Except with the approval of the Head of School, a student may not enrol for any subject in his course of study unless he has obtained credit for all subjects prescribed as pre-requisite subjects in the Schedule attached to these rules.

9. Exemptions. Rules concerning the granting of exemptions are detailed under 'Rules relating to Student Matters'. (See page 27.)

10. Some essential teaching activities conducted off campus involve field trips. The Academic Board is required to approve compulsory field trips in each semester and students are expected to attend all such field trips. Except with the approval of the Head of Depart­ment, failure to attend these field trips will adversely affect assessment in the relevant subjects.

116

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS

11. Applicants for enrolment in -

ACJ151 BACHELOR OF BUSINESS - ACCOUNTANCY

(i) Full-time Senior students being awarded semester ratings:

Sha I I have reached a Tertiary Entrance Score of 810 or better and have achieved a minimum of 16 points over four semesters in each of the Board of Secondary School Studies' subjects, English and Mathematics*.

An applicant who has a score of less than 16 points in either or both of the prescribed subjects may be eligible to enrol and should apply for special consideration.

(ii) Students who have sat for the Senior examination:

Must have obtained a minimum total score of 20 points in five different subjects which shall include English and Mathematics* with a minimum score of 4 points in each; provided that an applicant with a score of 3 points in one of the prescribed subjects may be allowed to enrol if his total score over five subjects is sufficiently in excess of 20 points, and should apply for special consideration.

(iii) Adult Entry:

An applicant must obtain a minimum score in the Senior examination of 16 points in four different subjects which shall include English and Mathematics* with a minimum score of 4 points in each prescribed subject; provided that an applicant with a score of 3 points in one of the prescribed subjects may be al lowed to enrol if his total score over four subjects is sufficiently in excess of 16 points, and should apply for special consideration. All credits must be obtained after the applicant has reached the age of 21 years .

. L- Special Consideration

Students who do not meet the requirements for normal entry may present documentary evidence of qua I ifications, experience, and other relevant information for Special Consideration by the Admissions Committee.

'Social Mathematics' is not acceptable as a mathematics subject for entry purposes.

13. For a registered student who is a full-time student in the Accountancy Course, the subjects and other works of the three years of study are as fol lows

ACJ151 ACCOUNTANCY COURSE - FULL-TIME

117

Normal Programme ++ Approx. Formal Hrs/wk.

Semester 1 - Autumn

ACB371 ./ Business Law I 3 CMB132* Communication llA OR 3 MNB101 I Management and Organisational Science I 3 ACB111 I Introductory Accounting I MNB132 / Micro Economic Analysis OR MNB232 Macro Economic Analysis MAB171 ,,. Quantitative Methods IA OR MAB172 Quantitative Methods IB

Semester 2 - Spring

6 3 3 3 3

ACB471 J Company Law I 3 CMB132*/ Communication llA OR 3 MNB101 Management and Organisational Science I 3 ACB210 ,. Introductory Accounting llA 6 MN B 132 Micro Economic Analysis OR 3 MNB232 / Macro Economic Analysis 3 MAB171 Quantitative Methods IA OR 3 MAB172 J Quantitative Methods I B 3

"" From Semester 3, students should choose their subjects so that they complete the requirements for either the Accounting strand 01 Business Computing strand.

ACCOUNTING STRAND: Semester 3 - Autumn

MNB305 / Economic Statistics I 3 MNB201 .I Management & Organisational Science II OR 3 CMB131 Communication IA 3 ACB312 v Financial Accounting I 6

ACB372 -j Business Law 11 3 ACB392 Computer Systems and Programming 4

++ c;;- * Refer to page 122.

118

Semester 4 - Spring Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

MNB405 / Quantitative Analysis 3 MNB201 Management & Organisational Science 11 OR 3 CMB131 / Communication IA 3 ACB412 ,I Company Accounting I 6 ACB492 / Business Systems Design 4

./ ** Elective 3

Semester 5 - Autumn

ACB551 / Financial Management I ACB513 / Managerial Accounting I ACB572 I Taxation Law and Practice

/ Elective / * * Elective

Semester 6 - Spring

ACB651 .; Financial Management 11 ACB613 / Managerial Accounting If

./ Elective

./ Elective Elective

BUSINESS COMPUTING STRAND:

Semester 3 - Autumn

MNB305 MNB201 CMB131 ACB312 ACB392 ACB492

Economic Statistics I Management & Organisational Science 11 OR Communication IA Financial Accounting I

Computer Systems and Programming Business Systems Design I

Semester 4 - Spring

MNB405 MNB201 CMB131 ACB412 ACB493 ACB692

Quantitative Analysis Management & Organisational Science 11 OR Communication IA Company Accounting I Business Computer Programming Telecommunications and Business Systems

Semester 5 - Autumn

ACB551 ACB513 ACB592 ACB593

Financial Management I Managerial Accounting I Business Systems Design 11 Computer Systems Management ** Elective

Refer to page 122.

3 6 3 3 3

3 6 3 3 3

3 3 3 6 4 4

3 3 3 6 4 4

3 6 4 4 3

Semester 6 - Spring

ACB651 ACB613 ACB694 ACB693

Financial Management 11 Managerial Accounting 11 Input/Output Subsystems Data Base and Online Systems

* * Elective

119

Approx. Formal Hrs/wk.

3 6 4 4 3

14. For a registered student who is a part-time student in the Accountancy Course, the subjects and other work of the six years of study are as follows:

ACJ151 ACCOUNTANCY COURSE PART-TIME

Normal Programme ++ Semester 1 - Autumn

ACB371 CMB132* MNB101 MAB171 MAB172

Business Law Communication llA OR Management and Organisational Science Quantitative Methods IA OR Quantitative Methods 18

Semester 2 - Spring

ACB471 CMB132* MNB101 MAB171 MAB172

Company Law I Communication llA OR Management and Organisational Science I Quantitative Methods IA OR Quantitative Methods 18

Semester 3 - Autumn

ACB111 MNB132 MNB232

Introductory Accounting I Micro Economic Analysis OR Macro Economic Analysis

Semester 4 - Spring

ACB210 MNB132 MNB232

Introductory Accounting 11 A Micro Economic Analysis OR Macro Economic Analysis

Approx. Formal Hrs/wk.

3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3

6 3 3

6 3 3

+F From Semester 5, students should choose their subjects so that they complete the requirements for either the Accounting Strand or the Business Computing strand.

ACCOUNT I NG STRAND:

Semester 5 - Autumn

MNB305 ACB372 ACB392

Economic Statistics I Business Law 11 Computer Systems and Programming

** ++ * # Refer to page 122.

3 3 4

120

Semester 6 - Spring

MNB405 ACB492

Quantitative Analysis Business Systems Design I * * Elective

Semester 7 - Autumn

Financial Accounting I

Approx. Formal Hrs/wk.

3 4 3

6 ACB312 MNB201 CMB131

Management and Organisational Science 11 OR 3 Communication IA 3

Semester 8 - Spring

Company Accounting I 6 ACB412 MNB201 CMB131

Management and Organisational Science 11 OR 3 Communication IA 3

Semester 9 - Autumn

ACB513 ACB572

Managerial Accounting I Taxation Law and Practice I

Semester 10 - Spring

ACB613 Managerial Accounting 11 ** Elective

Semester 11 - Autumn

ACB551 Financial Management I Elective

* * Elective

Semester 12 - Spring

ACB651 Financial Management 11 Elective

* * Elective

BUSINESS COMPUTING STRAND:

Semester 5 - Autumn

MNB305 ACB392 ACB492

Economic Statistics I Computer Systems and Programming Business Systems Design I

Semester 6 - Spring

MNB405 ACB493 ACB692

Quantitative Analysis I Business Computer Programming Telecommunications and Business Systems

6 3

6 3

3 3 3

3 3 3

3 4 4

3 4 4

** Refer to page 122.

121

Semester 7 Autumn Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

ACB312 Financial Accounting I 6 MNB201 CMB131

Management and Organisational Science I I OR 3 Communication IA 3

Semester 8 - Spring

ACB412 MNB201 CMB131

Company Accounting I 6 Management and Organisational Science I I OR 3 Communication IA 3

Semester 9 - Autumn

ACB513 Managerial Accounting I 6 ACB592 Business Systems Design II 4

Semester 10 - Spring

ACB613 Managerial Accounting II 6 ACB694 Input/Output Subsystems 4

Semester 11 - Autumn

ACB551 Financial Management 3 ACB593 Computer Systems Management 4

** Elective 3

Semester 12 - Spring

ACB651 Financial Management I I 3 ACB693 Data Base and Online Systems 4

** Elective 3

•• Refer to page 122.

122

Students must sit for the examination in this subject during their first year of study.

Electives may be chosen from any subject of the B.Bus. Degree courses,

subject to pre-requisite requirements, availability of the subject in the

timetable and approval of the Head of Department. The subjects offered in any semester will depend on a sufficient minimum enrolment in the subject, and the availability of staff. When selecting electives, students

should consider the academic requirements of the respective Professional

Bodies.

Students may enrol in either the Accounting strand OR the Business Computing strand Graduates in either strand satisfies the academic requirements for Provisional membership of the Australian Society of Accountants. Graduation in the Business Computing strand satisfies the academic requirements for admission to the grade of Member of the Australian Computer Society.

++ In order to satisfy the academic requirements for -

(a) eligibility for the professional orientation year with the Australian

Society of Accountants, and/or

(b) eligibility for the professional year with the Institute of Chartered

Accountants, and/or

(c) Public Accountants Registration Board and Companies Auditors

Board;

Students enrolled in -

(i) The Accounting Strand, must include the following subjects in their electives -

ACB672 ACB531 ACB631 ACB412

Taxation Law and Practice II Auditing & Professional Practice I Auditing & Professional Practice II Company Law 11

(ii J The Business Computing strand, must complete the following additional subjects:

ACB372 ACB412

ACB512 ACB612 ACB531

ACB631

Business Law II Company Law II Taxation Law and Practice I Taxation Law and Practice II Auditing & Professional Practice I

Auditing & Professional Practice II

15. Applicants for enrolment in -

CMJ153 BACHELOR OF BUSINESS - COMMUNICATION

(i) Full-time Senior students being awarded semester ratings:

Shall have reached a Tertiary Entrance Score of 810 or better and have achieved a minimum of 16 points over four semesters in the Board of Secondary School Studies' subject, English.

An applicant who has a score of less than 16 points in English

123

may be eligible to enrol and should apply for special consideration.

(ii) Students who have sat for the Senior Examination:

Must have bbtained a minimum total score of 20 points in five different subjects which shall include English with a minimum score of 4 points; provided that an applicant with a score of 3 points in English may be allowed to enrol if his total score over five subjects is sufficiently in excess of 20 points, and should apply for special consideration.

(iii) Adult Entry:

An applicant must obtain a minimum score in the Senior examination of 16 points in 4 different subjects which shall include English with a minimum score of 4 points, provided that an applicant with a score of 3 points in English may be allowed to enrol if his total score over four subjects is sufficiently in excess of 16 points, and should apply for Special Consideration. All credits must be obtained after the applicant has reached the age of 21 years.

16. Special Consideration:

Students who do not meet the requirements for normal entry may present documentary evidence of qualifications, experience, and other relevant information for Special Consideration by the Admissions Committee.

17. For a registered student who is a full-time student in the Communication Course, the subjects and other work of the three years of study are as fol lows -

CMJ153 COMMUNICATION COURSE - FULL-TIME

Normal Programme

Semester 1 - Autumn Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

CMB131* CMB133 CMB163 CMB111 MNB101

Communication IA Introduction to Communication Introduction to Audio-Visual Communication Introduction to Sociology Management & Organisational Science I

• refer to page 129.

3 3 3 3 3

124

From Semester 2, students should choose their subjects so that they complete the requirements for one of the three strands offered within the course, viz., Advertising, Journalism, Public Relations. (Required strand subjects are shown in italics.)

ADVERTISING STRAND

Semester 2 - Spring

MNB133 MNB132

CMB161 CMB211 CMB212 MNB406

General Economics OR Micro Economic Analysis Literature & Composition Introduction to Social Enquiry Australian Studies Introductory Marketing

Semester 3 - Autumn

CMB321 CMB411

CMB241

Communication in Small Groups Business & Society Introduction to Advertising Elective

Elective

Semester 4 - Spring

CMB481 ACB112 CMB362 CMB541

Language, Style and Readability Accounting Decisions IA Advertising Copywriting Media Strategy Elective

Semester 5 - Autumn

CMB521 CMB332 CMB542

Communication & Public Opinion Administrative Communication Advertising Management Elective Elective

Semester 6 - Spring

CMB562 CMB641

Film & Mass Communication Advertising Campaigns Elective Elective Elective

Approx. Formal Hrs/wk.

3 3 6 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3

3 3 6 3 3

3 3 3 3 3

3 6 3 3 3

JOURNALISM STRAND

Semester 2 - Spring

MNB133 MNB132 CMB161 CMB211 CMB212 CMB191

General Economics OR Micro Economic Analysis Literature and Composition Introduction to Social Enquiry Australian Studies Fundamentals of Photography

Semester 3 - Autumn

CMB321 CMB411 CMB361

Communication in Small Groups Business and Society News Writing and Reporting Elective Elective

Semester 4 - Spring

CMB481 ACB112 CMB371 CMB462

Language, Style and Readability Accounting Decisions IA Editing and Layout Magazine and Feature Writing Elective

Semester 5 - Autumn

CMB521 CMB332 ACB474

Communication and Public Opinion Administrative Communication Law and Communication Elective Elective

Semester 6 - Spring

CMB562 CMB471

Film and Mass Communication Public Affairs Reporting Elective Elective Elective

PUBLIC RELATIONS STRAND

Semester 2 - Spring

MN8133 MNB132 CMB161 CMB211 CMB212 MNB201

General Economics OR Micro Economic Analysis Literature and Composition Introduction to Social Enquiry Australian Studies Management and Organisational Science 11

Approx. Formal HrsM!k.

3 3 6 3 3 3

3 3 6 3 3

3 3 6 3 3

3 3 3 3 3

3 6 3 3 3

3 3 6 3 3 3

125

126

Semester 3 - Autumn

CMB321 CMB411 CMB452 CMB361

Communication in Small Groups Business and Society Introduction to Public Relations News Writing and Reporting Elective

Semester 4 - Spring

CMB481 ACB112 CMB551

Language, Style and Readability Accounting Decisions IA Publicity Methods Elective Elective

Semester 5 - Autumn

CMB521 CMB332 CMB451

Communication and Public Opinion Administrative Communication Industrial Press Elective Elective

Semester 6 - Spring

CMB562 CMB651

Film and Mass Communication Public Relations Practice Elective Elective Elective

Approx. Formal HrsANk.

3 3 3 6 3

3 3 3 3 3

3 3 6 3 3

3 6 3 3 3

18. For a registered student who is a part-time student in the Communication Course the subjects and other work of the six years of study are as follows -

CMJ153 COMMUNICATION COURSE - PART-TIME Normal Programme

Approx. Formal Semester 1 - Autumn

CMB131* CMB133 MNB101

Communication IA Introduction to Communication Management and Organisational Science I

Semester 2 - Spring

CMB111 CMB163

Introduction to Sociology Introduction to Audio-Visual Communication

Semester 3 - Autumn

CMB212 MNB133 MNB132 CMB211

Australian Studies General Economics OR Micro Economic Analysis Introduction to Social Enquiry

HrsANk.

3 3 3

3 3

3 3 3 3

Semester 4 - Spring

CMB411 CMB321

Business and Society Communication in Small Groups

Approx. Formal HrsM!k.

3 3

From Semester 5, students should choose their subjects so that they complete the requirements for one of the three strands offered within the course, viz., Advertising, Journalism, Public Realtions. (Required strand subjects are shown in italics.}

ADVERTISING STRAND

Semester 5 - Autumn

CMB161 MNB406

Literature and Composition Introductory Marketing

Semester 6 - Spring

CMB241 Introduction to Advertising Elective

Semester 7 - Autumn

ACB112 CMB362

Accounting Decisions IA Advertising Copywriting

Semester 8 - Spring

CMB521 CMB332

Communication and Public Opinion Administrative Communication Elective

Semester 9 - Autumn

CMB541 CMB481

Media Strategy Language, Style and Readability Elective

Semester 10 - Spring

CMB542 Advertising Management Elective Elective

Semester 11 - Autumn

CMB562 Film and Mass Communication Elective Elective

Semester 12 - Spring

CMB641 Advertising Campaigns Elective

6 3

3 3

3 6

3 3 3

3 3 3

3 3 3

3 3 3

6 3

127

128

JOURNALISM STRAND

Semester 5 - Autumn

CMB161 CMB191

Literature and Composition Fundamentals of Photography

Semester 6 - Spring

CMB361 Newswriting and Reporting Elective

Semester 7 - Autumn

ACB112 CMB371

Accounting Decisions IA Editing and Layout

Semester 8 - Spring

CMB521 CMB332

Communication and Public Opinion Administrative Communication Elective

Semester 9 -Autumn

CMB481 CMB462

Language, Sty le and Readability Magazine and Feature Writing Elective

Semester 10 - Spring

ACB474 Law and Communication Elective Elective

Semester 11 -Autumn

CMB562 Film and Mass Communication Elective Elective

Semester 12 - Spring

CMB471 Public Affairs Reporting Elective

PUBLIC RELATIONS STRAND

Semester 5 - Autumn

Literature and Composition

Approx. Formal HrsM!k.

6 3

6 3

3 6

3 3 3

3 3 3

3 3 3

3 3 3

6 3

CMB161 MNB201 Management and Organisational Science //

6 3

Semester 6 - Spring

CMB361 CMB452

Newswriting and Reporting Introduction to Public Relations

Semester 7 -Autumn

ACB112 Accounting Decisions IA Elective Elective

6 3

3 3 3

Semester 8 - Spring

CMB521 CMB332

Communication and Public Opinion Administrative Communication Elective

Semester 9 - Autumn

CMB481 CMB551

Language, Style and Readability Publicity Methods Elective

Semester 10 - Spring

CMB451 Industrial Press Elective

Semester 11 - Autumn

CMB562 Film and Mass Communication Elective Elective

Semester 12 - Spring

CMB651 Public Relations Practice Elective

Approx. Formal Hrs/Wk.

3 3 3

3 3 3

6 3

3 3 3

6 3

* Students must sit for this subject during their first year of study.

Electives: Choice of electives is subject to the approval of the Head of Department.

129

130

19. 1-\pplicants for enrolment in -

MNJ179 BACHELOR OF BUSINESS - HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

(i) Full-time Senior students being awarded semester ratings:

Shall have reached a Tertiary Entrance Score of 810 or better and have achieved a minimum of 16 points over four semesters in the Board of Secondary School Studies subject, English.

An applicant who has a score of less than 16 points in English may be eligible to enrol and should apply for special consideration.

(ii) Students who have sat for the Senior Examination:

Must have obtained a minimum total score of 20 points in five different subjects which shall include English with a minimum score of 4 points; provided that an applicant with a score of 3 points in English may be allowed to enrol if his total score over five subjects is sufficiently in excess of 20 points, and should apply for special consideration.

(iii) Adult Entry:

An applicant must obtain a minimum score in the Senior examination of 16 points in 4 different subjects which shall include English with a minimum score of 4 points, provided that an applicant with a score of 3 points in English may be allowed to enrol if his total score over four subjects is sufficiently in excess of 16 points, and should apply for Special Consideration. All credits must be obtained after the applicant has reached the age of 21 years.

20. Special Consideration:

Students who do not meet the requirements for normal entry may present documentary evidence of qualifications, experience, and other relevant information for Special Consideration by the Admissions Committee.

/I For a registered student who is a part-time or external student in the Health Administration course, the subjects and other work are as follows --

MNJ179 HEAL TH ADMINISTRATION COURSE - PART-TIME AND EXTERNAL

Semester 1 - Autumn

MNB101 CMB105 ACB161

Management & Organisational Science I Communication in Business Accountancy for Administrators

Approx. Formal Hrs/wk.

3 3 3

Semester 2 - Spring

MNB201 MNB232

Management & Organisational Science 11 Macro Economic Analysis

Semester 3 - Autumn

MNB132 ACB514

MNB181

Micro Economic Analysis Government Accounting & Finance I

Australian National Government B

Semester 4 - Spring

CMB111 MNB231

Introduction to Sociology Government and Economic Policy

Semester 5 - Autumn

MNB382 MNB306 CMB513

Administration Research Managment & Organisational Science 11 IA Medical Sociology

Semester 6 - Spring

MNB402 MNB483 PNB471

Management & Organisational Science IVA Administration Analysis Medical Terminology

Semester 7 - Autumn

ACB554

ACB392 MNB331

Health Administration Finance Computer Systems & Programming Health Care Economics I

Semester 8 - Spring

MNB430 ACB679

Applied Health Care Analysis Law for Administrators

Semester 9 - Autumn

MNB431 LWS001

Health Care Economics 11 Medicine and the Law

*Elective

Semester 10 - Spring

MNB533 MNB330

International Health Care Systems Australian Health Industry

*Elective

Approx. Formal Hrs/wk.

3 3

3 3 3

3 3

3 3 3

3 3 2

3 4 3

3 3

3 3 3

* Electives may be chosen from any subject of the B.Bus. degree.courses subject to pre-requisite requirements, availability of the subject in the timetable and approval of the Head of Department.

131

132

Semester 11 - Autumn

MNB505 ARS109

Health Management I

Health Care Facilities I

Semester 12 -· Spring

MNB605 ARS110

Health Management 11 Health Care Facilities 11

INFORMATION FOR EXTERNAL STUDENTS

Enrolment

Approx. Formal Hrs/wk.

3 6

3 6

In the Bachelor of Business - Health Administration external course, preference will be given to applicants who reside outside the Brisbane Statistical Region.

A student who is offered a place in the 0.1.T. external Health Administration quota normally studies the specialist Health Administration subjects by means of an external (correspondence) course from the 0.1.T. The student will undertake equivalents of most business management subjects from another tertiary institution, usually the Darling Downs Institute of Advanced Education. (The 0.1. T. does not offer most of the business management subjects externally.)

Students will receive with their offer of a place in the 0.1.T. Health Administration quota, enrolment forms for relevant subjects at either Darling Downs Institute of Advanced Education and/or 0.1.T.

0.1.T. external students may enrol for most of the business management subjects as an internal or external student at any other tertiary institution. However, they should ensure that the subjects in which they intend to enrol are acceptable equivalents to subjects in the Health Administration degree. Details of subjects which are equivalent to Health Administration degree subjects and the institutions at which they are offered are available from 0.1.T.

0.1.T. Health Administration Subjects

In the case of the Health Administration specialist subjects, external students are normally taught and assessed by the same lecturers and tutors as internal students and follow a,subject programme which is comparable to that of internal students.

External students receive appropriate exercises, assignments and dates by which completed exercises and assignments must reach the lecturer. They also receive an external student's Study Guide in each subject. This summarises the subject and indicates the order in which the prescribed material is to be studied and the pages of the prescribed textbook which should be read and noted. Video tapes or audio tapes may be issued on some important and difficult areas of the subject. The Study Guide will contain references to such tapes. Where the lecturer in charge of the subject wishes external students to study material to which they cannot otherwise be expected to have access, that material is normally included in or sent with the Study Guide.

133

External students who live within a reasonable distance of a centre such as Toowoomba, Rockhampton or Townsville, may attend regular sessions at an institution such as the Darling Downs Institute of Advanced Education or the Capricornia Institute of Advanced Education, or a tertiary institution in Townsville, at which tapes may be played and discussions held. These tapes, specially prepared for external students, concern important and difficult areas of each subject. If a student lives too far away from such a centre to be able to attend the sessions, audio cassette tapes of the same lectures may be borrowed for use on any normal cassette player.

It is planned to have external course co-ordinators for Townsville, Rockhampton, Toowoomba and similar areas. Apart from arranging the regular sessions for students in the area, the course co-ordinator will provide liaison between students and lecturer. However, the student is always able to contact his lecturer directly.

Formal examinations will be held at a number of country centres.

Other Subjects

For non-0.1.T. subjects, external students are required to comply with the course work and assessment requirements of the particular institution where they are enrolled.

Residential Schools

For some subjects, attendance at a Residential School may be required. These schools will be held at Toowoomba, Brisbane or a similar centre. Details of these schools will be sent to students.

Orientation

A special one or two day Orientation Attendance School for External Students is planned in Orientation Week. This will include a library course and a library exercise, together with lectures and seminars on how to write assignments. Those attending the school will be able to meet staff, to buy the prescribed textbooks and reference books from the Institute Bookshop, and to collect their course material.

134

22. Applicants for enrolment in -

MNJ152 BACHELOR OF BUSINESS - MANAGEMENT

(i) Full-time Senior students being awarded semester ratings:

Shall have reached a Tertiary Entrance Score of 810 or better and have achieved a minimum of 16 points over four semester in each of the Board of Secondary School Studies' subjects, English and Mathematics*. •

An applicant who has a score of less than 16 points in either or both of the prescribed subjects may be eligible to enrol and should apply for special consideration.

(ii) Students who have sat for the Senior examination:

Must have obtained a minimum total score of 20 points in five different subjects which shall include English and Mathematics* with a minimum score of 4 points in each; provided that an applicant with a score of 3 points in one of the prescribed subjects may be allowed to enrol if his total score over five subjects is sufficiently in excess of 20 points, and should apply for special consideration.

(iii) Adult Entry:

An applicant must obtain a minimum score in the Senior examination of 16 points in four different subjects which shall include English and Mathematics*, with a minimum score of 4 points in each prescribed subject, provided that an applicant with a score of 3 points in one of the prescribed subjects may be allowed to enrol if his total score over four subjects is sufficiently in excess of 16 points, and should apply for special consideration. All credits must be obtained after the applicant has reached the age of 21 years.

23. Special Consideration:

Students who do not meet the requirements for normal entry may present documentary evidence of qualifications, experience and other relevant information for Special Consideration by the Admissions Committee.

* 'Social Mathematics' is not acceptable as a mathematics subject for normal entry purposes.

8 Special Consideration may be granted to students not meeting normal mathematics requirements. Such students will be required to undertake additional work.

24. For a registered student who is a full-time student in the Management course, the subjects and other work of the three years of study are as follows -

MNJ152 MANAGEMENT COURSE - FULL-TIME

Normal Programme

135

Semester 1 - Autumn Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

MNB101 CMB105* ACB111

MNB232 MAB172

Management & Organisational Science Communication in Business

Introductory Accounting I Macro Economic Analysis Quantitative Methods I B

Semester 2 - Spring

MNB201 MNB406 ACB213 MNB132 MAB171

Management & Organisational Science II Introductory Marketing Introductory Accounting 11 B Micro Economic Analysis Quantitative Methods IA

3 3 6 3 3

3 3 6 3 3

From Semester 3,students should choose their subjects so that they complete requirements for one of the three strands offered within the course: that is, Management Economics, Marketing or Psychology /Personnel. (Required strand subjects are in italics.)

MANAGEMENT ECONOMICS STRAND;

Semester 3 - Autumn

ACB392 MNB306 MNB305 MNB332

Computer Systems and Programming Management & Organisational Science 111 A Economic Statistics I Business Analysis

General Elective

Semester 4 - Spring

MNB402 MNB181 MNB432

Management & Organisational Science IV A

Australian National Government B Business Strategy

Management Economics Elective Management Economics Elective

Semester 5 Autumn

ACB552 MNB501 ACB373

Business Finance I Management & Organisational Science V Introductory Legal Studies Management Economics Elective General Elective * *

Refer to page 139.

4 3 3 3

3

3 3 3

3 3

3 6 3 3 3

136

Semester 6 - Spring Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

ACB652 MNB601

Business Finance 11 Management & Organisational Science VI Management Economics Elective Management Economics Elective General Elective **

3 6 3 3 3

Management Economics Electives (all electives are approximately 3 hrs/wk.) *

Subject Pre-requisite

MNB530 Cost Benefit Analysis Micro Economic Analysis MNB631 Urban Economics Micro Economic Analysis MNB531 Transport Economics Micro Economic Analysis MNB632 International Economics Micro Economic Analysis MNB532 Economic Development Micro Economic Analysis OR

General Economics MNB642 Economic Statistics 11 Economic Statistics I MNB405 Quantitative Analysis I Economic Statistics I MNB542 Quantitative Analysis 11 Nil MNB520 Industrial Relations I A M.O.S. II

MNB620 Industrial Relations I B M.O.S.11 MNB634 Distribution Management Introductory Marketing OR

Micro Economic Analysis MNB536 Transport Admin. I M.O.S. IVA MNB636 Transport Admin. II Transport Administration I

* Students desiring membership of the Chartered Institute of Transport should consult the Department of Management to determine which electivesshould be included in their course programmes.

MARKETING STRAND:

Semester 3 - Autumn Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

ACB392 MNB306 MNB305 MNB512

Computer Systems & Programming Management & Organisational Science I I IA Economic Statistics I Promotional Strategy General Elective * *

Semester 4 - Spring

MNB402 MNB181 MNB510

Management and Organisational Science IVA Australian National Government B Marketing Research Principles Marketing Elective Marketing Elective

Refer to page 139.

4 3 3 4 3

3 3 4 3 3

137

Semester 5 Autumn

Approx. Formal Hrs/wk.

ACB552 MNB501 ACB373 MNB611

Business Finance Management & Organisational Science V Introductory Legal Studies Marketing Research Projects General Elective * *

3 6 3 3 3

Semester 6 - Spring

ACB652 MNB601

Business Finance 11 Management & Organisational Science VI Marketing Elective Marketing Elective General Elective * *

3 6 3 3 3

Marketing Electives (all electives are approximately 3 hours/week)

Subject Pre-requisite

MNB511 International Marketing Introductory Marketing

MNB616 Dynamics in Retailing Introductory Marketing

MNB610 Advanced Marketing Marketing Research Principles

MNB615 Professional Marketing Practice Marketing Research Principles OR Promotional Strategy

MNB513 Consumer Decision Making Introductory Marketing MNB307 Social Psychology M.O.S. I CMB241 Introduction to Advertising Nil CMB452 Introduction to Public Relations Introduction to

Communication AND M.0.S. II OR 8 subjects B.Bus. programme

MNB405 Quantitative Analysis I Economic Statistics I CMB111 Introduction to Sociology Nil

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT/PSYCHOLOGY STRAND

Semester 3 - Autumn

ACB392 MNB306 MNB305 MNB301

Computer Systems & Programming

Management & Organisational Science J llA Economic Statistics I Management & Organisational Science 1118 General Elective **

Semester 4 - Spring

MNB402

MNB181 MNB401

Management & Organisational Sciencf' IVA

Australian National Government B Management & Organisational Science I VB

Personnel Management/Psychology Elective Personnel Management/Psychology Elective

Refer to page 139

4 3 3 4 3

3 3 4

3 3

138

Semester 5 - Autumn

Business Finance I

Approx. Formal Hrs/wk.

ACB552 MNB501 ACB373 MNB521

Management & Organisational Science V Introductory Legal Studies

3 6 3 3 3

Personnel Management General Elective * *

Semester 6 - Spring

Business Finance 11 ACB652 MNB601 Management & Organisational Science VI

Personnel Management/Psychology Elective

3 6 3

Personnel Management/Psychology Elective 3 General Elective * * 3

Personnel Management Electives (all electives are approximately 3 hours/weeki e * Subject

MNB408 Job Design & Safety MNB407 Employment & Survey

Interviewing MNB520 Industrial Relations IA MNB620 Industrial Relations IB MNB621 Organisation Development MNB622 Personnel Training &

Development I MNB522 Advanced Organisational

Psychology MNB607 Psychology of Assessment MNB507 Counselling & Guidance

MNB623 Personnel Training & Development 11

MNB409 Corporate Manpower Planning

Pre-requisite

M.O.S. lllAorM.O.S. lllB M.O.S. 11 or Social Psychology

M.0.S.11 M.0.S.11

M.O.S. IVAorM.0.S. IVB M.O.S. IVB

M.0.S. IVB

M.O.S. IVB or Counselling & Guidance Employment & Survey Interviewing and M.0.S. IVB or Youth and Work. Personnel Training &

Development I M.O.S. lllA

0 In order to satisfy academic requirements of the Institute of Personnel

Management of Australia five of the above electives must be included in

the course or be completed subsequently.

* Students seeking membership of the Australian Institute of Training and Development are advised to include the subjects 'Personnel Training and Development/' and 'Organisation Development' in their course.

Refer to page 139

139

Psychology Electives (all electives are approximately 3 hours/week) * Subject

MNS307 Social Psychology MNS308 Youth and Work MNS407 Employment & Survey

Interviewing MNS507 Counselling & Guidance

MNS522 Advanced Organisational Psychology

MNS607 Psychology of Assessment MNS621 Organisation Development MNS622 Personnel Training &

Development I

Pre-requisite

M.0.S. I M.O.S.11 M.0.S. 11 or Social Psychology

Employment & Survey Interviewing and M.O.S. IVS or Youth and Work M.0.S. IVS

M.O.S. IVS or Counselling & Guirlance

M.0.S. IVAorM.0.S. IVS M.0.S. IVS

* In order to satisfy undergraduate academic requirements towards Associate! Affiliate Membership of the OJeensland Counsellors Association, six strand electives including'Counselling and Guidance' and 'Psychology of Assessment' must be included in the course or be completed subsequently.

** General Electives may be chosen from any subject in any Q. /. T. degree course, subject to pre-requisite requirements, availability of the subject in the timetable and approval of the Head of Department. Service subjects offered by the School of Business Studies to other Departments are not acceptable as General Electives. The subjects offered in any semester will depend on a sufficient minimum enrolment in the subject, and the availability of staff.

Students must sit for examination in this subject during their first year of study.

140

75 For a registered student who is a part-time student in the Management course, the subjects and other work of the six years of study are as follows -

MNJ152 MANAGEMENT COURSE - PART-TIME

Normal Programme

Semester 1 - Autumn

Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

MNB101

CMB105* MAB171 MAB172

Management & Organisational Science I

Communication in Business Quantitative Methods IA OR

Quantitative Methods I B

Semester 2 - Spring

MNB201

MNB406

MAB171 MAB172

Management & Organisational Science 11 Introductory Marketing

Quantitative Methods I A OR Quantitative Methods I B

Semester 3 - Autumn

ACB111

MNB132

MNB232

Introductory Accounting I

Micro Economic Analysis OR

Macro Economic Analysis

Semester 4 -· Spring

ACB213 MNB232 MNB132

Introductory Accounting 11 B Macro Economic Analysis OR

Micro Economic Analysis

Semester 5 - Autumn

MNB305 ACB373 MNB306

Economic Statistics Introductory Legal Studies Management & Organisational Science lllA

3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3

6 3 3

6 3 3

3 3 3

From Semester 6, students should choose their subjects so that thev

complete the requirements for one of the three strands offered within

the course, viz., Management Economics, Marketing, Psvchologv/Personnel. (Required strand subjects are in italics.)

MANAGEMENT ECONOMICS STRAND:

Semester 6 - Spring

MNB402 MNB181

Management & Organisational Science IVA

Australian National Government B Management Economics Elective

Semester 7 - Autumn

ACB392

MNB332

Computer Systems and Programming

Business Analvsis

Refer to page 139

3 3 3

4 3

Semester 8 Spring

MNB432 Business Strategy Management Economics Elective

Semester 9 - Autumn

ACB552 MNB501

Business Finance Management & Organisational Science V

Semester 10 - Spring

ACB652 MNB601

Business Finance 11 Management & Organisational Science VI

Semester 11 - Autumn

Semester 12

Management Economics Elective Management Economics Elective General Elective

Spring

Management Economics Elective General Elective General Elective **

141

Approx. Formal Hrs/wk.

3 3

3 6

3 6

3 3 3

3 3 3

Management Economics Electives (all electives are approximately 3 hours/week). See pag< 136 :or details.

MARKETING STRAND:

Semester 6

MNB402

MNB181

Spring

Management & Organisational Science IVLI Australian National Government B Marketing Elective

Semester 1 - Autumn

ACB392 MNB512

Computer Systems & Programming Promotional Strategy

Semester 8 - Spring

MNB510

Semester 9

ACB552 MNB601

Marketing Research Principles Marketing Elective

Autumn

Business Finance Management & Organisational Science V

Semester 10 - Spring

ACB652 MNB601

Business Finance 11 Management & Organisational Science VI

Refer to page 139.

3 3 3

4 4

4 3

3 6

3 6

142

Semester 11 - Autumn Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

MNB611 Marketing Research Marketing Elective General Elective**

Semester 12 - Spring

Marketing Elective General Elective * * General Elective * *

3 3 3

3 3 3

Marketing Electives (all electives are approximately 3 hours/week) See page 137 for details.

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT/PSYCHOLOGY STRAND:

$emester 6 - Spring

MNB402

MNB181 Management & Organisational Science IVA

Australian National Government B Personnel Management/Psychology Elective

Semester 7 - Autumn

ACB392 MNB301

Computer Systems and Programming Management& Organisational Science 1118

Semester 8 - Spring

MNB401 Management & Organisational Science I VB Personnel Management/Psychology Elective

Semester 9 - Autumn

ACB572 MNB501

Business Finance I Management & Organisational Science V

Semester 10-Spring

ACB652 MNB601

Business Finance 11 Management & Organisational Science VI

Semester 11 - Autumn

MNB521 Personnel Management Personnel Management/Psychology Elective General Elective * *

Semester 12 - Spring

3 3 3

4 4

4 3

3 6

3 6

3 3 3

Personnel Management/Psychology Elective 3 General Elective * * 3 General Elective * * 3

Personnel Management/Psychology Electives (all electives are approximately 3 hours/week). See pages 138 & 139 for details and note on membership of professional

bodies.

* * Refer to pages 138 & 139.

143

26. Applicants for enrolment in -

MNJ154 BACHELOR OF BUSINESS - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

(i) Full-time Senior students being awarded semester ratings:

Shall have reached a Tertiary Entrance Score of 810 or better and have achieved a minimum of 16 points over four semesters in the Board of Secondary School Studies' subject, English.

An applicant who has a score of less than 16 points in English may be eligible to enrol and should apply for special consideration.

(ii) Students who have sat for the Senior examination:

Must have obtained a minimum total score of 20 points in five different subjects which shall include English with a minimum score of 4 points; provided that an applicant with a score of 3 points in English may be allowed to enrol if his total score over five subjects is sufficiently in excess of 20 points, and should apply for special consideration.

(iii) Adult Entry:

An applicant must obtain a minimum score in the Senior examination of 16 points in four different subjects which shall include English with a minimum score of 4 points; provided that an applicant with a score of 3 points in English may be allowed to enrol if his total score over four subjects is sufficiently in excess of 16 points, and should apply for special consideration. All credits must be obtained after the applicant has reached the age of 21 years.

27. Special Consideration:

Students who do not meet the requirements for normal entry may present documentary evidence of qualifications, experience, and other relevant information for Special Consideration by the Admissions Committee.

28. For a registered student who is a full-time student in the Public Administration Course, the subjects and other work of the three years of study are as follows -

144

MNJ154 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION COURSE - FULL-TIME Normal Programme

Semester 1 - Autumn

Approx. Formal HmWk.

MNB183* ACB161 ACB111 * MNB232* MNB 132 MNB101 MNB382*

Australian National Government A Accountancy for Administrators OR Introductory Accounting I Macro Economic Analysis OR Micro Economic Analysis Management and Organisational Science I Administration Research I

Semester 2 - Spring

MNB284 MNB282 MNB201 MNB483*

Introduction to Public Administration State Government Management and Organisational Science 11 Administration Analysis General Elective

Semester 3 - Autumn

MNB385* MNB482 MNB383 MNB306

Public Administration Principles Local Government Public Sector Industrial Relations Management and Organisational Science I !IA General Elective

Semester 4 - Spring

MNB484* MNB582 ACB679 ACB392*

Pub I ic Personnel Practices Financial Administration Law for Administrators Computer Systems and Programming General Elective

Semester 5 Autumn

MNB585 MNB583

Public Administration and the Community Public Policy Public Administration Elective General Elective General Elective

Semester 6 - Spring

MNB685 Contemporary Administration Public Administration Elective Public Administration Elective General Elective General Elective

4 3 6 3 3 3 3

4 3 3 3

4 3 3 3

4 3 3 4

4 3

5

* These subjects are included in the list of requirements for the Queensland Local Government Clerk's Certificate. In addition, the following subjects should be taken as electives by students seeking th is qualification:

MNB132 MNB584 MNB684 ACB210 ACB213

Micro Economic Analysis Local Government Administrative Practice I Local Government Administrative Practice 11 Introductory Accounting llA OR Introductory Accounting 118

NOTES:

< ACB514 1.ACB614 OR

{ACB513 ACB613 ACB371 ACB372 ACB492 MNB281

Government Accounting & Finance I AND Government Accounting & Finance 11

Managerial Accounting I AND Managerial Accounting 11 Business Law I Business Law 11 Business Systems Design I Political Behaviour

1. General Electives:

A student must choose at least four general elective units from one of the following areas of study: --

(al Accountancy (bl Communication (c) Commercial Data Processing (dl Health Administration (el Law (f) Local Government Administration (g) Management Economics (h) Management and Organisational Science (i) Marketing (j) Personnel Management/Psychology

145

The subjects must be selected so as to satisfy the normal pre-requisite requirements. A student's programme of elective subjects must be approved by the Head of Department by submitting a completed form "Public Administration General Elective Programme" 10 the Management Department office.

2. Public Administration Electives:

A student must choose three Public Administration electives from the following:

Autumn Semester MNB384 Administration Research 11 MNB584 Local Government Administrative Practice I MNB586 Comparative Politics MNB587 Human Resource Policies

Spring Semester

MNB281 MNB683 MNB684 MNB686

Political Behaviour Comparative Administration Local Government Administrative Practice 11 Government and Business

146

29. For a registered student who is a part-time student in the Public Administration course, the course work of the six years of study is as follows:-

MNJ154 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION COURSE - PART-TIME

Normal Programme

Semester 7 - Autumn

MNB183* MNB101 MNB232* MNB132

Australian National Government A Management and Organisational Science I Macro Economic Analysis OR Micro Economic Analysis

Semester 2 - Spring

MNB282 MNB201

State Government Management and Organisational Science 11 General Elective

Semester 3 Autumn

Local Government

Approx. Formal HrsM!k.

4 3 3 3

3 3

MNB482 MNB306 MNB382*

Management and Organisational Science 111 A Administration Research I

3 3 3

Semester 4 - Spring

MNB284 MNB483*

Introduction to Public Administration Administration Analysis General Elective

Semester 5 - Autumn

MNB385* ACB161 ACB111*

Public Administration Principles Accountancy for Administrators OR Introductory Accounting I General Elective

Semester 6 - Spring

MNB484* ACB392*

Pub I ic Personnel Practices Computer Systems and Programming General Elective

Semester 7 - Autumn

MNB383 Pub I ic Sector Industrial Relations Public Administration Elective

Semester 8 Spring

MNB582 Financial Administration General Elective

Semester 9 - Autumn

MNB583 Public Policy Public Administration Elective

Semester 7 0 - Spring

ACB679 Law for Administrators Public Administration Elective

4 3

4 3 6

4 4

3

3

3

3

Semester 11 - Autumn

MNB585 Public Administration and the Community General Elective

Semester 12 - Spring

MNB685 Contemporary Administration General Elective

NOTES - see pages 144 and 145.

Approx. Formal Hrs/Wk

4

5

147

148

The fol lowing are the rules relating to the Associate Diploma in Business and are made by resolution of the Institute Council.

ACL 177 ASSOCIATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS

1. To be eligible to enrol for the course leading to the Associate Diploma in Business an applicant must satisfy one of the following -

(a) Full-time Senior students being awarded semester ratings:

Shall have reached a Tertiary Entrance Score of 745 or better and achieved a minimum of 13 points over four semesters in each of the Board of Secondary School Studies' subjects, English and Mathematics*.

An applicant who has a score of less than 13 points in either or both of the prescribed subjects, may be eligible to enrol and should apply for special consideration.

(b) Students who have sat for the Senior Examination:

Must have obtained a minimum total score of 14 points in four different subjects which shall include English and Mathematics* with a minimum score of 3 points in each.

(c) Adult Entry:

An applicant must obtain a minimum score in the Senior Examination of 12 points in three different subjects which shall include English and Mathematics*, with a minimum score of 3 points in each subject.

2. Special Entry:

Students who do not meet the requirements for normal entry may present documentary evidence of qualifications, experience, and other relevant information for special consideration by the Admissions Committee.

3. A registered student may enrol either as a ful I-time or part-time student.

A full-time student normally attends classes during the day. However, he may elect or be required to attend some evening classes.

A part-time student is usually in employment and normally attends classes during the evening. However, he may elect, or be required to attend some day classes.

'Social Mathematics' is not acceptable as a mathematics subject for entry purposes.

4. The subjects and other work comprising the Associate Diploma in Business course are listed in Rule 12 for the full-time student and Rule 13 for the part-time student.

149

5. A registered student in an associate diploma course will normally progress in the sequence indicated in the relevant normal course programme. Timetables are arranged on the basis of the normal progression.

To gain an award, a student must satisfactorily complete 20 semester units.

6. To be credited with a semester unit, a student must obtain a pass in the assessment programme and satisfy such assignment require­ments as are approved by the Academic Board of the School of Business Studies.

7. Except with the approval of the Head of School, a student who is a full-time student in an associate diploma course may not enrol for more than five units in any one semester and a student who is a part-time student may not enrol for more than three units in any one semester.

8. A student retains credit for all subjects passed in the semester in which he is enrolled.

9. A student who fails one or more subjects in a semester may re­enrol and repeat the subjects failed, and may enrol for other subjects of the programme, subject to course rules, provided the timetable permits enrolment in the units desired.

10. Except with the approval of the Head of School, a student may not enrol for any subject in his course of study unless he has obtained credit for all subjects prescribed as pre-requisite subjects in the Schedule attached to these Rules.

11. Exemptions. Rules concerning the granting of exemptions are detailed under 'Rules relating to Student Matters'. (See page 27.)

150

12. For a registered student who is a full-time student in the Associate Diploma in Business Course, the subjects and other work of the two years of study are as follows -

ACL177 ASSOCIATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS - FULL-TIME

Normal Programme

Semester 1 - Autumn

ACA 111 Financial Accounting Procedures MAA 173 Quantitative Business Analysis A MNA 111 Individual Behaviour ACA 191 Business Data Processing I ACA192 Business Information Systems I CMA 132 Communication in Commerce A

Semester 2 - Spring

ACA211 Company Accounting Procedures MAA 174 Quantitative Business Analysis B MNA211 Group Behaviour ACA293 Systems Analysis & Design I CMA231 Communication in Commerce B

Semester 3 - Autumn

ACA311 Advanced Accounting Procedures ACA391 Business Data Processing II MNA311 Principles of Supervision CMA 132 Communication in Commerce A ACA392 Business Information Systems 11 ACA393 Systems Analysis & Design 11

t Autumn Electives

Semester 4 - Spring

ACA411 Cost Accounting Procedures MNA401 Australian Business & Society ACA371 Mercantile Law ACA491 Business Data Processing 111 ACA493 Systems Analysis & Design 111

t Spring Electives

* t • See page 152.

Required Units to Gain Award

Approx. General Acctg. * Data Proc.• Formal Hrs/wk. Strand Strand Strand

6 x x x 3 x x x 3 x x x 4 x x x 3 } x 3 One of x

6 x x x 3 x x x 3 x x x 3 x x x 3 x x x

6 } One of x 6 x 3 x x x 3 x 3 x 3 }Thrno ''} x 3

Three of

6 x x x 3 x x x 3 } ' -4

Three of x 3

} Two of } on: of 3

13. For a registered student who is a part-time student in the Associate Diploma in Business Course, the subjects and other work of the eight semesters of study are as follows -

ACL 177 ASSOCIATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS - PART-TIME

Normal Programme Required Units to

Gain Award

151

Approx. General Acctg. * Data Proc.• Formal Hrs/wk. Strand Strand Strand

Semester 1 - Autumn

CMA132 Communication in Commerce A 3 } One of x ACA192 Business Information Systems I 3 x MAA173 Quantitative Business Analysis A 3 x x x MNA111 Individual Behaviour 3 x x x

Semester 2 - Spring

CMA231 Communication in Commerce B 3 x x x MAA174 Quantitative Business Analysis B 3 x x x MNA211 Group Behaviour 3 x x x

Semester 3 - Autumn

ACA111 Financial Accounting Procedures 6 x x x ACA191 Business Data Processing I 4 x x x

Semester 4 - Spring

ACA211 Company Accounting Procedures 6 x x x ACA293 Systems Analysis & Design I 3 x x x

Semester 5 - Autumn

CMA132 Communication in Commerce A 3 x ACA392 Business Information Systems 11 3 }Thrno o<;

x ACA393 Systems Analysis & Design 11 3 x

-Three of t Autumn Electives 3 J

Semester 6 - Spring

ACA311 Advanced Accounting Procedures 6 } One of x

ACA391 Business Data Processing 11 6 x MNA401 Australian Business & Society 3 x x x

Semester 7 - Autumn

ACA411 Cost Accounting Procedures 6 x x x MNA311 Principles of Supervision 3 x x x

Semester 8 - Spring

ACA371 Mercantile Law 3

}Thrn• ol ~ ACA491 Business Data Processing 111 4 x ACA493 Systems Analysis & Design 111 3

) Two of x

t Spring Electives 3 } One of

t II See page 152.

152

1980 Elective Subjects

Autumn

MNA221 Introduction to Macro Economics

MNA 102 Introduction to Personnel Management

MNA302 Introduction to Training

t 1981 Elective Subjects

Autumn

ACA451 Introduction to Finance MNA301 Australian Government MNA121 Introduction to Micro

Economics MNA460 Principles of Marketing

Spring

ACA471 Taxation Procedures MNA421 Current Economic Issues MNA202 Employment & Safety

Spring

ACA471 Taxation Procedures MNA321 Economic Geography MNA232 Dynamics of Motivation

& Persuasion MNA331 Fundamentals of Marketing

Research

Students taking the course as a general business studies eduction may elect any of the optional or elective subjects.

e Students seeking associate membership of the Australian Computer Society must take these subjects.

Students seeking membership of the Institute of Affiliate Accountants must include these subjects. In addition, students must select ONE of the following three elective subjects: Current Economic Issues; Introduction to Micro Economics; Introduction to Macro Economics.

The course has been approved by the Institute of Affiliate Accountants for membership purposes, and by the Australian Computer Society as having satisfied the academic requirements for associate membership.

Schedule of Subjects and Pre-requisites

Schedule of Subjects offered within the School of Business Studies

154

SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS AND PRE-REO.UISITES

A pre-requisite subject-unit is one which must be passed before proceeding with a further subject-unit for which it is a pre-requisite.

Except with the approval of the Head of School, a student may not enrol for any subject listed in Column 1 until he has obtained a grade of Pass or higher for the subject/s listed opposite it in Column 2 as pre-requisite.

Column 1 Column 2

ACA311 Advanced Accounting ACA111 Financial Accounting Procedures Procedures

ACA391 Business Data Processing 11 ACA191 Business Data Processing I

ACA491 Business Data Processing 111 ACA391 Business Data Processing II

ACA392 Business Information MNA211 Group Behaviour (or cone.) Systems 11

ACA211 Company Accounting ACA111 Financial Accounting Procedures Procedures

ACA411 Cost Accounting Procedures ACA111 Financial Accounting Procedures

MNA421 Current Economic Issues MNA221 Introduction to Macro Economics

MNA232 Dynamics of Motivation MNA460 Principles of Marketing and Persuasion

MNA202 Employment & Safety MNA102 Introduction to Personnel Management

MNA331 Fundamentals of Marketing MNA460 Principles of Marketing Research

MNA211 Group Behaviour MNA111 Individual Behaviour (or cone.)

ACA451 Introduction to Finance MAA173 Quantitative Business Analysis AAND

ACA211 Company Accounting Procedures

MNA102 Introduction to Personnel MNA211 Group Behaviour Management

MNA303 Introduction to Training MNA211 Group Behaviour

MNA332 Marketing Practice MNA232 Dynamics of Motivation and Persuasion

ACA371 Mercantile Law ACA111 Financial Accounting Procedures

MNA311 Principles of Supervision MNA211 Group Behaviour

ACA999 Special Topic See Departmental Announcement

ACA393 Systems Analysis & ACA293 Systems Analysis & Design 11 Design I AND

ACA191 Business Data Processing I

ACA493 Systems Analysis & ACA393 Systems Analysis & Design 111 Design II

ACA471 Taxation Procedures ACA111 Financial Accounting Procedures

155

Column 1 Column 2

ACB615 Accounting Project 4 semesters of accounting

MNB483 Administration Analysis MNB382 Administration Research I

MNB384 Administration Research II MNB382 Administration Research I OR CMB211 Introduction to Social

Enquiry .QB_

MNB201 Management & Organisational Science 11

CMB523 Advanced Administrative CMB132 Communication I IA Communication

MNB432 Advanced Macro Economic MNB232 Macro Economic Analysis Analysis

MNB610 Advanced Marketing MNB510 Marketing Research Principles

MNB332 Advanced Micro Economic MNB132 Micro Economic Analysis Analysis

MNB522 Advanced Organisational MNB401 Management & Organisational Psychology Science IVS

CMB641 Advertising Campaigns CMB542 Advertising Management

CMB362 Advertising Copywriting CMB161 Literature & Composition AND CMB241 Introduction to Advertising

CMB542 Advertising Management CMB241 Introduction to Advertising OR MNB510 Marketing Research Principles

MNB430 Applied Health Care MNB483 Administration Analysis Analysis

CMB464 Audio-Visual Production CMB163 Introduction to Audio-Visual Techniques Communication

CMB662 Audio-Visual Seminar CMB464 Audio-Visual Production Techniques

ACB531 Auditing & Professional ACB312 Financial Accounting AND Practice I ACB412 Company Accounting ANQ_

ACB471 Company Law I

ACB631 Auditing & Professional ACB531 Auditing & Professional Practice 11 Practice I AND

ACB513 Managerial Accounting I

ACB151 Australian Capital Market MNB232 Macro Economic Analysis OR MNB133 General Economics

CMB291 Australian Literature & CMB212 Australian Studies Film

CMB212 Australian Studies CMB111 Introduction to Sociology OR 5 subjects B.Bus. programme

CMB411 Business & Society CMB212 Australian Studies OR 8 subjects B.Bus. programme

ACB493 Business Computer ACB392 Computer Systems & Programming Programming

ACB552 Business Finance I MNB305 Economic Statistics I AND ACB210 Introductory Accounting I IA OR ACB213 Introductory Accounting 1 IB

ACB652 Business Finance II ACB552 Business Finance I

156

Column 1 Column 2

ACB372 Business Law 11 ACB371 Business Law I

ACB492 Business Systems Design I ACB392 Computer Systems & Programming (or cone.)

ACB592 Business Systems Design 11 ACB492 Business Systems Design I

CMB521 Communication & Public CMB211 Introduction to Social Enquiry Opinion

CMB321 Communication in Smal I CMB131 Communication IA Groups

CMB621 Communication Research CMB211 Introduction to Social Enquiry

ACB412 Company Accounting I ACB210 Introductory Accounting I IA

ACB612 Company Accounting 11 ACB412 Company Accounting I

ACB471 Company Law I ACB371 Business Law I

ACB472 Company Law 11 ACB471 Company Law I

MNB683 Comparative Administration MNB484 Pub I ic Personnel Practices AND MNB586 Comparative Politics

MNB586 Comparative Politics MNB181 Australian National Government B OR

MNB183 Australian National Government A

ACB695 Computer Security & ACB593 Computer Systems Management Control (or cone.)

ACB593 Computer Systems ACB392 Computer Systems & Management Programming

ACB594 Computing Equipment & ACB392 Computer Systems & Evaluation Programming

MNB530 Consumer Decision Making MNB406 Introductory Marketing

MNB685 Contemporary MNB585 Public Administration & the Administration Community AND

MNB583 Public Policy

CMB311 Contemporary Social CMB111 Introduction to Social ogy Problems

MNB409 Corporate Manpower MNB306 Management & Organisational Planning Science lllA

MNB530 Cost Benefit Analysis MNB132 Micro Economic Analysis

MNB507 Counselling & Guidance MNB407 Employment & Survey Interviewing AND

MNB401 Management & Organisational Science IVB OR

MNB308 Youth and Work

CMB461 Cmative Writing CMB161 Literature & Composition OR CMB361 Newswriting and Reporting

ACB693 Data Base & Online Systems ACB392 Computer Systems & Programming AND

ACB492 Business Systems Design I

MNB634 Distribution Management MNB406 Introductory Marketing OR MNB132 Micro Economic Analysis

157

Column 1 Column 2

MNB616 Dynamics in Retailing MNB406 Introductory Marketing

MNB532 Economic Development MNB133 General Economics OF) MNB132 Micro Economic Analysis

MNB305 Economic Statistics I MAB172 Quantitative Methods I B

MNB642 Economic Statistics 11 MNB305 Economic Statistics I

CMB371 Editing and Layout CM8361 Newswriting and Reporting

MNB407 Employment & Survey MNB201 Management & Organisational Interviewing Science II OR

MNB307 Social Psychology

CMB611 Experimental Design for CMB421 Survey Research Communication Research

CMB562 Film & Mass Communication CMB521 Communication and Public Opinion AND

CMB161 Literature and Composifron

CMB592 Film & Video Tape Editing CMB464 Audio-Visual Production Techniques

ACB312 Financial Accounting I ACB210 Introductory Accounting I IA

ACB512 Financial Accounting 11 ACB312 Financial Accounting I

MNB582 Financial Administration MNB181 Australian National Government B OR

MNB183 Australian National Government A

ACB551 Financial Management I ACB210 Introductory Accounting llA AND

MNB305 Economic Statistics I

ACB651 Financial Management JI ACB551 Financial Management I

ACB514 Government Accounting & ACB111 Introductory Accounting I OR Finance I ACB161 Accountancy for

Administrators

ACB614 Government Accounting & ACB514 Government Accounting & Finance 11 Finance I AND

MNB232 Macro Economic Analysis

MNB686 Government & Business MNB585 Public Administration & the Community £>,ND

MNB132 Micro Economic Analysis

MNB231 Government & Economic MNB132 Micro Economic Analysis Policy

MNB331 Health Care Economics I MNB132 Macro Economic Analysis

MNB587 Human Resource Policies MNB484 Public Personnel Practices

CMB511 Individual, Ideology & CM8411 Business & Society OR Society 8 subjects B.Bus. programme

CMB451 Industrial Press CMB361 Newswriting & Reporting

MNB520 Industrial Relations IA MNB201 Management & Organisational Science 11

MNB620 Industrial Relations IB MNB201 Management & Organisational Science 11

ACB694 Input/ Output Subsystems ACB592 Business Systems Design 11

158

Column 1 Column 2

ACB851 International Accounting & ACB551 Financial Management I AND Finance ACB312 Financial Accounting I

MNB632 International Economics MNB132 Micro Economic Analysis

MNB511 International Marketing MNB406 Introductory Marketing

CMB241 Introduction to Advertising CMB133 Introduction to Communication AND

MNB406 Introductory Marketing OR 8 subjects B.Bus. programme

CMB452 Introduction to Public CMB133 Introduction to Communication Relations AND

MNB201 Management & Organisational Science 11 OR

8 subjects B.Bus. programme

CMB211 Introduction to Social CMB111 Introduction to Socio I ogy Enquiry

ACB210 Introductory Accounting I IA ACB111 Introductory Accounting I

ACB213 Introductory Accounting I IB ACB111 Introductory Accounting I

MN8408 Job Design & Safety MNB306 Management & Organisational Science lllA OR

MNB301 Management & Organisational Science lllB

CMB481 Language, Sryle & CMB131 Communication IA AND Readability CMB161 Literature and Composition

ACB679 Law for Administrators MNB181 Australian National Government B OR

MNB183 Australian National Government A

CMB161 Literature and Composition CMB133 Introduction to Communication

ACB474 Law and Communication 8 subjects B.Bus. programme

MNB482 Local Government MNB181 Australian National Government B OR

MNB183 Australian National Government A

MNB584 Local Government MNB482 Local Government Administrative Practice I

MNB684 Local Government MNB584 Local Government Administrative Practice 11 Administrative Practice I

CMB462 Magazine & Feature Writing CMB361 Newswriting & Reporting

MNB201 Management & Organisational MNB101 Management & Organisational Science 11 Science I

MNB306 Management & Organisational MNB201 Management & Organisational Science 111 A Science 11

MNB301 Management & Organisational MNB201 Management & Organisational Science II IB Science II

MNB402 Management & Organisational MNB306 Management & Organisational Science IVA Science 11 IA

MNB401 Management & Organisational MNB301 Management & Organisational Science IVB Science II I B

159

Column 1 Column 2

MNB501 Management & Organisational MNB306 Management & Organisational Science V Science 11 IA

MNB601 Management & Organisational MNB501 Management & Organisational Science VI Science V

ACB513 Managerial Accounting I ACB111 Introductory Accounting I

ACB613 Managerial Accounting 11 ACB513 Managerial Accounting I

MNB510 Marketing Research MNB406 Introductory Marketing Principles

MNB611 Marketing Research Projects MNB510 Marketing Research Principles OR

CMB211 Introduction to Social Enquiry

MNP406 Marketing Strategy MNP204 Marketing Methods & Practices

CMB541 Media Strategy CMB241 Introduction to Advertising OR MNB510 Marketing Research Principles

CMB463 Modern Literature and CMB161 Literature and Composition Film in Society

CMB361 Newswriting and Reporting CMB132 Communication llA OR CMB161 Literature and Composition OR CMB133 Introduction to Communication

MNB621 Organisation Development MNB402 Management & Organisational Science IVA QB

MNB401 Management & Organisational Science IVB

MNB521 Personnel Management MNB401 Management & Organisational Science IVB

MNB622 Personnel Training & MNB401 Management & Organisational Development I Science IVB OR

CMB421 Survey Research AND EITHER MNB306 Management & Organisational

Science II IA OR MNB301 Management & Organisational

Science 111 B

MNB623 Personnel Training & MNB622 Personnel Tra·ining & Development 11 Development I

MNB281 Political Behaviour MNB181 Australian National Government B .QB

MNB183 Australian National Government A

CMB622 Professional Communication CMB362 Advertising Copywriting AND CMB542 Advertising Management AND CMB541 Media Strategy

Ql3 CMB462 Magazine & Feature Writing AND ACB474 Law and Communication 6ND CMB371 Editing and Layout O.B CMB551 Publicity Methods AND CMB451 Industrial Press

MNB615 Professional Marketing MNB510 Marketing Research Principles Practice MNB512 Promotional Strategy

160

Column 1 Column 2

CMB422 Professional Speechwriting CMB161 Literature & Composition OR 8 subjects B.Bus. programme

MNB512 Promotional Strategy MNB406 Introductory Marketing

MNB607 Psychology of Assessment MNB401 Management & Organisational Science IVB OR

MNB507 Counselling & Guidance

MNB585 Public Administration & MNB484 Pub! ic Personnel Practices the Community

MNB385 Pub I ic Administration MNB284 Introduction to Public Principles Administration

CMB471 Public Affairs Reporting CMB361 Newswriting and Reporting -

MNB484 Pub I ic Personnel Practices MNB385 Public Administration Principles

MNB583 Pub I ic Pol icy MNB385 Public Administration Principles

CMB651 Public Relations Practice CMB452 Introduction to Pub I ic Relations

MNB383 Public Sector Industrial MNB201 Management & Organisational Relations Science 11

CMB551 Pub I icity Methods CMB361 Newswriting and Reporting AND CMB452 Introduction to Pub I ic Relations

MNB405 Quantitative Analysis I MNB305 Economic Statistics I

CMB561 Radio & Television Writing CMB362 Advertising Copywriting OR CMB361 Newswriting and Reporting

MNB307 Social Psychology MNB101 Management & Organisational Science I

CMB512 Social Research & Pol icy CMB211 Introduction to Social Enquiry Formation

ACB999 Special Topic - Accountancy See Departmental Announcement

CMB999 Special Topic - See Departmental Announcement Communication

MNB997 Special Topic Health Administration

MNB998 Special Topic - Public Administration

See Departmental Announcement

See Departmental Announcement

MNB999 Special Topic Management See Departmental Announcement

CMB220 Speech and Drama

MNB282 State Government

CMB421 Survey Research

ACB572 Taxation Law & Practice I

ACB672 Taxation Law & Practice II

CMB131 Communication IA AND CMB 161 Literature & Composition OR 8 subjects B.Bus. programme

MNB181 Australian National Government B OR

MNB183 Australian National Government A

CMB211 Introduction to Social Enquiry

ACB371 Business Law I AND ACB210 Introductory Accounting llA

ACB572 Taxation Law & Practice I

161

Column 1 Column 2

ACB692 Telecommunication & ACB392 Computer Systems & Business Systems Programming

MNB536 Transport Administration I MN8402 Management & Organisational Science IVA

MNB636 Transport Administration 11 MNB536 Transport Administration I

MNB531 Transport Economics MN8132 Micro Economic Analysis

MNB631 Urban Economics MNB132 Micro Economic Analysis

MNB308 Youth and Work MNB201 Management & Organisational Science 11

ACP211 Accounting Principles 11 ACP111 Accounting Principles I

ACP372 Commercial Law I ACP111 Accounting Principles I

ACP472 Commercial Law 11 ACP372 Commercial Law I

ACP694 Computers & Data ACP594 Computers & Data Processing 11 Processing I

MNP603 Econometrics MNP303 Statistical Methods

MNP405 Economic Project Evaluation MNP104 Micro Economics

ACP354 Finance A ACP111 Accounting Principles I

ACP454 Finance B ACP111 Accounting Principles I

CMP321 Management & Social MNP102 Managerial Psychology Issues A

CMP421 Management & Social MNP102 Managerial Psychology Issues 8

MNP202 Managerial Functions MNP102 Managerial Psychology

MNP403 Managerial Strategy MNP102 Managerial Psychology

MNP406 Marketing Strategy MNP204 Marketing Methods & Practices

MNP522 Organisational Change & MNP102 Managerial Psychology Development

CMP221 Organisational CMP123 Organisational Communication B Communication A

MNP304 Organisational Systems MNP102 Managerial Psychology

MNP521 Personnel Administration MNP202 Managerial Functions

ACP515 Public Finance & Accounts I ACP111 Accounting Principles I

ACP615 Publil; Finance & Accounts 11 ACP515 Public Finance & Accounts I AND MNP103 Macro Economics

MNP305 Research Design in MNP204 Marketing Methods & Practices Marketing

ACP999 Special Topic - Advanced See Departmental Announcement Accounting

ACP998 Special Topic - Commercial See Departmental Announcement Computing

MNP999 Special Topic - Business See Departmental Announcement Administration

MNP505 Urban Regional Systems MNP104 Micro Economics OR MNP103 Macro Economics

162

SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS OFFERED WITHIN THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Coding System

The subject code is in the form XXX999. The first two characters indicate the Department administering the subject:

AC Accountancy CM Communication MN Management

The third character indicates the level of the course in which the subject is taught:

A Associate Diploma B Bachelor's Degree P Post-Graduate Diploma

The remaining characters identify the subjects within a course.

Associate Diploma Subjects

ACA 111 ACA 191 ACA192 ACA211 ACA293 ACA311 ACA371 ACA391 ACA392 ACA393 ACA411 ACA451 ACA471 ACA491 ACA493 ACA999

CMA 132 CMA231

MNA102 MNA 111 MNA121 MNA202 MNA211 MNA221 MNA232

Financial Accounting Procedures Business Data Processing I Business Information Systems I Company Accounting Procedures Systems Analysis and Design I Advanced Accounting Procedures Mercantile Law Business Data Processing 11 Business Information Systems 11 Systems Analysis and Design 11 Cost Accounting Procedures Introduction to Finance Taxation Procedures Business Data Processing 111 Systems Analysis and Design 111 Special Topic Business Studies

Communication in Commerce A Communication in Commerce B

Introduction to Personnel Management Individual Behaviour Introduction to Micro Economics Employment and Safety Group Behaviour Introduction to Macro Economics Dynamics of Motivation and Persuasion

MNA301 MNA303 MNA311 MNA321 MNA331 MNA332 MNA401 MNA421 MNA460

Bachelor

ACB111 ACB112 ACB151 ACB161 ACB210 ACB213 ACB312 ACB371 ACB372 ACB373 ACB392 ACB412 ACB471 ACB472 ACB474 AC8492 ACB493 ACB512 ACB513 ACB51 ACB531 ACB551 ACB552 ACB554 AC8572 ACB592 ACB593 AC8594 ACB612 ACB613 ACB614 ACB615 ACB631 ACB651 ACB652 ACB672

Australian Government Introduction to Training Principles of Supervision Economic Geography Fundamentals of Marketing Research Marketing Practice Australian Business and Society Current Economic Issues Principles of Marketing

Business

Introductory Accounting I Accounting Decisions IA Australian Capital Market Accountancy for Administrators Introductory Accounting I IA

Business Business

Accounting 11 B I

Legal Studies and Programming

Accounting I Law I

Company Law 11 Law and Communication Business Design I Business Computer Programming Financial Accounting 11

Government Accounting and Finance and Professional Practice I

Finandal I Business Finance I Health Admini>tration Finance Taxation Law and Practice I Business Systems Design 11 Computer Systems Management Computing Equipment and Evaluation Company Accounting 11 Managerial Accounting 11 Government Accounting and Finance II Accounting Project Auditing and Professional Practice 11 Financial Management 11 Business Finance 11 Taxation Law and Practice II

163

164

ACB679 ACB692 ACB693 ACB694 ACB695 ACB851 ACB999

CMB105 CMB111 CMB131 CMB132 CMB133 CMB161 CMB163 CMB191 CMB211 CMB212 CMB220 CMB241 CMB291 CMB311 CMB321 CMB332 CMB361 CMB362 CMB371 CMB411 CMB421 CMB422 CMB451 CMB452 CMB461 CMB462 CMB463 CMB464 CMB471 CMB481 CMB511 CMB512 CMB513 CMB521 CMB523 CMB541 CMB542 CMB551 CMB561 CMB562 CMB592

Law for Administrators Telecommunications and Business Systems Data Base and Online Systems Input/Output Subsystems Computer Security and Control International Accounting and Finance Special Topic - Accountancy

Communication in Business Introduction to Sociology Communication IA Communication I IA Introduction to Communication Literature and Composition Introduction to Audio-Visual Communication Fundamentals of Photography Introduction to Social Enquiry Australian Studies Speech and Drama Introduction to Advertising Australian Literature and Film Contemporary Social Problems Communication in Small Groups Administrative Communication Newswriting and Reporting Advertising Copywriting Editing and Layout Business and Society Survey Research Professional Speechwriting Industrial Press Introduction to Public Relations Creative Writing Magazine and Feature Writing Modern Literature and Film in Society Audio-Visual Production Techniques Public Affairs Reporting Language, Style and Readability The Individual, Ideology and Society Social Research and Policy Formation Medical Sociology Communication and Public Opinion Advanced Administrative Communication Media Strategy Advertising Management Publicity Methods Radio and Television Writing Film and Mass Communication Film and Video Tape Editing

CMB621 CMB622 CMB641 CMB642 CMB651 CMB662 CMB999

MNB101 MNB132 MNB133 MNB181 MNB183 MNB201 MNB231 MNB232 MNB281 MNB282 MNB283 MNB284 MNB301 MNB305 MNB306 MNB307 MNB308 MNB331 MNB332 MNB382 MNB383 MNB384 MNB385 MNB401 MNB402 MNB405 MNB406 MNB407 MNB408 MNB409 MNB430 MNB432 MNB482 MNB483 MNB484 MNB501 MNB507 MNB510 MNB511 MNB512 MNB513 MNB520 MNB521 MNB522 MNB530

Communication Research Professional Communication Practice Advertising Campaigns Professional Advertising Practice Public Relations Practice Audio-Visual Seminar Special Topic - Communication

Management and Organisational Science Micro Economic Analysis General Economics Australian National Government B Australian National Government A Management and Organisational Science 11 Government and Economic Policy Macro Economic Analysis Political Behaviour State Government Australian Statistics Introduction to Public Administration Management and Organisational Science 11 IB Economic Statistics I Management and Organisational Science 11 IA Social Psychology Youth and Work Health Care Economics Business Analysis Administration Research I Public Sector Industrial Relations Administration Research 11 Public Administration Principles Management and Organisational Science IVB Management and Organisational Science IV A Quantitative Analysis I Introductory Marketing Employment and Survey Interviewing Job Design and Safety Corporate Manpower Planning Applied Health Care Analysis Business Strategy Local Government Administration Analysis Pub I ic Personnel Practices Management and Organisational Science V Counselling and Guidance Marketing Research Principles International Marketing Promotional Strategy Consumer Decision Making Industrial Relations IA Personnel Management Advanced Organisational Psychology Cost Benefit Analysis

165

166

MNB531 MNB532 MNB536 MNB542 MNB582 MNB583 MNB584 MNB585 MNB586 MNB587 MNB601 MNB607 MNB610 MNB611 MNB615 MNB616 MNB620 MNB621 MNB622 MNB623 MNB631 MNB632 MNB634 MNB636 MNB642 MNB683 MNB684 MNB685 MNB686 MNB997 MNB998 MNB999

ACP111 ACP112 ACP113 ACP131 ACP211 ACP212 ACP262 ACP311 ACP313 ACP331 ACP332 ACP354 ACP372

Transport Economics Economic Development Transport Administration Quantitative Analysis 11 Financial Administration Public Pol icy Local Government Administrative Practice Public Administration and the Community Comparative Politics Human Resource Policies Management and Organisational Science VI Psychology of Assessment Advanced Marketing Marketing Research Project Professional Marketing Practice Dynamics in Retailing Industrial Relations IB Organisation Development Personnel Training and Development I Personnel Training and Development 11 Urban Economics International Economics Distribution Management Transport Administration 11 Economic Statistics 11 Comparative Administration Local Government Administrative Practice 11 Contemporary Administration Government and Business Special Topic Health Administration Special Topic - Public Administration Special Topic - Management

Accounting Principles I Advanced Financial Accounting Advanced Cost Accounting Computers, Statistics and the Auditor Accounting Principles 11 Contemporary Problems in Financial Accounting Advanced Business Finance Rural Information Systems Contemporary Managerial Accounting Thought and Problems Contemporary Auditing Thought and Problems Business Investigations Finance A Commercial Law I

ACP454 ACP472 ACP473 ACP515 ACP594 ACP615 ACP694 ACP998 ACP999

CMP123 CMP221 CMP321 CMP42·1

MNP102 MNP103 MNP104 MNP105 MNP202 MNP203 MNP204 MNP303 MNP304 MNP305 MNP403 MNP404 MNP405 MNP406 MNP421 MNP504 MNP505 MNP506 MNP507 MNP521 MNP522 MNP523 MNP601 MNP602 MNP603 MNP604 MNP605 MNP607 MNP999

Finance B Commercial Law 11 Advanced Taxation Law and Estate Planning Public Finance and Accounts I Computers and Data Processing I Public Finance and Accounts II Computers and Data Processing 11 Special Topic - Commercial Computing Special Topic - Advanced Accounting

Organisational Communication A Organisational Communication B Management and Social Issues A Management and Social Issues B

Managerial Psychology Macro Economics Micro Economics Techniques of Managerial Analysis Managerial Functions Managerial Decision Theory Marketing Methods and Practices Statistical Methods Organisational Systems Research Design in Marketing Managerial Strategy Simulation and Model Building Economic Project Evaluation Marketing Strategy Environment of Business Management and Planning Models Urban Regional Systems Promotional Policies and Methods Political Framework Personnel Administration Organisational Change and Development Personnel Functions Industrial Relations Systems Industrial Relations Issues Econometrics Governmental Issues Advanced Operations Research Consumer Behaviour Special Topic - Business Administration

167

Changes in Subject Titles

170

CHANG ES IN SUBJECT TITLES

1979 1980

CMB621 Seminar in Communication CMB621 Communication Research Research

MNB181 Government in Australia I MNB181 Australian National Government B

MNB281 Government in Australia 11 MNB281 Political Behaviour

MNB482 Local Government and MNB482 Local Government Regional Administration

MNB510 Marketing I MNB510 Marketing Research Principles

MNB582 Public Budgeting MNB582 Financial Administration

MNB583 Pub I ic Pol icy Decisions MNB583 Public Policy

MNB611 Marketing Research MNB611 Marketing Research Projects

Synopses

172

SYNOPSES

Approximate formal hours allowed for each subject are indicated in brackets after the subject titles.

Although specific references may be made to textbook editions in the following synopses, students should as a general rule, ensure they have the latest available edition.

Some subjects offered by the School involve field trips; these subjects are identified as follows:

*

ACB161

Field trips are a compulsory component of this subject.

Field trips are a recommended part of this subject.

Accountancy for Administrators (3)

(Pre-requisite: -)

The purpose of this course is to introduce relevant basic accounting concepts and

procedures to students of government and public administration. The course covers the nature of financial and managerial accounting, introductory work on the accounting

cycle, planning, control and decision making. Control of assets, cash versus accrual

accounting, introduction to fund accounting and accounting for public sector

organisations, accounting information for management of the economy. Cost

behaviour and concepts. Standard costs, overheads, budgets.

Textbook: May, R. and Mathews, R., "The Accounting Framework - A Contemporary Emphasis", Longman Cheshire, 1979.

ACB112 Accounting Decisions IA (3) (Pre-requisite: -) (Incompatibles: ACB161 Accountancy for Administrators;

ACB 181 Accounting Information Systems I)

An introduction to the accounting and decision-making functions of business organisations. The subject is designed specifically for communication students and

covers the nature of accounting as a communication system, an introduction to financial statements, the accounting cycle, and assumptions underlying the accounting model. There is further introductory work on company financial reports

and their interpretation, the management process, planning, control, decision-making, cost behaviour, advertising budgets and performance evaluation.

Textbooks: To be advised.

ACP111 Accounting Principles I (3)

(Pre-requisite: -)

Nature and function of accounting, basic financial accounting - the accounting

process. Understanding annual reports - balance sheet, income statements. Analysis of reports - use of ratios. Budgeting - the basis for planning and control. The nature of costs. Cost/volume/profit analysis. Variations of cost behaviour patterns. Flexible budgeting - standards for control. Overhead application. Accounting information for short term decision making. Introduction to current cost accounting.

Textbooks: Horngren, C.T., "Accounting for Managerial Control - An

Introduction", Prentice-Hal I. Other material to be advised.

ACP211 Accounting Principles 11 (3) (Pre-requisite: Accounting Principles I)

173

A review of concepts and methods of accounting. Limitations of conventional accounting reports. Cash and Fund flows - Fund statements. Accounting for company formation. Elementary consolidated statements. Income taxes and their impact on management planning. Responsibility accounting and motivation.

Textbooks: Horngren, C.T., "Accounting for Management Control - An Introduction", 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill, 1974.

Other material to be advised.

ACB615 Accounting Project (3)

(Pre-requisite: 4 semesters of accounting)

A one semester subject which enlarges on aspects covered in earlier accounting

subjects. Emphasis will be placed on real world situations which incorporate the use

of quantitative techniques, computer applications and packages and accounting and

finance theory and practice. A trouble-shooting and problem-solving approach is

envisaged. The major element of the subject will be a real-world project undertaken

for a firm or institution as agreed upon by the lecturer. The intent of this real life situation is to give students an opportunity to apply learned concepts and to have an

effective learning experience.

Textbooks: No particular text is specified.

MNB483 Administration Analysis (3) ** (Pre-requisite: Administration Research I)

This subject introduces students in public sector administration to the interpretation

and use of statistical information. The subject covers the most commonly used

techniques of handling data, with an emphasis on the purpose of each technique rather than on its mechanics. As well as being proficient for general administration,

students who pass this subject will be trained for junior and middle-level research

positions. An important part of this subject is the research project each student

will do in a field he is interested in (for example, health administration, economics,

local government) using the techniques taught. Among the topics covered are: index numbers, hypothesis testing, regression and correlation, time-series and

forecasting.

Textbook: McAllister, H., "Elements of Business and Economic Statistics".

MNB382 Administration Research I (3) ** (Pre-requisite: -)

This subject introduces students who will work in the public sector to methods he will use in his career to collect, process and present information. The emphasis is

on practicable procedures rather than mathematical derivation, although an intuitive understanding of basic statistical principles is presented. Among the topics covered are: sources of Australian statistical information, demographic processes, the presentation of data and how to conduct surveys. Use of the computer.

Textbooks: Johnson, Allan, "Social Statistics Without Tears", McGraw-Hill, 1977. OR

McAllister, H., "Elements of Business and Economic Statistics".

174

MNB384 Administration Research II (3) ** (Pre-requisite: Administrative Research I OR

Introduction to Social Inquiry OR

Management & Organisational Science II)

This subject affords students the opportunity of developing their theoretical understanding of survey methods and, by practical application, to become competent in al I aspects of survey research. Survey methodology is an important tool for any administrator who is concerned in either gathering reliable data to assist in pol icy

formulation, to test the effects of policy decisions, or to run his organisation more effectively.

Textbooks: Nil.

CMB332 Administrative Communication (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

To design and prepare reports, memoranda, instructions, proposals, submissions, correspondence, and minutes, which reflect effective practice and contemporary

theory. To prepare and present bulletins, brochures, and articles which communicate effee;tively to extra-organisational pub I ics.

Textbook: Beelick, 0., "Business Communication Techniques", Aust. Business

Communication Association, Melb., 1978.

ACA311 Advanced Accounting Procedures (6),

(Pre-requisite: Financial Accounting Procedures)

Special applications beyond the regular procedures of financial accounting and reports. Non-trading enterprises; departmentalised revenue; pastoral accounts plus

'enterprise' reporting and ACCRA coding. Partnership; formation; income

appropriation and reporting; dissolution. Fixed assets; ownership and leasing;

instalment and hire purchase, investments, intangibles. Contract accounting; branch accounting, evaluation of historical cost system and introduction to current value

accounting.

Textbooks: Yorston, K., Smyth, B., & Brown, S.R., "Advanced Accounting",

The Law Book Co. Ltd., 8th edition 1978.

CMB523

Oyall, J.F. & Hulls, C.A., "Graded Questions, First Stage Accounting",

The Law Book Co. Ltd. Yorston, K., et al., "Accounting Fundamentals",

The Law Book Co. Ltd. (latest edition) 1977.

Advanced Administrative Communication (3) * (Pre-requisite: Communication 11 A)

A theoretical and practical study of contemporary administrative communication with special reference to Australian practice. The course concentrates on the development of the complex skills which characterise effective communication in administrative contexts.

Textbook: To be advised.

175

ACP262 Advanced Business Finance (3)

(Pre-requisite: -l

An advanced coverage of the theory of financial management; the application of capital expenditure analysis techniques. Capital structure policies and cost of

capital, dividend policy; examination of empirical studies on the financing of the

modern corporation. Security analysis and portfolio construction under conditions of uncertainty, with special attention to the risk and rate of return aspects of particular securities, securities portfolios and total wealth.

Textbooks: To be advised.

ACP113 Advanced Cost Accounting (3)

(Pre-requisite: -)

Advanced aspects of conventional cost accounting topics. The course will consider

theoretical issues as well as practical problems and will consist of formal seminars,

case studies, papers and examination and appraisal of real world situations. Topics

covered will include cost classification and estimation; cost/volume/profit relationships

and break-even analysis; inventory control and models; budgeting models; standard costing and variance analysis; mix and yield variances; spoilage; joint and by-products;

direct, absorption and relevant costing; distribution costing; incremental cost analysis

and how some of these vary between manufacturing industries, service industries and governments.

Textbooks: Dopuch, N., Birnberg, T., "Cost Accounting - Data for Management Decisions", Harcourt, Brace & World.

ACP112

Benston, G. (Ed.), "Contemporary Cost Accounting and Control",

Dickenson. Rappaport, A., (Ed.), "Information for Decision-Making Quantitative

and Behavioural Dimensions", Prentice-Hall.

Advanced Financial Accounting (3)

(Pre-requisite: -)

Seminars and research will fol low a case problem approach towards critical appraisals

of the accounting profession; accounting concepts of income; capital maintenace and realisation; price level accounting, current cost accounting; exit value accounting;

professional recommendations; practical examples in current value accounting systems; objectives and research methodology.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNB610 Advanced Marketing (3) * (Pre-requisite: Marketing Research Principles)

The course is designed to develop a specific understanding of marketing strategy

with indepth consideration of selected areas of decision making. The course will introduce the use of operation research and quantitative methods in marketing decision making, especially in areas such as forecasting, product planning, distribution and promotion planning. Instruction will consist of lectures on the theory, study of cases and applications, and use of the computer in problem-solving.

Textbooks: Ansoff, H.1., "Coporate Strategy", New York, McGraw-Hill, 1965.

Levitt, T., "Marketing for Business Growth", New York, McGraw-Hill, 1975.

Kotler, P., "Marketing Management, Analysis, Planning and Control", 3rd edition, New Jersey, Prentice-Hall, 1976.

176

MNP605 Advanced Operations Research (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Advanced treatment, using a case study approach, of operations research models -­

linear, non-linear and dynamic programming under uncertainty; project planning

models; inventory control models; stochastic processes and their use in analysis

of industrial problems; queuing models and simulation; Markov processes, replacement models. Other topics will include data processing in operations

research, simulation techniques.

Textbooks: Theirauf, R.F. and Gross, R.A., "Decision Making Through Operations

Research", John Wiley.

OR Eck, R.D., "Operations Research for Business", Wadsworth, 1976.

MNB522 Advanced Organisational Psychology * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science !VB)

The semester deals with selected issues in individual and organisational psychology building on work covered in earlier years, with emphasis on critical appraisal of research aspects of these issues. The issues may include the future of work, job

satisfaction and attitude measurement, personnel selection studies and research in employee counselling. A major segment of the course will include the design, implementation and analysis of research programmes in organisational and personnel psychology.

Textbooks: Stone, E., "Research Methods in Organizational Behaviour",

Goodyear, 1978.

ACP473

Zedek, S. & Blood, M., "Foundations of Behavioural Science Research

in Organizations", Brooks/Cole, Monterey, 1974.

Advanced Taxation Law & Estate Planning (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

The nature and objectives of taxation. Income and deductions pursuant to the Income Tax Assessment Act. Trusts, companies and partnerships - comparison. Alienation of income. Tax avoidance. International tax planning. Tax administration and practice.

Textbook: Baxt & Ors, "Cases and Materials on Taxation", Butterworths.

CMB641 Advertising Campaigns (6) ** (Pre-requisite: Advertising Management)

Analysis of successful advertising campaigns. Determining the amount and allocation of sales effort to be applied to the market through supervised investigation of selected psychological, economic and sociological problems related to demand

analysis. Market and consumer research. Development and allocation of the advertising budget. Organisation and function of advertising agency. Choice

of advertising appeals. Selection of media. Preparation of advertisement (copy and layout). The application of research techniques for determining the

effectiveness of selected advertisements (print and broadcast).

Textbooks: To be advised.

177

CMB362 Advertising Copywriting (6) * (Pre-requisite: Literature and Composition, and

Introduction to Advertising)

An introduction to the theory of consumer motivation, perception, and attitude

formation, and application of this theory through the writing of advertising copy

for all media. Topics of study include the following: Understanding consumer psychology; attitude formation and barriers to attitude change; selective

perception, exposure, and retention. RC'le of the copywriter in the advertising agency. Setting communications objectives. Developing creative strategy. Types

of layout. Elements of the print advertisement. Radio and television copywriting. Retail copywriting. Institutional copywriting. Copy testing. Other methods of

measuring advertising impact.

Textbooks: To be advised.

CMB542 Advertising Management (3) *

Objective:

(Pre-requisite: Introduction to Advertising, or Marketing Research

Principles)

The purpose of the subject is to provide the student with an understanding of the managerial side of the advertising profession, and to equip him with the tools he needs to make executive decisions in advertising.

Synopsis: Topics of study include managing the advertising agency, liaising with

the advertiser; planning the advertising/marketing allocation, assessing demand, designing the advertising research project; developing campaigns; integrating with

public relations, publicity, and sales promotion activities; understanding the consumer

movement; staying abreast of the Trade Practices Act and other legislation; launching new products; learning uses and abuses of advertising; analysing advertising

management case histories; pre-testing and post-testing campaigns; and appreciating

the role of advertising in the Australian economy.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNB430 Applied Health Care Analysis* (Pre-requisite: Administration Analysis)

Objectives:

1. A student will be able to describe the population structure of the area in which

he works and relate this and the environment to local and national health problems.

2. The student will be able to collect and analyse data relating to the "health

industry" in Australia and overseas.

3. The student will know the epidemiology of common diseases and national and

international standards and data; understand how hypotheses are formulated

and tested and how epidemiological knowledge is applied to the control of

diseases and to the evaluation of hospital and community health systems; and understand the problems associated with epidemiological investigations.

4. The student will be able to apply epidemiological methods and data to the study

of needs, demands, utilisation and outcome of health care services.

Textbooks: Gordon, D., "Health Sickness and Society", University of Queensland

Press, St. Lucia, 1976. Mausner, J.S. and Bahn, A.K., "Epidemiology: An Introductory Text",

W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, 1974. Benenson, A.S., "Control of Communicalbe Diseases in Man'', American

Public Health Association, Washington D.C., 12th ed. 1975.

178

CMB464 Audio-Visual Production Techniques (3) ** (Pre-requisite: Introduction to Audio-Visual Communication)

Analysis of audio-visual media in terms of markets served and cost effectiveness; the technology of film and television. Principles of production - conversion of script to mediated form; introduction to budgeting and production management, hiring and casting. Principles and practice of: Directing and editing; Pictorial composition, lighting, colour, camera; Sound and sound recording; Set design, costume, make-up; Animation anrl film graphics.

Textbooks· To be advised

CMB662 Audio-Visual Seminar (3) ** (Pre-requisite: Audio-Visual Production Techniques) (Not available to students successfully completing CMB661 in 1978)

Analysis of the process and effects of mediated communication; budgeting and production management; affective presentation methods; innovation and special media events; advanced production techniques. Students will be required to produce a significant film or television production or a multi-screen 'spectacular'. Students are required to undertake script preparation in consultation with the lecturer prior to the commencement of the semester.

Textbooks: To be advised

ACB531 Auditing and Professional Practice I (3) (Pre-requisite: Financial Accounting; Company Accounting;

Company Law I) The audit environment. Internal control. The audit programme. Audit work papers. Flowcharting and system analysis. Internal auditing. Verification of the balance sheet and profit and loss statement. The audit report. Recommendations of professional bodies.

Textbooks: Fraser, D.J., and Aiken, M.E., "Stettler's System Based Audits", Prentice-Hall.

ACB631

Recommendations of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia or the Australian Society of Accountants.

Auditing and Professional Practice II (3) (Pre-requisite: Auditing and Professional Practice I; Managerial

Accounting I)

The philosophy of auditing. Auditing objectives, concepts and principles. The auditor's relationships with clients and investors. Rights, duties, responsibilities and legal liability of the auditor, Professional ethics. The investigative process. Audit sampling theory, techniques and applications. Management advisory services and independence. The auditor and the computer. Auditing standards. Current professional problems.

Textbooks: Fraser, D.J., and Aiken, M.E., "Stettler's System Based Audits", Prentice-Hall.

Recommendations of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia or the American Society of Accountants.

Mautz and Sharaf, "The Philosophy of Auditing".

179

MNA401 Australian Business and Society (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

This subject examines the social and economic forces operating in contemporary Australian society. It particularly refers to social structure, the business and commercial communities, and their interaction with government. Where applicable relevant legislation is considered.

Textbooks: Connell, R.W., "Ruling Class, Ruling Culture", Cambridge, 1977.

Horne, D., "Money Made Us", Penguin, 1976.

ACB151 Australian Capital Markets (3) (Pre-requisite: Macro-Economic Analysis, or General Economics)

The objective of th is subject is to foster an understanding of the Australian Capital Market; its institutions and its behaviour. Topics covered would include the nature and role of financial institutions, the management of financial institutions, the securities market, the money market, term structure of interest rates, options market, futures market, stock brokers, merchant banks, banks and othe1 financial

intermediaries, evaluation of financial market performance.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNA301 Australian Government (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

This subject analyses the legal and political bases of the three arms of governmental power in Australian society viz. the Legislature, the Executive and the Judiciary. The modes of operation of these entities and their impact on the individual are also examined in order to equip the student with an appreication of the political forces and influences to which he is subject.

Textbooks: Henderson, P., "Parliament and Politics in Australia", Heinemann, 1978.

CMB291 Australian Literature and Film (3) (Pre-requisite: Australian Studies)

A survey of the development of Australian literature and film with an emphasis on modern works. The relationship between literary and cinematic treatment of particular themes and situations will be examined, with special attention to translation of works from literature to film.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNB183 Australian National Government A (4) * (Offered to Public Administration Degree students only) (Pre-requisite: -)

This subject is an introduction to Australian politics. It fosters an understanding of the major participants and examines their interaction in Australian society. The Commonwealth Parliament, the electoral system, political parties, pressure groups, the Australian Constitution, and the Judiciary are examined and related to basic political theory.

Note: One hour per week is set aside for Communication Department input.

Textbooks: Erny, H., "The Politics of Australian Democracy", Macmillan, 2nd ed., 1978.

Mayer, H., and Nelson, H., "Australian Politics A Fourth Reader", Cheshire, 1976.

180

MNB181 Australian National Government B (3) (Not available for Public Administration Degree students) (Pre-requisite: -)

This subject is an introduction to Australian politics. It fosters an understanding of the major participants and examines their interaction in Australian society. The Commonwealth Parliament, the electoral system, political parties, pressure groups, the Australian Constitution, and the Judiciary are examined and related to basic political theory.

Textbooks: Erny, H., "The Politics of Australian Democracy", Macmillan, 2nd ed., 1978.

CMB212

Mayer, H., and Nelson, H., "Australian Politics - A Fourth Reader",

Cheshire, 1976.

Australian Studies (3) * (Pre-requisite: CMB 111 Introduction to Sociology OR five subjects

B.Bus. degree programme)

This subject provides the student with a greater awareness of the Australian social context. It examines the interaction of such cultural factors as literature and the arts, history, politics, philosophy, and the law, and their influence on the Australian social fabric.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNB332 Business Analysis (3) * (Pre-requisite: Micro Economic Analysis)

Th is subject deals with applied managerial economics - that is, pragmatic economic

concepts applied in decision making within a firm or organisation. Topics covered include decisions under uncertainty; pricing and promotion decisions; expenditures,

costs and production decisions; and the estimation of cost and demand. The approach taken is practical, and assessment is through both case studies and examination.

Textbooks: To be advised.

CMB411 Business and Society (3) * (Pre-requisite: CMB212 Australian Studies OR 8 subjects in School of

Business Studies degree programme)

Concepts underlying a free enterprise society; the meaning of 'society'. The value system of a market society - pre-capitalist ethics. Theoretical and practical criticism of capital ism. The place of business in society - economic and social role of business, business and the consumer, business and the trade unions, business and the environment, the effects of growth on society, monopolies, oligopolies and restrictive trading. The role of government in a free enterprise society, the relationship of business and government, the responsibilities of business and government, business organisations as pressure groups, the need for planning in a complex society.

Textbooks: To be advised.

181

ACP291 Business Computer Language (3) (Pre-requisite or Concurrent: ACP292 Computing Principles)

Objective: To make students proficient in the writing of commercial programs using the COBOL language.

Synopsis: Four divisions of COBOL. Data description; value representation, group field, elementary items. Information transfers; read/write move, editing by moving. Arithmetic and logical operators. Sequential files. Copy verb.

Textbooks: James B. Maginnis, "Fundamentals of ANSI COBOL Programming", Prentice-Hall, 1975.

ACB493

Ed Yourdon, C. Gane, T. Sarson, "Learning to Program in Structured Cobol", Yourdon Inc., 1976.

Business Computer Programming (4)

(Pre-requisite: Computer Systems and Programming)

Objective: Th is subject develops a high level of competence in advanced programming techniques using business computer languages COBOL, BASIC and RPG. It looks in-depth at documentation standards and gives students experience in the writing of programmes to installation standards.

Synopsis: Programme quality control, transferability and portability, modularity, module design, interface: linkage and sub-programmes, standards, packages. Documentation in a working environment, analytical documentation, system documentation, user and management aids, complex logic, software documentation aids, documentation of software package, control of documentation, development documentation and project control, documentation library and documentation maintenance, development of documentation standards.

Textbooks: Lister, T., and Yourdon, E., "Learning to Program in Structured COBOL, Part 2", Yourdon Inc., 1978.

ACA191

Meyers, Stanley E., "RPG with Business and Accounting Applications", Reston.

Van Tassel, "Program Style, Design, Efficiency, Debugging and Testing", Prentice-Hall.

Business Data Processing I (4) (Pre-requisite: -)

Objectives: To give students an introduction to data processing as well as giving them experience in writing programmes using the Report Programming Language (RPG).

Synopsis: Punched card, number systems, data representation, central processing unit, input/output devices, computer storage, programme development cycle, programming languages, operating systems. RPG programming will include file description, input, calculations, output tables, arrays, subroutines, use of indicators.

Textbooks: Spencer, D.D., "Introduction to Information Processing", Merril, 2nd edition.

Kushner, M., Zucker, C., "RPG: Language and Techniques", Wiley.

182

ACA391 Business Data Processing II (6} (Pre-requisite: Business Data Processing I)

Objectives: To develop the concepts and techniques of writing and validating computer programmes. To introduce students to the practice of writing programmes in COBOL. To give students a practical experience in computer operation and management.

Synopsis: Structured programming techniques, processing of sequential files, multiple file processing, table search; design of programme test data, systems test data and user test data; modular analysis; testing of decision tables. Structure of COBOL; files, records, fields; Instruction in a subset of ANSI COBOL commands. Write and test programmes for edits, updates and reports. Decision table preprocessor. Computer operations.

Textbook: Feingold, C., "Fundamentals of Structured COBOL Programming", William C. Brown, 1978, 3rd edition.

ACA491 Business Data Processing 111 (4) (Pre-requisite: Business Data Processing II)

Objectives: To present the principles and application of telecommunications with regard to computer systems. Introduce students to the FORTRAN language.

Synopsis: Data transmission definitions; distortion and errors; switching principles and Line facilities; common carrier services; modems and data sets; networks; communication controller; remote-terminal equipment; batch-oriented terminals, CRT terminals. Duplex and half duplex operation, line handling protocol recovery, interface with operating systems, devices, timing considerations, time sharing, application systems. Man-machine interface, screen formatting, transaction logging and security. A COBOL project.

Textbook: Bingham, J.E., and Davies, G.W.P., "Planning for Data Communications", The Macmillan Press Ltd., 1977.

ACB552 Business Finance I (3) (Pre-requisite: Economic Statistics I; Introductory Accounting llA or llB) (Incompatible: Financial Management I)

The scope and nature of managerial finance - the role of finance and places within an organisation. The Australian Capital Market - institutions and control. Revision of financial mathematics. Long term investment analysis. Introduction to the concept of "risk and returns" and capital asset pricing. Investment decisions under conditions of uncertainty.

Textbooks: Peirson, G., Bird, R., "Business Finance", latest edition, McGraw-Hill, Sydney.

ACB652 Business Finance 11 (3) (Pre-requisite: Business Finance I)

Weighted average cost of capital calculations. Dividend pol icy and internal financing. External sources of short and long term funds. Investment in working capital. Management of cash, inventory and account receivable. Financial analysis of leases. External growth - mergers and consolidations. Multinational business finance -investment analysis. Case studies.

Textbooks: As for Business Finance I, AND Scott, D.F. Jnr. et al, "Cases in Finance", 1977, Prentice-Hall Inc.

183

ACA192 Business Information Systems I (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

Objective: To introduce the student to the information analysis and system design curriculum. To identify the basic concepts that subsequent courses will draw upon: the systems point of view, the organisation as a system, its information flows, and the nature of management information systems. To introduce the process of managing an enterprise as an operational system. To demonstrate the integrating role which information systems have in the operation, control and planning of any enterprise.

Synopsis: The systems concept. Defining a system. Systems analysis. Management systems. Management information systems. Introduction to business systems. Integration of functions through information systems, finance, accounting, marketing, manufacturing, project management, organisation and implementation of management information systems. Use of computers in management information systems.

Textbooks: Murdick & Ross, "Introduction to Management Information

Systems", 1977. Radley, G.W., "Management Information Systems", lntertext, 1973.

ACA392 Business Information Systems 11 (4) (Pre-requisite: Group Behaviour (or concurrently))

Objectives: To present the perspective of possible social effects of the information systems environment. To explore the current and projected social and economic effects of information systems in organisations. To indicate the problems which come from too narrowly defining the boundaries of a system. To understand issues, implications, and possible remedies.

Synopsis: Historical perspective. The computer industry. Implications for the work force. Effects on organisational practice. Privacy and the quality of life. The individual and social system. Human relations and systems design. Management and the computer. Arrow diagrams; critical path; resource allocation; monitoring control and project organisation; installing network analysis.

Textbooks: Trent, R.H., et. al., "Developments in Management Information Systems", Dickenson, 1974.

Martin, J., "Principles of Data Base Management", Prentice-Hall.

ACP332 Business Investigations (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

The application of financial principles and techniques to business investigations by advisers, receivers, or investors. The assessment of a firm's potential under conditions of risk. A study of cases and/or a specific project to develop a competence in obtaining and applying information by the use of accounting and economic analysis.

Textbooks: To be advised.

184

ACB371 Business Law I (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

Introduction to the law, its nature, sources, developments and the institutions of the law. The law of contract. Introduction to the law of torts emphasising negligence. Criminal law in connection with contract and corporate affairs. Introduction to industrial law including contracts of employment.

Textbooks: Derham Maher & Waller, "Introduction to Law", Law Book Company.

Cheshire & Fifoot, "The Law of Contract", (Aust. Ed.), 3rd edition, Butterworths, 1975.

ACB372 Business Law II (3) (Pre-requisite: Business Law I)

Special applications of the law of contracts including sale of goods, hire purchase, credit transactions, chattel mortgage, principal and agent, cheques and other instruments. The principles of insurance, guarantees and indemnities. Bankruptcy and its legal consequences. Restrictive trade practices and consumer affairs. The basic principles of arbitration, copyrights, patents, trademarks, and carriage of goods by land, sea and air. The concept of trusts and succession.

Textbooks: The Sale of Goods Act of 1896 (Old.), Government Printer.

MNB432

The Hire Purchase Act of 1959 (Old.), Government Printer. The Bills of Exchange Act of 1909-73 (Aust.), Australian

Sub-Treasury. The Bankruptcy Act of 1966-76, Australian Sub-Treasury. The Trade Practices Act of 1974-8, Australian Sub-Treasury. Vermeesch & Lindgren, "Business Law of Australia", Butterworths.

lvamy, "Casebook on Commercial Law", Butterworth, 1979. lvamy & Lutimer, "Casebook on Commercial Law", Aust.

Supplement, Butterworths, 1979.

Business Strategy (3) * (Pre-requisite: Macro Economic Analysis)

The objective of the subject is to provide students with sufficient knowledge of macro economics to enable this knowledge to be applied to real problems in the public and private sectors. The subject will explore the methodology of macro economics and its application to the Australian economy in such areas as banking and finance, short and long term policy options, investment in the uncertain future, inflation, unemployment, strategies for growth, overseas trade and the impact of government regulation.

Textbooks: Wykoff, F.C., "Macro Economics, Theory, Evidence and Policy", Prentice-Hall, 1976.

Hussey, D.F., "Inflation and Business Policy", Longman, 1976.

ACB492

Objective:

Business Systems Design I (4) * (Pre-requisite: Computer Systems and Programming

or concurrently)

The major aim of this subject is to introduce students to the art of systems an2lysis and design.

185

Synopsis: The concept of an integrated management information system. Analysis

and design. The feasibility study. Elements of a business system; objectives, constraints, input, output, processing, controls, feedback. Data collection methods. Techniques for

analysis of the current system. Design procedures - a basic methodology. Considerations in file design. Considerations in document design. Systems testing, implementation,

completion of formal documentation. Computer output micro form. Project manage­

ment. Testing. COBOL project.

Textbooks: Gore, M. & Stubbe, J., "Elements of Systems Analysis for Business Data

Processing", {Text plus student workbooks) Wm. C. Brown, 1975.

ACB592 Business Systems Design II (4) * (Pre-requisite: Business Systems Design I)

Objective: This subject consolidates the systems analysis and design knowled[Je gained in prior subjects and includes the design of a project. In addition, students

study advanced information systems.

Synopsis: Design of computer files, documentation of computer systems, systems

testing, systems justification, system reports, implementation, controls and security.

Systems design project. Information systems, use of systems for planning and control,

traditional information systems (responsibility accounting, profitability accountin9

and scheduling systems), production and operation information systems (inventory

management and inventory control information systems), marketing information systems (marketing management, sales analysis and credit control information

systems), total information systems, internal control and audit of advanced

information systems.

Textbooks: Gane, C., & Sarson, T., "Structured Systems Analysis: Tools and

Techniques".

ACP372

Elison, A. L. & Kitts, K.D., "Business Computer Systems and

Applications". S.R.A.

Commercial Law I (3)

(Pre-requisite: Accounting Principles I)

Introduction to law, its nature, sources, development and institutions. The concept of trusts. The law of contract and its impact on business. Various applications of the law to commercial transactions.

Textbook: Peden, J.R., "Teaching Materials and Cases on Commercial Transactions".

ACP472 Commercial Law 11 (3)

(Pre-requisite: Commercial Law I)

Partnerships, companies, and attendant legal responsibilities. Taxation and its effects on management decisions. Appreciation of income tax law.

Textbooks: Ford, H.A.J., "Company Law", Butterworths. Ryan, K.W., "Manual of the Law of Income Tax in Australia", Law

Book Co.

186

CMB131

Objective:

Communication IA (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

To study and practice spoken English in a variety of business, academic and professional contexts.

Synopsis: Theory and models of spoken communication; small group discussion and the group process; aspects of leadership in groups and organisations; working groups, committees and meetings. Verbal and visual media: voice quality, modulation and dynamics in spoken English; listening and audience analysis. Principles and practice of informative speaking; persuasion and persuasive presentations. Interviewing: technqiues and practice.

Textbook: To be advised.

CMB132 Communication llA (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

An introduction to the principles of written communication in formal environments. Contemporary theories of communication and of rhetoric are applied to the writing of research papers, reports, correspondence and other written media. The course focuses on standard English prose and on the organisation of ideas into logical, forceful sequences.

Textbook: To be advised.

CMB521 Communication and Public Opinion (3) * (Pre-requisite: Introduction to Social Enquiry)

Objective: To analyse the operation of face-to-face and mass communication in the formation, maintenance, and modification of public opinion in contemporary society.

Synopsis: The processes of public opinion are studies from the perspective of sociological theory. Within this framework, the operation of each of the media will be examined in some detail. Specific topics to be considered include: social stability and social change; the conceptual and operational relationships between attitudes and public opinion; organisation of the Australian media; constraints on media content; the role of uninstitutionalised forms of community agitation in influencing public opinion.

Textbook: To be advised.

CMB105 Communication in Business (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Objective: To achieve standards of preparation and presentation in formal communication which are acceptable in contemporary organisations.

Synopsis: An introduction to the techniques and objectives of communication in formal contexts. The processes of oral and written communication and their application within organisational settings to interviewing, presentational speaking, research papers, reports and correspondence.

Textbook: To be advised.

CMA132 Communication in Commerce A (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Study of the conventions of written communication. Descriptive, expository and argumentative writing; analysis and practice. Business correspondence, research and report writing. Characteristics of written communication; the Australian language and its commercial application.

Textbook: To be advised.

CMA231 Communication in Commerce B (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Study of the conventions of oral communication, promoting ability in both interpersonal and group communication. An examination of the applications of these conventions in mass communication. An analysis of the theory of communication methods. Student speeches and student participation in oral aspects of conferences, meetings, debates and interviews.

Textbook: To be advised.

CMB321 Communication in Small Groups* (Pre-requisite: Communication IA)

187

The application of communication theory and the refinement of practical speech communication skills. Business and media interviewing, role-playing, and simulated group problem-solving will be practised and analysed. Topics relating to Public Relations, Advertising and Journalism will form a base for these projects.

Textbooks: To be advised.

CMB621 Communication Research (3) * (Pre-requisite: Introduction to Social Enquiry)

This subject provides students with an opportunity to plan and to implement a substantial communication research project. It would normally be taken late in the course, probably in the final semester. In any case, students must possess the necessary background to be able to perform the type of study they have in mind. For instance, if the student wishes to conduct a survey as part of the project, it would be advisable to take Survey Research before taking this subject.

An important aspect of the subject concerns an examination of the assumptions and consequences of research practices. The translation of pol icy problems into research designs will be considered early in the semester. Issues related to the development of recommendations from research findings by researchers, their clients and third parties will subsequently be examined.

Textbook: To be advised.

ACB412 Company Accounting I (6) (Pre-requisite: Introductory Accounting II or llA)

Accounting for company formation and share issues. Forfeiture and reissue of shares, bonus issues_ Company reporting - legal requirements and limitations. Winding-up and liquidation. Alteration of share capital - reconstructions, amalgamations, reductions. Mergers and takeovers. Holding company and subsidiary company relationships. Consolidated statements - purpose, legal requirements, accounting techniques. Introduction to Current Value Consolidation.

cont.

188

Textbooks: Johnson, F.A., Dyall, J.R. & Hulls, C.A., "Graded Questions:

ACB612

Company Accounts", The Law Book Co. Ltd., Sydney, 1965. Henderson, S. & Pierson, G., "Issues in Financial Accounting",

Cheshire, Melbourne, 1975. Recommendations of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in

Australia and the Australian Society of Accountants.

Bruce, J.H. and Dowd, J.M., "Australian Company Accounting",

3rd ed., Jacaranda Wiley, 1978.

Company Accounting II (3)

(Pre-requisite: Company Accounting I)

Accounting for mining companies, land development companies, long-term

construction companies; accounting for foreign exchange rate fluctuations;

valuation of unquoted shares and goodwi II. Further, more advanced aspects of

consolidated statements and equity accounting; accounting for mergers.

Textbooks: Henderson, S., and Pierson, G., "Issues in Financial Accounting", latest edition, Longman Cheshire.

ACA211

Cowan, T.K., and Kenley, W.J., "Case Studies in Financial Accounting", Butterworths, 1976.

Lee, Lindsay, McPherson, Lewis A., Booth, Brian, and Fraser, David J.,

"Consolidated Statements and Group Accounts", 2nd edition, Law

Book Co. Ltd., 1976.

Company Accounting Procedures (6)

(Pre-requisite: Financial Accounting Procedures)

Company incorporation. Comparison of sole traders, partnerships and companies.

Company revenue and appropriation procedures. Annual company reporting.

Consolidation, theory and practice. Liquidation of companies, amalgamations and takeovers.

Textbooks: Bruce & Dowd, "Australian Company Accounting", Jacaranda Press.

ACB471

Johnson, Dyall & Hulls, "Graded Questions, Company Accounting",

Law Book Co.

Company Law I (3)

(Pre-requisite: Business Law I)

The law of partnership, business names and unincorporated associations. The

nature and origin of the company; the process and effect of incorporation; and

the constituent documents. Floating and funding. The responsibilities of directors

and other officers in the management of the company. Accounting and auditing

requirements. Dividends.

Textbooks: Ford, "Principles of Company Law", Butterworths.

Baxt, R., Alterman, A.B., "Casebook on Companies and Securities":

Butterworths.

The Companies Act 1961 (Old.), CCH Aust.

The Partnership Act 1891 (Old.), Government Printer.

ACB472 Company Law II (3) (Pre-requisite: Company Law I)

Protection of minority interests afforded by the Act and case law. Company reorganisations including takeovers and conversions of status. Receivership; official management and winding up. The securities industry regulation and control. Trade Practices Act and the corporation. Special types of companies.

Textbooks: Ford, "Principles of Company Law", Butterworths.

189

Baxt, R., Afterman, A.B., "Casebook on Companies and Securities'',

MNB683

Butterworths.

The Companies Act 1961 (Old.), CCH Aust. Securities Industry Act (Old.), 1975 as amended. Marketable Securities Act !Old.), 1970 as amended. Trade Practices Act, 1974 as amended.

Comparative Administration (3) * !Pre-requisite: Public Personnel Practices; Comparative Politics)

This subject also widens the student's perspectives beyond Australian shores. By examining administrative structures and their functioning in a variety of systems, students should realise that we in Australia do not have a monopoly on administrative wisdom, and that other systems may be just as effective in their particular environments. Liberal-democractic and totalitarian regimes will be examined with countries chosen to represent unitary systems, federal systems and developing and third world systems. Examples of such countries include the United Kingdom, France, Sweden, Italy, East and West Germany, Canada, U.S.! .. , U.S.S.R., India, Chile, Phillipines, Yugoslavia and China.

For each country included in the final selection its bureaucratic structure and functions will be examined together with personnel practices, major reforms and committees of inquiry. Students will be required to study countries other than those listed on the course outline for seminar presentations.

Textbooks: Nil.

MNB586 Comparative Politics (3) * (Pre-requisite: Australian National Government A OR

Australian National Government Bl

This subject widens the student's perspectives of political structures and systems beyond Australia. It commences with a brief survey (lasting 3-4 weeks) of the major forms of modern government, the underlying assumptions of each and their major characteristics. Thereafter, the bulk of the course will be devoted to detailed treatment of one particular theme of comparative politics le.g., Westminster Style OR Federalism OR Unitary Systems OR Liberal-Democracies).

Textbooks: Nil.

190

ACP292 Computing Principles (3) (Pre-requisite: ACP594 Computers and Data Processing I)

Objective: To study in depth the principles and techniques behind the efficient design and implementation of computer programs.

Synopsis: Definition of structured design. Structure of programs: references, identifiers, pointers and connections. Interfaces, control structures, communication structure. Data flow graphs, flow charts, structure charts. Fundamentals of program engineering. Connection between modules, coupling, cohesion. Factoring. Design heuristics, transform analysis, transaction analysis. Topdown design. Communication in modular systems. Packaging. Optimisation of modular systems. Structure and program quality. Subroutines, programs, functions, macros. Recursion, reusability, re-enterabil ity, iteration. Co-routines, subroutines. Management aspects.

Textbooks: Ed Yourdon, Larry L. Constantine, "Structured Design", Ed Yourdon, 1976.

ACB695 Computer Security and Control (3) (Pre-requisite: Computer Systems Management, or concurrently)

Objectives: This subject looks at the security, auditing and control of computer systems.

Synopsis: Computers - crime and fire; security measures - computer vulnerability; physical security - control of access; security of computer personnel; surveillance of people and property. Computer security and risk management, role of the Accountant. Controlling computerised applications; organisations considerations, data entry, standards. Auditing computerised applications; internal control, use of computers as audit tool. Improving EDP effectiveness; controlling application selection and development, controlling computer performance and costs. Practical computer operation.

Textbook: Martin, J., "Security Accuracy & Privacy in Computer Systems", Prentice-Hall.

ACB392 Computer Systems and Programming (4)

(Pre-requisite: -)

Objective: The basic objective of this subject is to introduce students to computer programming in a commercial environment. Students will be given a grounding in file processing, batch processing, methods of representing algorithms such as flow-charts and decision tables. The computer language adopted is COBOL, however, the course is not intended to cover all the ramifications of extended COBOL. COBOL will be used as the vehicle to introduce and consolidate the general concepts of commercial computer programming with particular reference to file processing.

Synopsis: Computer fundamentals input, output, processing, storage. Introduction to computer hardware, software, and operating systems. The computer programme. Algorithms and methods of representing them. Flow-charts and decision tables. The elements of the COBOL language. Programming in COBOL. Files and file management. Input and output devices. The elements of a simple batch system -the validation programme, the file maintenance programme, report programmes.

Textbooks: Wu, M.S., "Introduction to Computer Data Processing", Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich, 1975.

Yourdon, E., Gane, C., and Sarson, T., "Learning to Program in Structured Cobol'', Yourdon Inc., 1976.

191

ACB593 Computer Systems Management (4) (Pre-requisite: Computer Systems and Programming)

Objective: To look at the application of management techniques within the Commercial Data Processing area. To study the language FORTRAN with a view to applying it within a controlled management environment.

Synopsis: Data processing management process, functions performed in data processing; personnel selection criteria, selection and hiring, training and development; centralisation versus decentralisation, location of data processing within the organisation; management functions and responsibilities; practical computer operations; documentation standards. Management of structured programming and design techniques. The FORTRAN language.

Textbooks: Yourdon, E., "How to Manage Structure Programming", Yourdon.

ACP594

Objective:

Brandon, D.H., "Data Processing Organisation and Manpower Planning", Petrocelli, 1974.

Haskell, R.E., "FORTRAN Programming Using Structured Flowcharts", S.R.A.

Computers and Data Processing I (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

To study basic computer fundamentals as well as programming techniques which apply in general to computer languages.

Synopsis: Computer fundamentals, concept of computer program, structure of a computer program, program development process. Number systems, arithmetic data variables, literals, constants, binding, operators, expressions, logical data. Introduction to computer hardware: computer system architecture, central processing unit, main storage, data channels, multiple computer systems. Input and output, punch cards, magnetic tape, disk, line printer, data communications. Files, blocks, records, fields, labels, updating a master file. Software: assemblers, compilers, operating systems. Introduction to structured programming. Introduction to data structures: strings, lists, tables. Scientific computing, commercial programming, systems programming. Implementation of languages. Algorithms. Program structure and representation, fixed and free format languages, comments, editing and processing program text, text copying systems, library modules, preprocessors, segmentation. Conditional expressions, array operation. Sequencing and control structures, GOTO, IF, CASE, decision tables, looping, asynchronous processing. Introduction to basic texts.

Textbooks: Nicholls, J.E., "The Structure and Design of Programming Languages", Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1975.

Dock & Essick, "Principles of Data Processing with BASIC", S.R.A.

ACP694 Computers and Data Processing 11 (3) (Pre-requisite: ACP594 Computers and Data Processing I)

Objective: To look at management aspects of data processing and to study the programming language RPG2.

Synopsis: Management planning, organising, staffing and controlling for computers, management information systems, serial versus direct file systems. Computer system justification. Implementation and documentation. System maintenance and modification. Time sharing and data management. Role of software packages. Basic RPG concepts. Calculation specifications, compare, branching and looping. Control level indicators. Disk file concepts, matching records. Tables. Additional features. Implement a programming project using RPG.

cont.

192

Textbooks: Myers, Stanley E., "RPG with Business and Accounting Applications", Restow Publishing Co. (a Prentice-Hall Co.), 1974.

ACP131

Sanders, O.H., "Computers in Business", McGraw-Hill.

Kanter, J., "Management Oriented Management Information Systems", Prentice-Hall, 1977.

Computers, Statistics and the Auditor (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

Familiarisation with application of statistical sampling techniques in auditing,

simulation in the planning of sampling and the statistical interpretation of results.

A study of the implications for auditors arising from computerised systems and an examination of the changes required in audit procedure and technique. lnt8rnal

control problems with computer systems and the use of the computer as an audit tool. Emphasis will be given to simulated cases in utilising the computer facilities.

Textbooks: To be advised.

ACB594 Computing Equipment and Evaluation (3) * (Pre-requisite: Computer Systems and Programming)

Objective: Students of this subject will be made aware of the proliferation of machines commonly accepted as minicomputers. Attention will be drawn to trends in development of software and of peripherals for minicomputers and the

consequences of these trends for business data processing.

Svnopsis: Criteria will be suggested for selection of computers to perform in given application areas. Cost-benefit analysis techniques for evaluating computer

systems will be studied in detail. The economics of mini-computer business applications will be examined. The use of the stand-alone mini-computer will be

compared with its association with larger processors and with its use in a network of minicomputers. Computer terminals will be discussed in terms of the functions

they perform and the relative advantages of different kinds of terminals. Stress will be placed on the role of the intelligent terminal in both an online and off-line

capacity. Again, specific application areas will be considered including POS, banking,

off course betting, insurance, order processing.

Textbook: Kuck, David J., "The Structure of Computers and Computations", Vol. 1, Wiley, 1978.

MNP607 Consumer Behaviour (3)" (Pre-requisite: -)

The course will undertake and develop such criteria as learning processes, evaluate ability, attitudes and personality in regard to the predisposition of the consumer in the

market-place. The decision-making process of the consumer will then be examined in

regard to the effect of mass media (as an information source), personal influence and

external forces. Attention will also be given to retailer choice, and 'in,-store' behaviour.

Textbooks: Runyon, Kenneth E., "Consumer Behaviour and the Practice of

Marketing", Charles E. Merrill Publishing Company, 1977.

MNB513 Consumer Decision Making (3) * (Pre-requisite: Introductory Marketing)

193

The course will examine the current background and theories of consumer behaviour with the object of improving the effectiveness of organisational strategy with respect

to product, price, distribution, promotion, public relations, personal selling and merchandising.

Textbook: Runyon, Kenneth E., "Consumer Behaviour and the Practice of Marketing", Charles E. Merrill Publishing Company, 1977.

MNB685 Contemporary Administration (5) ** (Pre-requisite: Public Administration & the Community; AND

Public Policy)

This subject requires the student to apply the knowledge and skills developed earlier in the course to realistic problems associated with public administration. In-tray exercises and management game type activities will feature prominently. Each student will be required to present a major research paper on an agreed contemporary administrative issue. A seminar programme will be based on these issues with each student leading the discussion on his topic.

Note: One hour per week is set aside for Communication Department input.

Textbooks: Nil.

ACP331 Contemporary Auditing Thought and Problems (3)

(Pre-requisite: -)

In depth analysis of current issues for the audit profession; the place of the professional auditor in the society; the audit function, responsibility and process. Contemporary problems in accounting and auditing; management services, operational (efficiency) audit and social audit. Attention is focused on professional bodies' recommendations, statutory requirements and security listing requirements,

and suggested reforms.

Textbooks: To be advised.

ACP313 Contemporary Managerial Accounting Thought & Problems (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

A one semester course designed to provide some insight into modern developments and techniques associated with managerial accounting. The theoretical treatment will be supplemented with practical applications and simulated examples. The course will consist of formal seminars, case studies, papers, examination and appraisal of real world situations. Topics are developed around the theme of accounting information for decision making and as such include disucssion of information, human information processing systems, modelling and decision processes. From this framework issues of integrated planning and control models, management control systems and their behavioural consequences; divisional performance measurement and reporting; transfer pricing; management audit; human resource accounting: are discussed with a view to their constituting a management accounting information system.

Textbooks: Anton, H.R., Firmin, P.A. and Grove, H.D., "Contemporary Issues in Cost and Managerial Accounting", (3rd ed.), Houghton Mifflin Company.

De Coster, D.T., Ramanathan, K.V., Sundem, G.L., "Accounting for Managerial Decision Making", (2nd ed.), John Wiley & Sons.

194

ACP212 Contemporary Problems in Financial Accounting (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

Seminars and research along a case problem approach on selected problem areas iri accounting; e.g. company disclosure, leases, income tax allocation, treatment of

research and development expenditure, mergers, takeovers, and disclosure problems, consolidation, equity accounting, foreign exchange fluctuations, development of professional accounting standards on international level, impact of efficient capital markets on accounting, unquoted share valuations, trust accounts, extractive industries.

Textbooks: To be advised.

CMB311 Contemporary Social Problems (3) * (Pre-requisite: CMB 111 Introduction to Sociology)

A study of social dislocation in Australian society from a sociological perspective, and of individual, community, and governmental responses to them.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNB409 Corporate Manpower Planning (3) * {Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science I I IA)

An appreciation of the role of manpower planning within the corporate planning

process. Techniques for identifying future staffing requirements, developing skill inventories, manpower audits and succession planning. The interface between

manpower planning and other functions of personnel management. The

preparation of a manpower planning project for a firm will form the framework.

Textbook: Bramhan, J., "Practical Manpower Planning;' I PM, 1978.

Other book to be advised.

ACA411 Cost Accounting Procedures (6)

(Pre-requisite: Financial Accounting Procedures)

Generalised procedures necessary for provision of cost information to management.

Manufacturing statement. The general flow of manufacturing costs. Elements of cost; processing procedures relating thereto. Job cost accounting, process costing.

Standard cost. Principles and procedures. Fixed and flexible budgeting for

manufacturing expense. Variance reports, preparation and significance {six variances). Direct and absorption costing procedures and reports.

Textbooks: Bruce, Dowd, Duncan, Brock, Palmer, Archer, "Cost Accounting: An Australian Course", 1976, McGraw-Hill, Sydney.

Bruce, et al., "Problems and Supporting Workbook for Cost Accounting: An Australian Course", 1976, McGraw-Hill, Sydney.

MNB530 Cost Benefit Analysis (3) * (Pre-requisite: Micro Economic Analysis)

Cost Benefit Analysis is an application of economic principles to the selection of investment projects. The technique seeks to identify each of the important direct and indirect effects of a policy or project, and then attempts to measure the costs

and benefits associated with it. The technique may be applied to investments

ranging from freeways, airports, irrigation projects to management education

schemes.

Textbooks: Sugden and Williams, "The Principles of Practical Cost Benefit Analysis",

Oxford University Press. :\llcMaster and Webb, "Australian Project Evaluation'', ANZ.

MNB507 Counselling and Guidance (3)* (Pre-requisites: Employment & Survey Interviewing AND

M.O.S. IVB or Youth and Work)

This subject builds theoretical background and practical skills of value to both the industrial personnel officer with a counselling role and counselling and guidance staff in government and education areas concerned directly with personal and

195

career guidance, training and placement. An emphasis will be place on understanding and practising the human skills required to facilitate the development of others either in individual interaction or group interaction. Role plays, modelling, case-studies, peer and lecturer assessment and guidance will be used towards developing practical skills.

Textbooks: Brammer, L.H., "The Helping Relationship: Process and Skills",

Prentice-Hall, 1973. Corey, G., "Theory and Practice of Counselling and Psychotherapy",

Brooks/Cole, 1977. Eisenberg, S. & Delaney, D., "The Counselling Process", 2nd edition,

Rand McNally, 1977.

CMB461 Creative Writing (3) * (Pre-requisite: Literature & Composition or Newswriting & Reporting)

Creative writing is a highly individual form of communication, involving the communication of attitudes, values and emotions. Students will examine the creative writing process from first draft to final product, with particular emphasis on the short story form. The problems of audience selection and of marketing will be considered.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNA421 Current Economic Issues (3) * (Pre-requisite: Introduction to Macro Economics)

An analysis of some of the economic problems that have resulted from industrialisation, technological progress and capital accumulation. Such issues as urban congestion, population changes, distribution of income and industrial relations will be studied as they affect the Australian economy although reference will also be made to the world wide problems. Alternative economic systems, poverty in Australia, and economic growth will also be featured.

Textbooks: Burke and Nottle, "The Economy in Operation". Victorian Commercial Teachers Association.

ACB693 Data Base and Online Systems (4) (Pre-requisite: Computer Systems and Programming:

Business Systems Design I)

Objective: This subject takes a critical look at Data Base and the design of online systems. There is an emphasis on practical experience.

Synopsis: Data base management systems, definition of types, data dictionary, data description language, data manipulation language, data base administrator. Characteristics of online systems; hardware requirements, design calculations, development of application programmes. Online files and data bases - simultaneous access, security, retention, recovery. Practical operation of data base and online computer systems.

Textbooks: Yourdon, E., "Design of On-line Computer Systems", Prentice-Hall. Olle, T.W., "The Codasyl Approach to Data Base Management",

John Wiley & Sons, 1978.

196

MNB634 Distribution Management (3) * (Pre-requisites: Introductory Marketing or Micro Economic Analysis)

Distribution Management deals with the application of the basic principles underlying the distribution of an organisation's products from their production or receipt to

final delivery to a customer. Using a systems approach, the subject deals with such

practical topics as warehouse location and management and choice of transportation modes. The subject is intended for students working in the marketing and transport/

distribution fields but will also be valuable for those in other areas, e.g. economic

research, retailing, accounting.

Textbook: Bowersox, "Logistical Management", Macmillan.

MNB616 Dynamics in Retailing (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

An analysis of the determinants of store location and the evaluation of trading areas as well as store design and layout. Investigation of the distribution functions of retailing,

merchandising policy and growth strategy. Evaluation of purchasing strategy discounting and various techniques of measuring profit contribution. Decision relationships with

chain retailers including private labelling. Considerations for long range planning and

continued growth and profitability. As an aid to appreicating the practical application

of store location, layout and design, the subject includes a field trip to one of

Queensland's major new retail centres.

Textbook: Bolen, W.H., "Contemporary Retailing", Prentice-Hall Inc., 1978.

MNA232 Dynamics of Motivation & Persuasion (3) * (Pre-requisite: Principles of Marketing)

The role of motivation cind persuasion within the marketing framework. Preparing the sales presentation for the desired customer or market, how to set up a prospecting programme, meeting objections of customers, together with closing the sale. Meeting sales quotas and objectives, management of personal time and control functions of

the selling process.

Textbook: Baer, Earl E., "Salesmanship", McGraw-Hill, N.Y., 1972.

MNP603 Econometrics (3) * (Pre-requisite: Statistical Methods)

This subject deals with applied regression analysis. Basic principles are covered before

some of the tests necessary in applying them are dealt with. Emphasis is on the use of the technique for problems in marketing, accountancy, management and economics; forecasting is an example. Other topics in applied social science research might also be covered, using a preprogrammed computer package (SPSS).

Textbooks: Koutsoyiannis, A., "Theory of Econometrics", Macmillan.

OR Pindyck, R., and Rubinfeld, D., "Econometric Models and Economic

Forecasts", McGraw-Hill.

197

MNB532 Economic Development (3) * (Pre-requisite: General Economics or Micro Economic Analysis)

Economic Development analyses modern economic development and growth in real world situations. Attention is given to barriers of economic development and growth specifically as they apply to countries within Australia's regional sphere. Readings and cases are used to explore the problems of such countries as Papua New Guinea, Indonesia, the Phillipines and Japan. Different planning methods are analysed in such countries as Japan, India, China and Australia. Approximately half the subject centres on Australian growth and policies.

Textbooks: Epstein and Penny, "Opportunity and Response", Angus and Robertson. Blanchfield, W.C., "Economic Development", Grid, 1976.

MNA321 Economic Geography (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

The subject will involve analysis of the basic economic patterns of the world. Particular consideration will be given to the nature and location of economic

activity in the developing and technically advanced nations and the economic principles governing the productive activities of man. Particular attention will be

given to the Australian experiences.

Textbook:

MNP405

Hurst, M.E., "A Geography of Economic Behaviour", Prentice-Hall,

International, 1974.

Economic Project Evaluation (3) * (Pre-requisite: Micro Economics)

The objective of the subject is to provide decision makers with a methodology for efficient project selection based on economic criteria. The use of cost benefit analysis and cost effectiveness studies will be investigated. The development of such techniques will involve considerations of objectives, benefits, costs, prices, discount rates and investment rules. The application and limitations of such principles will be demonstrated by use of case studies.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNB305 Economic Statistics I (3) * (Pre-requisite: Quantitative Methods IB)

This subject develops the basic statistical principles covered in earlier studies and provides the necessary background for the use of statistical techniques in many areas of business. Throughout, emphasis is placed on practical applications of statistical tools in accounting, management, marketing and economics with numerous examples from these areas. Topics covered include the analysis of sample and survey information, regression analysis and the use of index numbers.

Textbook: Pfaffenberger and Patterson, "Statistical Methods for Business

and Economics", Irwin.

198

MNB642 Economic Statistics 11 (3) * (Pre-requisite: Economic Statistics I)

Regression and correlation analysis is a research technique often used in business and economic research. This subject covers the application of the analysis in the fields of accountancy, management, marketing and econometrics. The course begins with a brief discussion of the procedure which must be followed in any applied econometric research. It then proceeds with the examination of the theory of correlation and the simple regression model. From the simple regression model, the multiple regression model is developed. The rest of the course is devoted to the examination of the assumptions of the problems arising from the simultaneous dependence of the economic variables. Other topics in applied social science research might also be covered, using a pre-programmed computer package (SPSS).

Textbooks: Koutsoyiannis, A., "Theory of Econometrics", Macmillan OR

CMB371

Pindyck, R. and Rubinfeld, D., "Econometric models and Economic Forecasts", McGraw-Hill.

Editing and Layout (6) * (Pre-requisite: Newswriting and Reporting)

The role of the newspaper editor in the organisation and in society. Editing news, proof-reading and correcting copy. Writing headlines. Typography, typesetting and printing processes. News photographs and captions. Newspaper and magazine layout. News sources, wire copy and the role of the wire agency. Production of radio and TV news bulletins. Transmitting news by satellite. Students will participate in the production of publications. (Students are expected to be able to type efficiently.)

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNA202 Employment and Safety * (Pre-requisite: Introduction to Personnel Management)

A more detailed treatment of selected aspects of personnel practice. The student will concentrate on the applied aspects of wage and salary administration, employ­ment interviewing, job design and safety. A theoretical underpinning in each section will be extended by appropriate practical applications.

Job evaluation procedures, job descriptions, man specifications, job performance standards. Incentive systems; individual, group, company. Fringe benefits. Super­visory and management compensation. Industrial engineering and the personnel department, work study. Interview techniques. Types of interviews, interviewing practicum. The personnel department and safety. Accident research, medical, behavioural and on the job aspects. Safety programmes.

Textbooks: Flippo, E.B., "Principles of Personnel Management", McGraw-Hill, 1976.

Roff, H.E. & Watson, T.E., "Job Analysis", 1.P.M., 1975. Thomason, G., "Job Evaluation", l.P.M., 1974.

199

MNB407 Employment and Survey Interviewing (3) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science 11 OR

Social Psychology)

The unit aims to develop practical skills in aspects of employment and survey inter­viewing through an introduction to the theory and principles of interviewing and through supervised experience. Case studies, role plays, self and peer evaluation techniques will be used to develop interviewing skills. Attention will be given to the characteristics of the interview situation, the interviewer, the interviewee and their inter-relationships. Interview areas covered will include the survey questionnaire interview (e.g. opinion polling, marketing), the personal interview (information seeking e.g. for mass media article or personal loan report), and the employee-personnel interviews (recruitment, induction, appraisal, promotion, disciplinary and exit). Personality theory, guidance and counselling theory and techniques will be introduced where these impinge on employment and survey interviewing.

Textbooks: Brammer, L., "The Helping Relationship", Prentice-Hall, 1972.

MNP421

Stewart, C.J. and Cash, W.B., "Interviewing: Principles and Practice", Wm. C. Brown, 1974.

Environment of Business (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Seminars and case problems analysing the ability of business organisations to adapt to shifts in internal and external elements. Major emphasis on (1) the business firm as a part of a complex socio-economic system, (2) the effects of government and the law, labour unions and political, religious and business organisations on decision making, (3) environmental factors conducive to organisational change, (4) organ­isational growth, (5) the concept of social responsibility of business and the expanding role of the corporation, (6) the effects of improved technology in information processing and generation. To sum up, this course provides a study of basic ideas, concepts, attitudes, rules and institutions in society that characterize the legal, political and social framework within which the business system operates.

Textbooks: Cleland, 0.1. and King, W.R., "Management: A Systems Approach", McGraw-Hill, 1972.

Dale, E., "Readings in Management", 1970.

CMB562 Film and Mass Communication (3) * (Pre-requisite: Communication and Public Opinion AND

Literature and Composition)

Application of communication theory to the film medium; organisational structure of film production, distribution and exhibition in Australia; audience analysis with emphasis on fragmentation and self-selection; political and social impact of film on the community, and of the community in film; relationship of film to the other mass media, particularly to radio and television.

Textbooks: To be advised.

CMB592 Film and Video Tape Editing (3) ** (Pre-requisite: Audio-Visual Production Techniques)

Orientation to basic film and television materials; the place of editing in the production; affective aspects; the scope and limits of creative editing; correlation of image, sound, music, pace, and tone in the total design; editing in workshops throughout the semester of materials provided on film and video tape.

Textbooks: To be advised.

200

ACP354 Finance A (3) (Pre-requisite: Accounting Principles I)

Scope and nature of managerial finance, the role of the finance function, financial objectives of firm, working capital management - cash and liquidity budgeting, controlling and investing cash, inventory management and financing; Australian capital market and sources of finance. Capital budgeting techniques; cost of capital; lease evaluation; dividend policy.

Textbooks: Pierson, G., Bird, R., "Business Finance", 2nd edition, 1976, McGraw-Hill, Sydney.

ACP454

Scott, D.F., Martin, J.D., Petty, J.W. and Keown, A.J., "Cases in Finance", 1st edition, Prentice-Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs,

New Jersey.

Finance B (3) (Pre-requisite: Accounting Principles I)

The Australian securities markets with particular emphasis on the share market; marketable securities. Examination of the efficiency of capital markets. Policies, strategies for the investor. Approaches to security evaluation, the concept of risk.

Introduction to portfolio management.

Textbook: Francis, J.C., "Investments: Analysis and Management", McGraw-Hill, 1976, 2nd edition.

ACB312 Financial Accounting I (6) (Pre-requisite: Introductory Accounting llA)

Accounting theory. Nature and objectives of accounting. Accounting for changing prices as applied to inventories, land, buildings, equipment and depreciation, intangibles, monetary items. Models of income and capital maintenance. General purchasing power accounting model; the current cost accounting model, exit value model, (COCOA); an evaluation of accounting models. Nature of liabilities, leases, tax-effects accounting. Current professional accounting standards re accounting for changing prices, tax effects accounting.

Textbooks: Kirkman, P.R.A., "Accounting Under Inflationary Conditions", Allen & Unwin, London, 1975.

ACB512

Henderson, S. and Pierson, G., "Issues in Financial Accounting", Longman Cheshire, latest edition.

Financial Accounting II (3) (Pre-requisite: Financial Accounting I)

Further work in current value accounting for external reporting. Critical analysis of current cost accounting and other current value systems. Special topics such as executorship, hire purchase, pastoral accounts, bankruptcy. Further aspects of disclosure - human resource accounting, social accounting. An introduction to international accounting standards, interim reporting, budgetary disclosure.

Textbooks: Yorston, R.K., Smyth, E.B., and Brown, S.R., "Advanced Accounting", latest edition, Law Book Company.

Cowan, T.K., and Kenley, W.J., "Case Studies in Financial Accounting", Butterworths, 1976.

Henderson, S., and Pierson, G., "Issues in Financial Accounting",

Longman Cheshire, latest edition.

201

ACA111 Financial Accounting Procedures (6) (Pre-requisite: -)

An appreciation of the underlying concepts of, and a detailed practical understanding of, the procedures essential to the provision of the data flows, and reports, of a

basic financial accounting information system: viz., purchases, inventory, sales; accounts payable and receivable; cash-credit and control thereof; current and non­current assets; internal and external equity, income determination and reporting; financial position statements. Preparation of simple accounting system with appropriate chart of accounts. Classification and presentation of accounting reports with simple comparisons and percentages; source and application of funds statements of sole trader.

Textbook: Colditz, Gibbins, Miegs, Johnson, "Australian Accounting", 2nd edition, 1976, McGraw-Hill Book Company, Sydney.

MNB582 Financial Administration (3) * (Pre-requisite: Australian National Government A or B)

This subject examines the nature and objectives of the budgetary process in Australia. The struggle for resource allocation within the political, administrative system is traced through the departments, the budget agency and the legislature. Budget preparation, authorization, execution and review and fiscal federal ism are analysed. The operation of Public Accounts Committees and Grants Commissions are considered.

Textbooks: Cutt, J. and Weller, P., "Treasury Control in Australia", Ian Novak,

ACB551

Sydney, 1976. Knight, K. and Wiltshire, K., "Formulating Government Budgets",

University of Queensland Press, 1976.

Financial Management I (3) (Pre-requisite: Introductory Accounting llA, Economic Statistics I) (Incompatible: Business Finance I)

The goals and functions of finance. Australian capital markets short and long term sources of funds. Implications of the efficient market hypothesis. The time value of money, basic valuation principles, interest rates and the cost of capital. The two period investment model, the firm investment decision and techniques of analysis, capital budgeting. Introduction to the concept of risk. Capital investment decisions under conditions of uncertainty. Portfolio theory and the capital asset pricing model.

Textbook: Pierson, G. & Bird R., "Business Finance", 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill, 1979.

ACB651 Financial Management II (3) (Pre-requisite: Financial Management I) (Incompatible: Business Finance II)

An examination of the financing and dividend decisions of the firm. Cost of capital. The concept of liquidity management; cash management and cash budgeting. The management of accounts receivable. Financial statement analysis. An introduction to security analysis. Lease versus borrow and buy. Mergers and takeovers. Selected case studies.

Textbook: As for 'Financial Management I'.

202

MNA331 Fundamentals of Marketing Research (3) * (Pre-requisite: Principles of Marketing)

The content of this subject is to provide the student with a practical appreciation of Marketing Research. Arithmetic requirements together with basic statistics.

Establishing the problem, setting up a Research Design, data collection, field force

involvement, basic data and statistical analysis, and report writing. A report simulation will be required of the students from material provided by the instructor.

Textbook: Luck, Wales, Taylor, "Marketing Research'', 4th edition, Prentice-Hall,

Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 1974.

CMB191 Fundamentals of Photography (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Historical development of the photographic arts; role of the photographer in

society; the principles of visual perception and design; photography as both art and craft; photojournalism; photo layout and design; the still camera; developing,

printing and enlarging; creative use of camera and darkroom. Weekly photographic

assignments.

Textbook: To be advised.

MNB133 General Economics (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

This is a survey economics subject that covers both microeconomics and macroeconomics, particularly in the Australian context. The areas to be covered include demand and supply analysis and the determination of market prices, elasticity analysis, market

structure, monetary and fiscal policy in the Australian economy, trade practices, legislation and consumer affairs in the Australian economy and Australian international trade.

Textbook: Samuelson, P., "Economics", McGraw-Hill.

ACB514 Government Accounting & Finance I (3)

(Pre-requisite: Introductory Accounting I OR

Accountancy for Administrators)

Scope and approach; Institutional framework, objectives, concepts and principles of

government accounting, accountability, management control, budgeting; revenue and expenditure accounting; illustration of government accounting systems at all

levels of government, comparative government accounting systems; accounting information systems, parliamentary control of public finance.

Textbooks: Jay, W.R.C., and Matthews, R.L .. "Government Accounting in

Australia", Cheshire.

Hercok, A.V.V. and Maloy, N.G .. "Fund Accounting", Butterworths. Levy, V.M., "Public Financial Administration", Law Book Co., 1971. Various Government publications advised in lectures.

ACB614 Government Accounting & Finance II (3)

(Pre-requisite: Government Accounting & Finance I, Macro Economic Analysis

203

An introduction to government finance; sources of public income, public expenditure,

investment and debt. Taxation objectives principles and Australian practices. Instrumentalities of economic accountability, intergovernmental financial relations,

government finance and economic policy; new financial legislation and institutions.

Textbooks: As for Government Accounting and Finance I.

MNB686 Government and Business {3) * Pre-requisite: Public Administration and the Community AND

Micro Economic Analysis

This subject is designed to look at the interface between Government and business

corporations; the problems generated by a mixed economy and the role of the public

servant in the resolution of conflict and the development of compromise, case studies

are used and guest lecturers will be available to discuss topical and continuing problems

of interface management; emphasis will be placed on recent government legislation at

State and Federal level.

Textbooks: Nil.

MNB231 Government and Economic Policy (3) * (Pre-requisite: Micro Economic Analysis)

This subject is designed to examine some of the problems in the field of social policy.

The general approach is to use economic tools to determine what should be done in

social policy. The economic approach is about choices - in this case mainly in allocation, investment and distribution problems as they apply to health care. The

analysis includes the study of methods to help administrators make better decisions.

Textbooks: Nil.

MNP604 Governmental Issues (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

This subject examines the political-administrative aspects of the following issues:­defence and foreign policy; social welfare, economic management, the environment, minority groups, civil liberties, centralism; Australian socio-economic structure;

Women's Liberation; Ombudsman, politicians and their pecuniary interests; censorship. It also includes a survey of other governmental systems, e.g. U.S.A., France/Germany and a developing country.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNA211 Group Behaviour (3) * (Pre-requisite: Individual Behaviour, or concurrently)

The reasons for and techniques of studying human behaviour in social and

organisational settings. Interpersonal interaction, emphasising non-verbal interaction. Introduction to and some practice in interviewing, testing employee selections.

Group processes - formation, norms, cohesiveness, group pressure, conformity. Formal and informal organisation. The organisation as a system, emphasising the

integration of the social and technical sub-systems. The technical sub-system -

cont.

204

ergonomics, environment, safety. The organisation as a system of inter-related

roles. Leadership within the organisation, emphasising the supervisor level of

leadership (task, social and personal development). Morale; its determiners and

relation to performance. Communication within an organisation - barriers and overcoming these barriers. Changing behaviour in an organisational setting.

Textbooks: To be advised.

ACB554 Health Administration Finance

fhe use of accounting information for the purposes of financial decision making

in health administration. Financial forecasting and analysis. Development of

a framework for financing and investment decisions. Budgets: revenue, expense,

capital, cash. Sources of finance, including evaluation of lease proposals.

Textbook: To be advised.

MNB331 Health Care Economics I (3) * (Pre-requisite: Micro Economic Analysis)

Objective: To give future health administrators an appreciation of the role that economics can play in the analysis of health care problems. The subject is oriented towards welfare economics and micro economic analysis with a heavy emphasis on

case studies. The special economic characteristics of the commodity health; the importance of these special characteristics for the method of finance; "need" and demand for medical care; health insurance.

Textbooks: Scotton, R.E., "Medical Care in Australia: An Economic Diagnosis", Sun Books, Melbourne, 1974.

MNB587

Cooper, M.H. and Culyer, A.J., eds., "Health Economics", Penguin,

Harmondsworth, 1972. Berki, S.E., "Hospital Economics", Lexington Books, Lexington, 1972. Klarman, H.E., ed., "Empirical Studies in Health Economics",

Johns Hopkins, Baltimore, 1970.

Human Resource Policies (3) * (Pre-requisite: Pub I ic Personnel Practices)

This subject is concerned with the formulation, implementation and evaluation of

human resource policies in the world of work in particular, and in society in general. The focus of attention will be manpower planning and programming at all levels of

activity but particularly at the industry and national levels of organisation. This focus

of attention naturally leads to an investigation of such topics as social indicators, demography, mobility (occupational and social) education, occupational choice

processes, job satisfaction, industry conflict, wage differentials and the like. The

scope of the subject means that the approach, of necessity, must be inter-disciplinary.

Textbook: Nil.

205

MNA111 Individual Behaviour (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

The reasons for studying individual behaviour. Methods of studying human behaviour. Brief introduction to sensation. Perception - selectivity and organisation. Learning: principles and study techniques. Motivation, emphasising social motives. Individual differences leading to a consideration of simple statistics (normal distribution, correlation). Abilities, especially vocationally relevant abilities, and the relevant psychological tests. Characteristics of tests - reliability and validity. Personality, emphasising learning theories and introducing trait and psychoanalytic theories. Attitudes, their formation and change. Coping with stress.

Textbook: Sartain, A.O., et al., "Psychology: Understanding Human Behaviour", 4th edition, McGraw-Hill, 1973.

CMB511 The Individual, Ideology and Society (3) * {Pre-requisite: Business and Society or eight subjects in a School of

Business Studies degree programme)

This subject explores such questions as the nature of personal commitment to an ideology, the nature, origins, and validity of political beliefs and their links with action. The approach will be to place the individual in various political contexts and then to examine the ideology in question and the demands it makes upon the individual. For example, the political commitment of a true-believer of fascism in Nazi Germany will be compared and contrasted to the commitment of an anarchist in Czarist Russia, or a believer in the liberalism of J.S. Mill in contemporary Australian Society.

Textbooks: To be advised.

CMB451 industrial Press (6) * (Pre-requisite: Newswriting and Reporting)

Analysis of requirements for in-house, trade, association and professional newspapers, magazines, brochures and other publications used to communicate with specific audiences. Practical work in planning, writing, editing, designing, producing and organising distribution of these publications. Researching communication needs, setting and meeting objectives. Engaging and working with printers, photographers and artists.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNB520 Industrial Relations IA (3) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science 11)

The structure and development of the industrial relations system in Australia. Trade unions, history, structure and role of federal and state trade unions, the A.C.T.U., Federal and State conciliation and arbitration systems, principles of wage determination in Australia, employer organisations. Awards and agreements, working conditions generally.

Textbooks: Isaac & Ford, "Australian Labour Relations, Readings", Sun. Martin, R.M., "Trade Unions in Australia", Pelican. Moore, P., "O'Dea's Industrial Relations in Australia", West. The Industrial Conciliation and Arbitration Acts {Queensland). Conciliation and Arbitration Act (Australia).

206

MNB620 Industrial Relations IB (3) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science 11)

Major issues in industrial relations. The course examines the role of trade unions, future developments in employer organisations, worker participation in management, the implications of national economic policies for the trade unions, and major developments in industrial relations in the future.

Textbooks: Martin, R.M., "Trade Unions in Australia", Pelican. Hyman, R., "Strikes", Fontana.

MNP602 Industrial Relations Issues (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Industrial relations issues; role of trade unions, an analysis of industrial conflict, collective bargaining, worker participation, future developments in Australian Industrial Relations.

Textbooks: Martin, R.M., "Trade Unions in Australia", Pelican. Hyman, R., "Strikes", Fontana.

MNP601 Industrial Relations Systems (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Federal and State conciliation and arbitration systems, authority and extent of jurisdiction. Structure and development of the industrial relations system in Australia, wage and tax indexation, development of trade unions and employer groups.

Textbooks: Isaac and Ford, "Australian Labour Relations, Readings", Sun.

ACB694

Objective:

Martin, R.M., "Trade Unions in Australia", Pelican. Moore, P., "O'Dea's Industrial Relations in Australia", West. The Industrial Conciliation and Arbitration Acts (Queensland). Conciliation and Arbitration Act (Australia).

Input/Output Subsystems (4) * (Pre-requisite: Business Systems Design 11, or concurrently)

The objective of this subject is to study the user interface with computer systems, namely input and output.

Synopsis: Input subsystem, input techniques, batch input, data entry systems, online data entry, the keying operation, codes, source document design, input media design, control and security, input edit programme, designing the input system, costing. Approaches to integration of retail information systems, POS (point of sale), industrial systems, delayed-entry systems, communication oriented systems, data communication terminals for data collection, trends and future developments. Validation and editing, user sensible codes, intelligent and non-intelligent terminals (displays, forms, facsimile). Practical Equipment and Computer Operations. Computer Graphics.

Textbooks: Woolridge, S., "Computer Input Design", 1974. Martin, J., "Design of Man-Computer Dialogues", Prentice-Hall.

207

ACB851 International Accounting and Finance (3) (Pre-requisite: Financial Management I; Financial Accounting I)

Examination of the accounting and finance functions in the context of multinational corporations. Problems of foreign currency translation covering both reporting and decision making aspects, multinational transfer pricing and performance evaluation; development of information systems at the multinational level, the role and impact of the International Accounting Standards Committee, an introduction to international financial markets, financial planning with particular emphasis on capital projects. Financing of overseas subsidiaries, remittances (dividends, loan repayments) by subsidiaries to parent companies. Finance of export trade. Host country legislation as it relates to multinational companies.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNB632 International Economics (3) * (Pre-requisite: Micro Economic Analysis)

The subject will concentrate on Australia's experience in international economics. Australia's reasons for trade and direction of trade will be considered. Restriction on trade will be examined and debate will cover the Industries Assistance Commission and protection of Australian domestic producers. Appreication, depreciation and external and internal balance in Australia will be discussed.

Textbook: Schiavo-Campo, Salvatore, "International Economics", Winthrop Publishers, Inc.

MNB511 International Marketing (3) * (Pre-requisite: Introductory Marketing)

Nature of international marketing. Promotion by government. Legal aspects of international marketing. Pricing and quotations,international banking facilities. Credit extensions. Foreign collections. Exchange and control. Administering the international marketing effort. Structure of foreign operations.

Textbook: Cateora, P.R. and Hess, J.M., "International Marketing", revised edition, Homewood, Illinois, R.D. Irwin, 1971.

CMB241 Introduction to Advertising (3) * (Pre-requisite: Introduction to Communication AND

Introductory Marketing OR eight subjects in a School of Business Studies degree programme.)

Topics of study will include the following: Advertising in the marketing mix. Advertising, information and communications. Generic, brand, product, service, public relations and institutional advertising. Advertising, promotion and propaganda. Advertising and consumerism. Law of advertising. Economic concentration and advertising. The advertising agency. The advertiser. The media. Advertising and marketing research. Media selection and the target market. Creative and media strategy. Advertising copy, layout and design. The advertising campaign.

Textbooks: To be advised.

208

CMB163 Introduction to Audio-Visual Communication (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Introduction to the theory and practice of audio-visual communication: media consciousness; definition of operational objectives; analysis of audience characteristics; development of concept; selection of appropriate mediated form; basic scriptwriting; equipment quality and cost effectiveness; selection and operation of appropriate equipment; basic production techniques.

Textbook: To be advised.

CMB133 Introduction to Communication (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

The course introduces students to the writing of well-researched and cogently argued research papers on communication practice in Australia. Lectures will outline principles of effective written communication and research paper writing. Students will be expected to analyse the language styles and to identify characteristic features of professionally written research papers, and to synthesise these features within their own writing. Lecturers from Professional Communication will analyse practical communication and the individual role of advertising, journalism and public relations in Australian society. Each area will then be examined in broad outline to give students an awareness of current practice, the practitioner's role and restraints imposed by the law or society.

Textbooks: To be advised.

ACA451 Introduction to Finance (3) (Pre-requisite: Quantitative Business Analysis A, Company

Accounting Procedures)

Role of finance in an organisation - scope and objectives. Sources of short and long term finance in the Austr<ilian capital market. Investment in and management of current assets, including cash budgeting and financial analysis of accounting reports. Analysis of fixed asset investment decisions.

Textbook: Joy, "Introduction to Financial Management", Irwin, 1976.

MNA221 Introduction to Macro Economics (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

This course will cover the operation of a market economy; national income with changes in prices and the employment inflation dilemma; money supply and interest rates; monetary and fiscal analysis; characteristics of economic fluctuations and the concepts of economic growth, international trade and the international monetary mechanism.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNA 121 Introduction to Micro Economics (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

The course will introduce the concepts underlying a market economy like Australia's: the determinants of market demand, supply and prices; the theory of costs, revenue and profits of the firm; of income distribution, wages interest and profits; of output under conditions of competition and monopoly.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNA102 Introduction to Personnel Management (3) * (Pre-requisite: Group Behaviour)

209

An introduction to the development and operation of modern personnel practice.

Business organisation, departmentisation, functions and responsibilities in the modern corporation. Manager's role and the function, line and staff relationships.

Personnel practices: employment, recruiting, selection, induction, transfers,

termination, compensation, employee services.

Textbook: To be advised.

MNB284 Introduction to Public Administration (4) * (Pre-requisite: -)

This subject introduces the study of Pub I ic Administration by considering the key concepts of the discipline. The development of the State and National public services

will be surveyed. The interaction of major social and political events and trends with these services, will be indicated.

Note: One hour per week is set aside for Communication Department input.

Textbooks: Wiltshire, K.W., "An Introduction to Australian Public Administration",

CMB452

Cassell, 1975.

Spann, R.N., "Government Administration in Australia", George Allen, 1979.

Introduction to Public Relations (3) * (Pre-requisite: Introduction to Communication AND

Management and Organisational Science 11 OR

eight subjects in a School of Business Studies deuree programme)

An introduction to the concepts and practice of public relations. It considers: the viability of an organisation or public individual to achieve its objective within its

social and political environment; how to develop and maintain mutually satisfactory

relationships with the publics of that environment; and specifically how to employ

two-way communication, using various techniques and media, to generate favourable

awareness and acceptance of socially responsible performance. Includes field trip.

Textbooks: To be advised.

CMB211 Introduction to Social Enquiry (3) * (Pre-requisite: Introduction to Sociology)

Objective: To provide students with a preliminary understanding of the range of social research methods.

Synopsis: The course will give students experience with several basic methods of social research, including some or all of observation; participant observation; depth interviews; content analysis; sociograms; survey methodology; and methods of descriptively analysing survey data. A detailed approach to survey methods is given in CMB421 Survey Research.

Textbook: To be advised.

210

CMB111 Introduction to Sociology (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Objectives: To develop an awareness and understanding of the impact of the social

environment of human behaviour.

Synopsis: Students will be introduced to some of the main theories which have

been developed to gain insight into the operation of society, and to the basic

concepts employed in those theories. Some of the topics to be addressed include: the family; culture; the class system; formal organisations; population dynamics;

urban communities; deviant behaviour; social change.

Textbook: To be advised.

MNA303 Introduction to Training (3) * (Pre-requisite: Group Behaviour)

The training function within the organisation. Aspects of the training and

development function: skill training, supervisory training, management development, organisation development. The instruction process and theories of learning.

Assessment of training need, job and task analysis. The training plan, development of training programmes, applications and assessment of training techniques.

Textbook:

ACB111

Otto, C.P., and Glaser, R.O., "The Management of Training", Addison-Wesley, 1970.

Introductory Accounting I (6)

(Pre-requisite: -)

An introduction to financial accounting. Principles of recording, classifying and

reporting business transactions. Preparation of income statement and balance sheet,

measurement of and internal control over cash. Examination of the historical cost model; and income determination under the historical cost model. Revenue and Expense Recognition; Nature of Income and Capital under transactions and balance sheet approaches; analysis and interpretation of financial statements.

Textbooks: Dyall, J.F. and HLI Is, C.A., "Graded Questions, 1st Stage Accounting:

ACB210

Book 1", 3rd ed., Law Book Company Ltd., 1977. Practice Set to be advised. Walgenbach, P., Dittrich, N.E. and Hanson, E.I., "Financial Accounting

An Introduction", 2nd edition, 1977. (Accountancy Students only.) Waglenbach, P., Dittrich, N.E. and Hanson, E.I., "Principles of

Accounting", latest edition. (Management Students only.)

Introductory Accounting llA (6)

(Pre-requisite: Introductory Accounting I)

Basic financial accounting for students doing the B.Bus. (Accountancy) course. Specific topics include measurement and control of short term assets - receivables

and inventory systems; fixed assets and depreciations, disposal of fixed assets;

accounting for partnership - formation and dissolution; the appropriation of profits, reporting of financial results; preparation of funds statements; departmental accounting.

cont.

211

Textbooks: Dyall, J.F. and Hulls, C.A., "Graded Questions - 1st Stage Accounting:

ACB213

Book 1", 3rd ed., Law Book Company Ltd., 1977.

Walgenbach, P., Dittrich, N.E. and Hanson, E.I., "Financial Accountin9 -

An Introduction", 2nd edition, 1977.

Introductory Accounting llB (6) (Pre-requisite: Introductory Accounting I)

Basic managerial accounting for students doing the B.Bus. (Management) course

with emphasis on management concepts. Subject is broken down into three major areas. The Financial Accounting area covers basic company share issues and appropriation of profits; fund statements; external company reporting and

statement analysis. The Managerial Accounting area covers the role of managerial accounting; internal management report analysis and use; control of manufacturing costs; cost accummulation systems - job and process; standards and variance

analysis; cost behaviour patterns; budgeting; cost-volume-profit analysis and application. The Special Topics area covers quantitative approaches to decision

making; marketing cost analysis; human resource accounting.

Textbook: Walgenbach, P., Dittrich, N.E. and Hanson, E.I., "Principles of Accounting", latest edition.

ACB373 Introductory Legal Studies (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

Introduction to law, its nature, sources, development and institutions. Classification

in law. The law of contract and its impact on business. Various areas of contract,

e.g. sale of goods, hire purchase, agency and employment. Corporations. Restrictive

trade practices and consumer affairs.

Textbooks: Chisholm, R., and Nettheim, "Understanding Law", Butterworths.

MNB406

Vermeesch and Lindgren, "Business Law of Australia", Butterworths.

OR Yorston, K., and Fortescue, "Australian Mercantile Law", Law Book Co.

Trade Practices Act (Aust.), Australian Government Publishing Service.

"Directory of Consumer Assistance", Consumer Affairs Bureau.

Introductory Marketing (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Nature and scope of marketing. Introduction of the marketing concept. Understanding consumer behaviour and preferences. Marketing systems. Overview of marketing

research. The various components of the marketing research. The various components of the marketing mix, viz. product planning, pricing, distribution, promotion, presented independently and on an integrated basis. Formulating the marketing plan. Effect of

marketing policies and practices.

Textbook: McCarthy, E.J., "Basic Marketing", Homewood, Illinois, Irwin, 1978.

212

MNB408 Job Design and Safety (3) * (Pre-requisite: lVLO.S. lllA or M.O.S. 1118)

The subject will deal with theoretical and applied aspects of job design and safety. It will relate the research findings of industrial and organisational psychology to the practical problem solving and decision making of the personnel manager. The topics

will include the inter-relationships between job design and technology ergonomics, engineering psychology and the job environment. Participative job design and the

semi autonomous work group. Safety programmes, accident research and legal

aspects of safety. Workers' compensation.

Textbooks: To be advised.

CMB481 Language, Style and Readability (3) * (Pre-requisite: Communication IA and Literature and Composition)

Ob;tJc tive: The aims of th is subject are to develop insight into:

(a) the structure of the English language through analysis of the major phonological,

morphological, syntactic and lexical aspects of the language; (b) the nature of readability and its relevance in business and media communication.

Synopsis: Introduction to the nature and role of language in Australian society: business, commercial, industrial and professional aspects. Basic language theory:

sound-system, syllable structure, effectiveness and dynamism of use in spoken and written communication. Morpheme units: free, bound base, derivational and

inflectional affixes. Functional and structural analysis of statements, negations, questions and relative constructions. Structure, function and meaning: stylistic

aspects in composition. Readability: motivation comprehension and recall. Vocabulary choice: word length and tone. Phrase, sentence and paragraph

construction. Personalising. contractions, dialogue; layout; variation of paragraph length, page layout, titles, sub-headings; print, colour, paper texture and art,

including photography.

Textbooks: To be advised.

ACB474 Law and Communication (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

Institutions of the law; ordering the law public and private; the fashioning of law -

cases, precedent, legislation, delegated legislation interpretation; facts and the law; legal reasoning; the law library; limits on freedom of expression - torts and crimes -defamation; obscenity; copyright; laws and regulations affecting advertising -

broadcasting, television and the press; contempt of court; restrictive trade agreements; consumer affairs.

Textbooks: Relevant Commonwealth and State Statutes and Regulations.

ACB679 Law for Administrators (3)

(Pre-requisite: Australian National Government A or Bl

The basic concepts of law, types of law, elementary contract law, constitutional concepts, statutory interpretation, delegated legislation, the legal position of the crown, review of administrative actions, and reform of administrative law.

Textbooks: To be advised.

213

CMB161 Literature and Composition (6) * (Pre-requisite: Introduction to Communication, or concurrently)

Objective: To provide students with specific reading experiences; to enable them to attempt original composition for various media; to foster sensitivity in reading and creativity in writing; and to provide an introduction to specialised writing in later semesters.

Synopsis: Students will be asked to examine selected examples of modern literature in various genres, and to determine the techniques of communication

employed by professional writers. Students will then apply their knowledge to

criticism and creative composition, and their work will be analysed in workshops.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNB482 Local Government (3)

(Pre-requisite: Australian National Government A or B)

This subject examines the structure and activities of local government as the "third tier" of government in Australia. The issue of regional administration is also surveyed.

Although the concentration is on Queensland and Australia, overseas examples are studied to provide a comprehensive coverage.

Textbooks: Harris, C.P.,"Local Government & Regionalism in Queensland 1859-1977",

A.N.U. Press, 1978.

MNB584

Richards, P.G. "The Reformed Local Government System", 2nd ed.,

George Allen, 1976.

Local Government Administrative Practice I (3) * (Pre-requisite: Local Government)

This subject prepares the student for a career as a Local Government clerk in Queensland. It covers the topics of the powers of central government, the

constitution of the Local Authority, its committees and its officials, by-laws, the

conduct of elections, budgetary administration, the administration of Land Sub· division, Environmental Legislation and Health Acts, the provision of water and sewerage and building controls.

Textbooks: "Local Government Bulletin Series", Queensland Department of Local Government, 1973 onward.

"Old. Local Government Act".

MNB684 Local Government Administrative Practice 11 (3) * (Pre-requisite: Local Government Administrative Practice I)

This subject continues the student's preparation for a career as a Local Government clerk in Queensland. It covers the topics of: the constitution and administrative arrangements of the Brisbane City Council, the miscellaneous powers and duties of the Local Authority, natural justice in Local Government, land acquisition, flood mitigation, Local Government Court decisions, sources of funds and the Grants Commission, relationships among Local Authorities and with Central Government,

and Local Government Association.

Textbooks: "Local Government Bulletin Series", Queensland Department of Local

Government, 1973 onward. "Old. Local Government Act". "City of Brisbane Act". "City of Brisbane Town Planning Act".

214

MNB232 Macro Economic Analysis (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Macro Economic Analysis is concerned with the economic problems that occur at the national level. The aim of the subject is to ensure that students understand the economic problems at this level and appreciate the effects on the business community and on individuals of the Federal Government's attempts to manage these problems in Australia. Specific topics covered in the subject include: economic systems, management technqiues associated with a capitalist economy unemployment, inflation - its causes and effects, and international trade.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNP103 Macro Economics (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

The subject Macro Economics examines national problems associated with the Australian economy. Topics covered in the subject include: economic systems, national accounting, management techniques in a capitalist economy, inflation, unemployment and internation trade. Each topic is developed in relation to the Australian experience with special reference to the impact of the government on the business community.

Textbooks: Lindert, P.H., "Prices, Jobs and Growth: An Introduction to Macroeconomics", Little, Brown & Co., 1976.

Hussey, D.E., "Inflation and Business Policy", Longman, 1976.

CMB462 Magazine and Feature Writing (3) * (Pre-requisite: Newswriting and Reporting)

Analysis of content and style of Australian and overseas periodicals. Study of specialised writing for magazines and newspaper feature articles and columns. Writing and markets for publication. Practical writing exercises involving self and group criticism of students' work.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNB101 Management and Organisational Science I (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Applied Psychology

An introduction to selected areas of psychology to give a behavioural base to subsequent studies in the management and organisational science area, and to provide skills training in some areas for personal development. A perception and social skills module examines social perception, influences on person perception, transactional analysis, and assertiveness- A learning module investigates conditioning, modelling, higher-order learning, remembering and forgetting, and learning strategies. A final module on individual differences examines heredity and environment, developmental processes, areas of difference important in business, and the measurement of difference.

Textbooks: Grasha, A.F., "Practical Applications of Psychology", Winthrop, 1978. Jongeward, D., and James, M., "Winning with People", Addison-Wesley,

1973. Kirby, R., and Radford, J., "Individual Differences", Methuen, 1976.

MNB201 Management & Organisational Science II (3) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science I)

Introduction to Human Resource Management

215

An introduction to the job of a manager in the management of organisational behaviour.

A coverage of the motivation and leadership functions of the manager in organisations.

Organisational relationships will be further explored through the examination of both

formal and informal groups, emphasising the individual's interaction with the organisation

and resulting management strategies. Emphasis wi II be placed on experiential learning

through structured exercises requiring both deductive and inductive learning.

Textbooks: Hersey, P., and Blanchard, K.H., "Management of Organisational

MNB306

Behaviour: Utilizing Human Resources", Prentice-Hall, 3rd edition,

1977.

Management & Organisational Science lllA (3) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science 11)

Management Functions and Processes I

The subject explores the managerial processes and subprocesses which can be applied

to all sorts of enterprises - small and large, profit seeking and "not-for-profit". The

focus is on understanding how the functions of organising, planning controlling,

directing and decision making can be integrated and applied so as to convert resources

of people, machines and money into an effective organisation. On completion of the

course the student should be able to understand and evaluate the management process

he/she is exposed to in an enterprise and should also have acquired a basis for

discriminating among the principles he/she would apply in managing effectively.

Textbooks: Newman, W. H., and Warren, E.K., "The Process of Management -

MNB301

Concepts, Behaviour and Practice", 1977, 4th edition, Prentice-Hall.

Schnee, J.E., Warren, E.K. and Lazarus, H., "The Progress of Management

Process and Behaviour in a changing environment", 1977, 3rd edition,

Prentice-Hall.

Management & Organisational Science lllB (4) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science 11)

Organisational Behaviour

An in-depth study of organisational behaviour. Major organisational aspects (the

individual, groups, technology, formal organisation structure) are considered and

integrated into a comprehensive analysis of the factors affecting behaviour in

organisation, with the emphasis on practical application. Particular attention is

given to motivation, groups and leadership, and the measurement of these in organisations.

Textbook: Steers, R.M., and Porter, L.W., "Motivation and Work Behaviour",

McGraw-Hill, 1975.

216

MNB402 Management & Organisational Science IV A (3) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science I I IA)

Management Functions and Processes 11

This subject covers two distinct organisational areas, each in considerable depth the philosophy and techniques of management by objectives; and the theory and analysis of conflict. The latter segment covers conflict and its resolution in the work setting, including topical examples of industrial conflict.

Textbooks: Raia, A.P., "Management By Objectives", Scott, Foresman & Co.

MNB401

Albrecht, K., "Successful Management By Objectives, an action manual", 1978, Spectrum.

Hyman, R., "Strikes", 1977, Fontana. Rose, M., "Industrial Behaviour", 1978, Penguin.

Management & Organisational Science IVB (4) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science 1 llB)

Personnel Recruitment and Selection

The subject deals with the applications of personnel psychology to practical areas of personnel management. Recruitment, selection and placement are covered in depth, with an emphasis on the assessment of predictive validity of selection processes such as testing, interviewing and the use of biographical data. Relevant statistical techniques are introduced where appropriate.

Textbooks: Schneider, B., "Staffing Organisations", Goodyear.

MNB501

Randell, G., et al., "Staff Appraisal", 1.P.M. Roscoe, J.T., "Fundamental Research Statistics for the Behavioural

Sciences", Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

Management & Organisational Science V (6) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science lllA)

Operations Management

An advanced treatment of the management and theory of organisations as operating systems. Systems philosophy, concepts and applications are studied through an emphasis on management techniques for system analysis and design. Quantitative techniques, flow systems, network systems and programme management. Organisation theory and the system concept. Applications to contemporary organisation examples.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNB601 Management & Organisational Science VI (6) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science V)

Corporate Strategy and Pol icy

Corporate pol icy, strategy, the systemic perspective and the sub-optimisation problem. Strategic and operating variables. Strategic planning, corporate objectives, performance criteria; financial, physical, human. Top management control systems and the functions of general management.

Textbooks: To be advised.

217

MNP504 Management and Planning Models (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

This subject aims to introduce managers to the models which have been developed

to help them in decision-making. The emphasis is on conceptual understanding and

application. The campus computer will be used where possible. Among the topics

covered are: inventory control, various forms of PERT, financial modelling,

business forecasting, simulation and business programming.

Textbooks: Cook and Russell, "Introduction to Management Science".

CMP321 Management & Social Issues A (3) * (Pre-requisite: Managerial Psychology)

The place of business in society; the economic and social roles of business; business

and the consumer; business and the trade union; business and the environment; the

effects of growth on society; restrictive trading and the social function of the market. The philosophy of government in a free enterprise system; the relationship of business

and government; the responsibilities of business and government; business organisations

as pressure groups; the need for multi-dimensional business planning in a complex society.

Textbooks: To be advised.

CMP421 Management & Social Issues B (3) * (Pre-requisite: Managerial Psychology)

The corporation as an open system; management of the environment; communications in the adaptive organisation; public opinion and corporate public policy; corporate image and identity; building and preserving corporate status and power; company

government affairs; multi-national corporations overseas; corporate truth and disclosure; financial communications; corporate urban affairs; consumerism and

marketing communications; corporate social audits.

Textbooks: To be advised.

ACB513 Managerial Accounting I (6) (Pre-requisite: Introductory Accounting I)

The nature of managerial accounting and the role of the managerial accountant. Cost concepts, terminology, the cost accounting cycle - predominant emphasis on

manufacturing firms. Budgeting and profit planning. Materials, other inventory,

labour and factory overheads planning, costing and control. Cost accumulation via historic/standard job and process costing for the manufacture ot single and multiple

products. Comparison of absorption with direct costing. Introduction to

manufacturing costs variance analysis under standard costing.

Textbooks: Horngren, C.T., "Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis",

4th edition, Prentice-Hall, 1977. Matz, Adolph and Usry, Milton F., "Cost Accounting: Planning and

Control", 6th edition, South Western, 1976.

218

ACB613 Managerial Accounting II (6)

(Pre-requisite: Managerial Accounting I)

Managerial accounting information systems, responsibility accounting and motivation. Budgeting techniques applied to the master budget and the corporate plan. Relevant costs, differential cost analysis and the use of O/R and statistical methods for decision­making in accounting. Cost/volume/profit analysis and the pricing decision. Individual segment performance analysis and transfer pricing: Control of non-manufacturing costs and assessment of total organisation effectiveness.

Textbooks: As for 'Managerial Accounting I'.

MNP203 Managerial Decision Theory (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Using case studies and journal articles, this subject investigates how managers can apply developments in decision theory to increase their own effectiveness. Among the topics included will be: problem analysis and how to structure decisions, accounting for uncertainty, assessing the value of a sample (e.g. market survey), methods of obtaining samples, game theory, decision making and the organisation. Economic forecasting, essential in many management decisions, will also be dealt with.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNP202 Managerial Functions (3) * ( Pre-requisite: Managerial Psycho I ogy)

The process of management. Systems theory. Theory of organisations. The

organisations macro, micro, and intermediate environments. Work and human systems. Schools of management thought. Classical and neoclassical theories.

Organisation structures and hierarchies. Authority and responsibility. Delegation.

Management philosophy. Mission development. Objectives, limitations and standards. Socio-technical systems. Decision theory and organisational constraints.

Organisation effectiveness.

Textbooks: Koontz, H., and O'Donnell, C., "Management: A Book of Readings",

McGraw-Hill.

Sisk, H.L., "Management and Organisation", South Western.

MNP102 Managerial Psychology (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Management and behavioural science. Communication in organisations. The

individual and the organisation. Individual differences. Perception, motivation.

Frustration and conflict. Social dynamics, role theory. Theories of leadership

and management style.

Textbooks: Hackman, J.R., Lawler, E.E., Porter, L.W., "Perspectives on Behaviour in Organisations", McGraw-Hill, 1977.

Lawless, D.J., "Effective Management: A Social Psychological Approach", Prentice-Hall.

219

MNP403 Managerial Strategy (3) * {Pre·requisite: Managerial Psychology)

General management functions and point of view. Corporate strategy and policy.

Strategic planning, resource development and deployment, functional policy areas. Industry analysis.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNP204 Marketing Methods & Practices (3) * (Pre·requisite: -)

The marketing audit. Planning and forecasting. Management of the distribution

function. Branding, packaging and promotion. Procedures in developing new

products and the management of this effort. Nature and scope of marketing.

Scientific method and problem solving. Systems approach in marketing. Factors

influencing the market place. Organising for new product development.

Textbook: Rosenberg, L.J., "Marketing", New Jersey, Prentice·Hall, 1977.

MNA332 Marketing Practice (3)

{Pre·requisite: Dynamics of Motivation & Persuasion)

The nature, role and scope of marketing and sales, within the organisation: the

selection, recruitment, training and development of marketing and sales personnel; the motivation, compensation and evaluation of such personnel; the marketing

process; Forecasting and estimating market potential; sales budgeting and

profitability; planning sales territories, determining quotas and the optimum allocation of marketing effort and resources.

Textbook: Stanton, William J., Buskirk, Richard H., "Management of the Sales

Force", Irwin Inc., Illinois, 1974.

MNB510 Marketing Research Principles (4) * (Pre·requisite: Marketing I or Introduction to Social Enquiry)

The student will become actively involved in a practical way in examining the

concepts of research design, data collection, motivational research, sampling,

questionnaire techniques, product research, data and statistical analysis and report writing. The highlight of the course will be an on-stream research project undertaken

for a firm or institution as agreed upon by the instructor. The intent of this real life situation is to give the student an opportunity to apply the concepts discussed and have an effective learning experience.

Textbook: Boyd & Westfall, "Marketing Research", 4th edition, Homewood, Illinois, R.D. Irwin, 1977.

220

MNB611 Marketing Research Projects (3) ** (Pre-requisite: Marketing Research Principles OR

Introduction to Social Enquiry)

The student will become actively involved in a practical way in examining the concepts of research design, data collection, motivational research, sampling,

questionnaire techniques, product research, data and statistical analysis and report writing. The highlight of the course will be an on-stream research project undertaken for a firm or institution as agreed upon by the instructor. The intent of this real I ife situation is to give the student an opportunity to apply the concepts discussed and have an effective learning experience.

Textbook: Boyd & Westfall, "Marketing Research", 4th edition, Homewood,

Illinois, R.D. Irwin, 1977.

MNP406 Marketing Strategy (3) * (Pre-requisite: Marketing Methods & Practices)

The course is designed to develop a specific understanding of the marketing strategy with indepth consideration of selected areas of decision making. The course will

introduce the use of operation research and quantitative methods in marketing decision making, especially in areas such as forecasting, product planning, distribution and promotion planning. Instruction will consist of lectures on the theory, study of

cases, application, and use of computer in problem solving.

Textbooks: Ansoff, H.1., "Corporate Strategy", New York, McGraw-Hill, 1965.

CMB541

Levitt, T., "Marketing for Business Growth", New York, McGraw-Hill,

1975. Kotler, P., "Marketing Management, Analysis, Planning and Control",

3rd edition, New Jersey, Prentice-Hall, 1976.

Media Strategy (3) * (Pre-requisite: Introduction to Advertising OR

Marketing Research Principles)

Topics of study include the following. Researching the media plan. Planning media

strategy. Market targeting. Co-ordinating media. Media options. Costing and

scheduling media. Concepts of media decision-making. Media exposure. Media

comparisons. Qualitative and quantitative factors. Media trends. Media and the computer.

Textbooks: To be advised.

CMB513 Medical Sociology (3) * (Pre-requisite: Introduction to Sociology)

This subject will deal with the effect of the social environment on conditions of health and illness in the community. Specific topics to be addressed will include the following: primary and professional socialisation; social change and the medical

professions; stress and disease; ageing; social deviance and the medical model; health and social problems; bureaucratisation and health care deliver; communication networks in the hospital setting; social epidemiology; social research methods in the health sciences.

Textbooks: To be advised.

221

PNB471 Medical Terminology (2) (Pre-requisite: -)

The course is designed to provide a vocabulary in and the basics of medical nomenclature to facilitate exchange of information among groups within the health science environment. The teaching approach will be to introduce topics through a

background both historical and clinical, to make an interesting presentation of the

material.

Textbooks: Roberts, F., "Medical Terms: Their Origin and Construction", 1971,

5th edition, Heineman.

ACA371

Frenay, Sister Agnus Clair, "Understanding Medical Terminology",

Catholic Hospital Association, 1973. "Blakiston's Pocket Medical Dictionary", 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill,

1973. Edinburgh, Churchill, and Livingstone, "Drugs and Pharmacology

for Nurses", 5th edition, 1972.

Mercantile Law (3) (Pre-requisite: Financial Accounting Procedures)

A practical appreciation of the legal framework within which commercial enterprise must function. Law of contract with particular reference to special areas such as

principal and agent, hire purchase, negotiable instruments, guarantees, sale of goods. An introduction to restrictive trade practice legislation, other aspects of consumer

protection, and corporation law.

Textbook: Shtein & Lindgren," An Introduction to Business Law", Law Book Co.

MNB132 Micro Economic Analysis (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

This subject will examine how managers make decisions in firms in the Australian

economy. The role of consumers and firms in various markets will be studied. Production and market strategies for managers in different types of firms will be examined. Lastly, constraints on manager's decisions and other contemporary

issues in Australian micro economics will be examined.

Textbook: Thompson, "Economics of the Firm. Theory and Practice".

MNP104 Micro Economics (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Th is subject will examine the basic principles of micro economic analysis and

demonstrate how these are applied in areas that concern managers operating in the Australian economy. Among the topics are decision making; demand analysis and forecasting; production and cost analysis; pricing decisions and market structure;

and investment decisions.

Textbooks: Ibrahim, l.B., Seo, K., Lachos, P.V., (Eds.), "Readings in Managerial

Economics", Pergamon. Douglas, "Managerial Economics: Theory, Practice and Problems",

Prentice-Hall.

222

CMB463 Modern literature and Film in Society (3) * (Pre-requisite: Literature & Composition)

This course will offer a fully integrated study of contemporary literature and film and show how both media provide an insight into topical issues of the day. The course is divided into three segments: (i) the auteur theory in film and its analogue in literature; (ii) the concept of genre in film and in literature; (iii) comparison of

the treatment of topical issues in film and in literature.

Textbooks: To be advised.

CMB361 Newswriting and Reporting (6) * (Pre-requisite: Communication I IA or Literature & Composition or

Introduction to Professional Communication)

Evaluating, gathering and writing news and news-feature stories for newspapers,

radio and TV. News interviewing. Editing copy. Introduction to production

techniques. Rights, restrictions, responsibilities and ethics of the journalist and the media. Display and suppression of the news. The right to privacy and the

public's right to know. Practical reporting assignments and participation in news

publications. (All students are expected to be able to type efficiently and Journalism

majors to learn Pitman shorthand.)

Textbook: To be advised.

MNB621 Organisation Development (3) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science IVA OR

Management & Organisational Science IVB)

The personnel manager and organisational development. Traditional approaches;

training for skill and management development. Systems approaches, theoretical

models, practical applications. Strategies of organisational development, coaching and counselling, team building, feedback technique, sensitivity training, goal setting

approaches, structural change, conflict resolution, the confrontation meeting. Emphasis will be placed on experiential learning from structured organisation development interventions and the analysis of local organisation development projects.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNP522 Organisational Change and Development (3) * (Pre-requisite: Managerial Psychology)

Systems approaches, theoretical models, practical applications. Strategies of organisational development, coaching and counselling, job redesign, team building,

feedback technique, sensitivity training, goal setting approaches, structural change, conflict resolution, the confrontation meeting. The personnel manager and

organisational development. Traditional approaches, training for skill and

management development.

Textbooks: To be advised.

223

CMP123 Organisational Communication A (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

An introduction to the techniques and objectives of oral and written communication

in organisations: ( 1) Interpersonal speech communication. Communication theories.

Messages, meaning, feedback and motivation in speech communication. Barriers,

breakdowns and conflict. Communication in the decision-making process. (2) Written media in organisational communication. Networks and communication technology.

Production, storage and retrieval as elements in the process of management. Basic skills in writing for client, colleague and management audiences.

Textbooks: To be advised.

CMP221 Organisational Communication B (3) * !Pre-requisite: Organisational Communication A)

The study of communication as the basic instrument of organisational control; ( 1) Oral communication in organisations: dyadic, small-group and large-group

contexts. Interviewing, public speaking and persuasive communication. Transcultural communication. Conference and meeting procedures. (2) The

evaluation of media in organisational communication: diagnosis and design. Advanced skills in the production of written communication. Communicating

through the public media and audio-visual media: basic skills and objectives in producing communication for these media.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNP304 Organisational Systems (3) * (Pre-requisite: Managerial Psychology)

The managerial revolution, changing environment of business, management and the

systems concept in relation to manpower planning. Limitations of manpower planning on the management of the enterprise.

Textbooks: Bramham, J., "Practical Manpower Planning", IPM, 1978.

Other book to be advised.

MNP521 Personnel Administration (3) * (Pre-requisite: Managerial Functions)

The personnel manager in the management system. Communications, wage and salary administration, health welfare and safety, record systems. Personnel research, methods and design. Psychological testing and interviewing. Personnel functions: manpower planning, job organisation and analysis, recruitment, selection, transfers, promotion.

Textbook: Pigors, P., and Myers, C.A., "Personnel Administration", McGraw-Hill,

1977.

MNP523 Personnel Functions (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

A seminar and case study course dealing with the relations of personnel administration to operating departments and the scope of business and industrial personnel services. Appraisal of policies and practices in such areas of personnel administration, selection and training, incentives, employee services, community relations, performance appraisal, discipline, personnel budgeting, promotion and transfer, adjusting for change in technology.

Textbook: Pigors, P., & Myers, C.A. "Personnel Administration", McGraw-Hill, 1977.

224

MNB521 Personnel Management (3) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science IVB)

The personnel manager in the management system. Management of the personnel functions: manpower planning, job organisation and analysis, recruitment, selection,

transfers, promotion, job evaluation, wage and salary administration, health, welfare

and safety, record systems. Personnel research, methods and design. A survey of

current personnel practice forms a major part of the assessment for th is subject.

Textbooks: Glveck, W.F., "Personnel: A Diagnostic Approach", Bus. Pub. Inc.,

Rev. Ed., 1978.

MNB622 Personnel Training and Development I (3) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science IVB or

Survey Research and either M.0.S. lllA or M.0.S. lllB)

Behavioural aspects of training. Theories of learning. Operator training - analysis

of skills and systematic training. Supervisor training analysis of needs, application of methods. Administration of training. Evaluation of training. Modern approaches

to training, use of aids and selection of techniques.

Textbook: Goldstein, l.L., "Training: Program Development & Evaluation", Brooks/Cole, Monterey, Calif., 1974.

MNB623 Personnel Training and Development II (3) * (Pre-requisite: Personnel Training and Development I)

Management development. Planning and programming. Content areas covered in management development, including overviews of recent approaches. Techniques particularly appropriate to management development - role plays, laboratory training, individualised programmes.

The management of training. The training manager and his job. Planning for training and development. Organising the training department. Staffing the training department. Directing training personnel. Controlling and evaluating the training

programme (benefits to the organisation).

Textbook: Craig, R.L., (Ed.), "Training and Development Handbook", McGraw-Hill,

1976.

MNB281 Political Behaviour (3) * (Pre-requisite: Australian National Government A OR

Australian National Government Bl

This subject examines theories of representation and electoral behaviour and

democratic theories. Emphasis is on the micro level of politics and political behaviour

where trade unions, protest politics, political extremism and civil liberties are reviewed

and trends in Australian society analysed. Illustrations from all three tiers of Australian Government will be used.

Textbook: Kemp, D., "Society and Electoral Behaviour in Australia", University

of Queensland Press, 1978.

MNP507 Policitcal Framework (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

225

This subject examines the oµeration of Australia's federal system of government. It

includes the topics of: the Constitution, electoral µrocedures, Parliament, Cabinet,

Prime Minister, Governor-General, political parties, pressure groups, the Public Service,

the legal system, State and local government.

Textbook:

MNA460

Erny, H., "The Politics of Australian Democracy", 2nd edition,

Macmillan Australia, 1978.

Principles of Marketing (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

An appreciation of the overall framework of modern marketing including the

various principles associated with the marketing mix, viz. the marketing concept,

pricing, product development, promotion and distribution. In addition the

environment for marketing decisions will be studied with a special emphasis on

consumerism and the social responsibilities of the firm.

Textbook: Boone, L.E. and Kurtz, D.L., "Contemporary Marketing", Illinois,

The Dryden Press, Hinsdale, Illinois, 1974.

MNA311 Principles of Supervision (3) * (Pre-requisite: Group Behaviour)

The functions of the manager. Planning: its importance, setting objectives,

forecasting; planning techniques, with decision-making exercise. Organising, job

design, work flow, lines of authority, span of control, line and staff relationships,

the informal organisation, co-ordination. Staffing; the selection process, manpower

planning, interviews, tests, application blanks, validation, induction; transfer and

promotion; compensation. Directing; training techniques and practices; review

leadership, motivation, communication, behaviour change. Controlling; systems

concept, feedback; job evaluation and performance appraisal; discipline and grievances; job satisfaction.

Textbook: Eckles, R., Carmichael, R. and Sarchet, B., "Essentials of Management

for First-Line Supervision", Wiley, 1974.

CMB622 Professional Communication Practice (3) * (Pre-requisites: EITHER

( 1) Advertising Copywriting,

Advertising Management

and Media Strategy

OR

(2) Magazine and Feature Writing,

Law and Communication

and Editing and Layout

OR (3) Publicity Methods and Industrial Press

The aim of th is elective subject will be to provide the communication student with an

opportunity to observe, and gain insight into, the applications of communication theory

to communication practice.

The student will be placed with an approved employer.

cont.

226

The lecturer in charge of the subject will obtain reports from the student at regular intervals. The student will be required to complete a progressive assessment programme.

The student's result will be determined on the basis of continuous assessment and the employer's report.

MNB615 Professional Marketing Practice (3) ** (Pre-requisite: Marketing Research Principles OR

Promotional Strategy)

With the approval of the lecturer involved the student will undertake a preferred study programme within the Marketing framework, e.g. some particular area of the

marketing mix. In co-operation with this programme the student will be required

to enter an 'internship' programme with a suitable company, where he will actively work on a part-time basis. The internship programme will be aligned as closely as

possible to the preferred area of study. The student will also be required to submit a number of reports reflecting the theoretical concepts learnt and the application to

his job experience.

Textbooks: No set texts.

CMB422 Professional Speechwriting (3)

(Pre-requisite: Literature and Composition OR

8 subjects in a School of Business Studies degree programme)

Objectives: To develop, at an advanced level, skills in the analysis and use of language to write social, political, marketing and corporate publicity speeches. To familiarise students with different modes of propaganda, polemic, indirect and overt persuasion through the writing of speeches.

Synopsis: Survey of Rhetorical Theories; Methods for interpreting and evaluating speeches; Study of exemplars and writing of various types of speeches Occasional

addresses. Informative speeches, Persuasive speeches, Modern Campaign speeches; Reports on speechwriting projects.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNP506 Promotional Policies & Methods (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

The sales function. The reselling function as a promotional resource. Factors involved in stimulating reseller support. Supervising the sales effort (training,

recruiting and compensating). Control of promotional activity by sales force.

Ethical problems in promotional activity by sales force. Demand analysis and market targets. Objectives of the promotional programme. Organising and

managing the human resources. Characteristics of advertising media (TV, radio, magazine). Strategy for selection of media vehicle. Considerations in formulating the advertising effectiveness. Social responsibility in advertising.

Textbook: Engel, Wales & Warshaw, "Promotional Strategy", Homewood, Illinois,

R.D. Irwin, 1975, 3rd edition.

227

MNB512 Promotional Strategy (4) (Pre-requisite: Introductory Marketing)

This course introduces the student to both push and pull forms of strategy. An overall appreciation of Sales Management (push strategy) will be discussed together with a detailed coverage of the management of the advertising functions including objectives of the promotional programme, organising and managing the human

resources, characteristics of advertising media (TV, radio, magazine, etc.), strategy for selection of media vehicle, investigating advertising effectiveness and formulation of a 'promotional strategy' for a local firm or institution.

Textbooks: Engel, Wales & Warshaw, "Promotional Strategy", 3rd edition, Homewood, Illinois, Irwin, 1975.

Still, Richard R., Cundiff, Edward W., and Govoni, Norman A.P., "Sales Management: Decisions Policies and Cases", Prentice-Hall, 1976.

MNB607 Psychology of Assessment (3) * (Pre-requisite: M.O.S. IVS or Counselling and Guidance)

The theory and practice of psychological testing and assessment, test development procedures and techniques, reliability and validation. Testing in industrial and commercial situations for assessment, selection and counselling. Effects of moderator groups on test development and interpretations. This unit would be useful in the personnel management function where development of appropriate tests for new situations is involved or in a related counselling and guidance function, where understanding and use of existing tests and related reports and manuals are required.

Textbook: Cronbach, L.J., "Essentials of Psychological Testing", Harper, New York.

MNB585 Public Administration and the Community (4) ** (Pre-requisite: Public Personnel Practices)

This subject directs a study of the major issues in public administration to the interaction among public officials individually and collectively and their clients and the community at large. The integration of management theory and public service practices is also incorporated.

NOTE: One hour per week is set aside for Communication Department input.

Textbooks: Nil.

MNB385 Public Administration Principles (4) * (Pre-requisite: Introduction to Public Administration)

This subject examines the theories of bureaucracy and administration, and their application to the public sector with a view to the search for a contemporary "ideal­type" model. Questions such as the possibility of the co-existence of bureaucracy and democracy, the tendency towards democratic or oligarchic organisations, and the effect of organisational size are examined. The existing state of pub I ic sector bureaucracy in Australia is assessed by reference to several case studies.

NOTE: One hour per week is set aside for Communication Department input.

Textbook: Albrow, M., "Bureaucracy", Macmillan, 1970.

228

CMB471 Public Affairs Reporting (6) * (Pre-requisite: Newswriting and Reporting)

Researching and reporting the facts behind major news developments and current

social, political, economic and scientific issues. Analysing current affairs programmes.

In-depth reporting and interviewing, objectivity, fairness and balance. Students will

undertake practical assignments in this subject.

Textbook: To be advised.

ACP515 Public Finance & Accounts I (3)

(Pre-requisite: Accounting Principles I)

Objectives, principles and concepts of government accounting. Scope and approach

of government finance. Institutional framework. The accounting systems of federal,

state and local governments, public enterprise and public institutions. Revenue and

Expenditure accounting: Contemporary accounting issues. Accountability, control,

budgeting.

Textbooks: Levy, V.M., "Public Financial Administration", Law Book Co., 1971.

ACP615

Herock, A.V.V. and Maloy, N.G., "Fund Accounting", Butterworths,

1974. Various Government publications advised in lectures.

Public Finance & Accounts II (3)

(Pre-requisite: Public Finance & Accounts I AND

Macro Economics)

An introduction to public finance; sources of public income, public expenditure,

investment and debt. Taxation objectives, principles and Australian practices.

Instrumentalities of economic accountability, intergovernmental financial relations.

Public finance and economic policy; new financial legislation and institutions.

Textbooks: As for 'Public Finance & Accounts I'.

MNB484 Public Personnel Practices (4) * (Pre-requisite: Public Administration Principles)

This subject traces the development of public personnel practices in Australia and

examines the problems inherent in their evolution. Major changes are related to

political and economic events such as Federation, Royal Commissions, World War I,

the Depression, World War 11, as well as post-war developments and trends. Recent

public service inquiries are examined in depth, with their failing or shortcomings noted

together with their suggestions for reform. The personnel practice of all levels of

government will be analysed.

NOTE: One hou1 per week is set aside for Communication Department input.

Textbooks: Smith, R.F.I. & Weller, P., "Public Service Inquiries in Australia",

University of Queensland Press, 1978.

MNB583 Public Policy (3) * (Pre-requisite: Pub I ic Administration Principles)

This subject requires the student to integrate his earlier study in applying it to a

detailed analysis of the policy making processes in a selection of case studies.

Emphasis is directed to the political and administrative problems associated with

policy execution, while the case study material will concentrate on the federal or

state level.

Textbooks: Nil.

CMB651 Public Relations Practice * (Pre-requisite: Introduction to Public Relations)

An advanced approach to professional public relations practice as applied communication theory. It provides practical experience in the skills of problem

definition, and the planning and implementation of public relations activity. The student who intends to enter professional practice studies public relations

through cases and field trips. Some understanding is taught of the theories of

229

the processes and effects of human communication, attitude formation and change, and the social and political processes affecting organisations and the public individual.

Textbook: To be advised.

MNB383 Public Sector Industrial Relations (3) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science 11)

This subject provides students with an understanding of the principles and the practices which underpin the operation of the institutional regulation of industrial relationships in the Australian public sector.

Textbooks: Martin, R.M., "Trade Unions in Australia", Pelican, 1975.

CMB551

Moore, P.J., "O'Dea's Industrial Relations in Australia", West. 3rd ed.,

1974. Rawson, D.W., "Unions and Unionists in Australia", George Allen, 1978.

Publicity Methods (3) * (Pre-requisite: Newswriting and Reporting AND

Introduction to Public Relations)

Learning the theory and skills for employing uncontrolled mass media to achieve the

objectives of an organisation or individual. Selection of the publicity techniques,

message content and form, and media opportunities to achieve publicity. Learning

the knowledge and skills of media relations. Students will be required to undertake a publicity project.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNB405 Quantitative Analysis I (3) * (Pre-requisite: Economic Statistics I)

Modern management uses many quantitative decision tools. Th is subject introduces

some of the most widely used of these, with the emphasis on application rather than derivation. Numerous practical examples in the accounting, marketing, economics

and management areas are covered. The campus computer is used where possible. Among others, topics covered may include: project management (PERT), business

simulation, business forecasting, managerial decision analysis, linear programming

and inventory models.

Textbook: To be advised.

MNB542 Quantitative Analysis 11 (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

This subject is designed to enable the students to be familiar with some of the

quantitative techniques applied in the areas of management, marketing, economics and accounting. Topics such as Linear Programming, Sensitivity Analysis, Goal

Programming, Integer Programming, Non-Linear Programming and Dynamic Programming will be discussed together with corresponding journal articles.

Textbook: Eck, R.D., "Operations Research for Business", Wadsworth, 1976.

230

MAA173 Quantitative Business Analysis A (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

Programming techniques using BASIC language with particular applications to problems in business mathematics including simple and compound interest, annuities, sinking funds, depreciation. Introductory set theory and logic. Graphic techniques. Linear regression and correlation. Index numbers.

Textbook: 1. Beatty, W.E., "Mathematical Relationships in Business and Economics", Prindle, Weber & Schmidt.

MAA174

OR 2. Mizrahi & Sullivan, "Finite Mathematics with Applications for

Business and Social Sciences", 2nd edition, Wiley.

Quantitative Business Analysis B (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

Presentation and analysis of statistical data. Basic probability theory. Descrete probability distributions. Normal distribution. Introduction to: sampling theory and tests of hypotheses; statistical quality control; non-parametric tests; analysis of variance.

Textbook: Shao, S., "Statistics for Business and Economics", Merril.

MAB171 Quantitative Methods IA (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

The aim is to introduce students to mathematics and model building in business, economic and commercial situations. From a review of basic algebra, the subject deals with matrix algebra, practical linear programming, discounted cash flows, inventory analysis, and forecasting using regression. Students use the Hewlett­Packard computer to solve typical business problems.

Textbook: Beatty, W.E., "Mathematical Relationships in Business and Economics", Prindle, Weber & Schmidt.

OR Chottiner, S., "Mathematics for Modern Management", Harper & Row.

MAB172 Quantitative Methods IB (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

The aim is to introduce students to the statistics used in the handling of the uncertainty underlying the decisions which managers and accountants must make. Among the topics covered are: the presentation and description of data, probability, sampling methods and an introduction to the analysis of sample information.

Textbook: Pfaffenberger & Patterson, "Statistical Methods for Business Economics".

CMB561 Radio and Television Writing (3) * (Pre-requisite: Advertising Copywriting, or Newswriting and

Reporting)

Analysis of dramatic form; development of theme and plot, character and exposition; writing for news, features, documentaries, drama and commercials; adaptation; the writer's commitment to social responsibility; use of film in television; writing for specific audiences; analysis of scripts andscript requirements in contemporary markets; writing in workshops throughout the semester.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNP305 Research Design in Marketing (3) * (Pre-requisite: Marketing Methods and Practices)

The highlight of the course will be an on-stream project undertaken for a firm, institution, or society. (Possibility of utilizing the student's own employment situation.) The project will be conducted concurrently with the course. The

intent of this real I ife situation is to give the student an opportunity to apply the concepts discussed and have a fulfilling learning experience. The student will become actively involved in examining the concept of research design, data collection, motivational research. Sampling, questionnaire techniques, product research, data and statistical analysis and report writing.

Textbook:

ACP311

Boyd & Westfall, "Marketing Research", 4th edition, Homewood, Illinois, R.D. Irwin, 1977.

Rural Information Systems (3)

(Pre-requisite: -)

An in-depth study of the objectives, procedures and outcomes of the various rural information systems available. Such systems as Project 100, DPI (Queensland), ABRI (New South Wales), FMSL (Western Australia) and BSES (Queensland) will

231

be studied. Attention will also be focused on management and taxation requirements as well as financial requirements. Contemporary issues in rural accounting will be discussed.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNP404 Simulation & Model Building (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Simulation and decision making. Random number generation. Large scale simulation models and methodologies (a) Bonini model; (b) business games. Advantages and limitations of simulation techniques. A general discussion on simulation computer languages. Simulation and the firm. Queuing theory and simulation of queuing systems. Case studies.

Textbooks: Naylor, T.H., Balintfy, J.L., Burdick, D.S. and Chu, K., "Computer Simulation Techniques", John Wiley, 1966.

MNB307

Miller, D.W. and Starr, M.K., "Executive Decisions and Operations Research", Prentice-Hall.

Social Psychology {3) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science I)

This unit investigates in some depth selected areas of social psychology (the self· concept, attitudes, affiliation, aggression, altruism, attraction and group interaction). It gives a basis for the student to apply his knowledge to one or more selected areas of public, private or work life.

Textbook: Middlebrook, P.N., "Social Psychology and Modern Life", Alfred A. Knopf, Inc., New York, 1974.

CMB512 Social Research and Policy Formation (3) * (Pre-requisite: Introduction to Social Enquiry)

This subject is designed to consolidate students' understanding of the limitations and uses of social research among corporate, governmental and non-profit institutions. Particular attention will be devoted to the roles of specialist researcher, research buyer and research user.

Textbooks: To be advised.

232

ACA999

ACP998

ACB999

ACP999

CMB999

MNB997

MNB998

MNB999 MNP999

Special Topic - Commercial Studies (3) * Special Topic - Commercial Computing

Special Topic - Accountancy (3) * Special Topic - Advanced Accounting (3) * Special Topic - Communication (3) * Special Topic - Health Administration (3) * Special Topic - Public Administration (3) * Special Topic - Management (3) * Special Topic - Business Administration (3) * (Pre-requisite: See Departmental Announcement)

Selected topics and study areas will be offered as required and when the necessary expertise is available.

See Departmental announcements for full details of Special Topics being offered.

CMB220 Speech and Drama (3) * (Pre-requisite: Communication IA and Literature and Composition

OR eight subjects in a School of Business Studies

degree programme)

Students will be given a course of relaxation, vocal and expression exercises to increase

their control of body language and vocal expression. They will study the communication

of an age by looking at the manners, values and attitudes of the culture reflected in

the vocabulary and rhythms of language presented in its drama. Particular attention

shal I be paid to the drama of the twentieth century and its reflection of the

communication of our own society. Students perception, especially auditory awareness

and visual perspicacity will be extended by the use of video recording of their work.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNB282 State Government (3)

(Pre-requisite: Australian National Government A or Bl

Th is subject analyses State Government in Australia with particular attention focused

on 0.ueensland. It identifies the outstanding demographic, economic, social and

political features of the States, and the dominant themes of political life therein.

The powers of the States, the workings of their parliaments, cabinets, and political

parties will be investigated. Attention will also be directed to intergovernmental

relations and to government administrations.

Textbooks: Holmes, J., ''The Government of Victoria", University of 0.ueensland

Press, 1976.

MNP303

Hughes, C., "The Government of Queensland", University of Queensland Press, 1979.

Parker, R.S., "The Government of N.S.W.", University of Queensland Press, 1978.

Statistical Methods (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

Statistics is the studv of the procedures for collecting, analyzing and interpreting

the quantitative data required for effective decision making. The aim of this subject

is to develop an understanding of the basic concepts and techniques of statistical

analysis, with particular reference to their application in management. The campus

computer is used where possible. Among the topics covered are: graphs and charts,

descriptive statistics, probability, sampling methods, analysis of sample results and

regression and correlation.

Textbook: Lapin, "Statistics for Modern Business Decisions".

233

CMB421 Survey Research (3) ** (Pre-requisite: Introduction to Social Enquiry)

Objective: To provide students with the conceptual knowledge and technical

skills to perform and critically examine communication research utilizing social data.

Synopsis: Students will be familiarized with the procedures employed in survey

research, and with methods employed in analysing the findings obtained. Procedures

will include questionnaire design; data collection and processing and analysis using

a survey analysis computer programme; interpretation into written reports.

Textbooks: To be advised.

ACP191 Systems Analysis (3)

(Pre-requisite or Concurrent: Computers and Data Processing I)

Objective: To introduce students to the discipline of analysing business systems.

Synopsis: Defining project, determining system environment, interviewing,

determining system requirements, documenting existing system, analysis of existing

system, establishing cost benefit, new systems structures. Structured English, decision tables. Establishing equipment configuration, planning, implementation.

Textbooks: Semprevivio, P.C., "Systems Analysis: Definition, Process and Design",

S.R.A.

ACA293

Objective:

De Marco, T., "Structured Analysis and System Specification", Yourdon Inc., 1978.

Systems Analysis and Design I (3) (Pre-requisite: -)

To familiarise students with the techniques of recording business processes. To introduce the student to batch data processing. To identify the basic

steps in data processing. To give experience in designing simple systems.

Description: Data processing functions; manual and automated data processing, planning layout, recording of information, sorting and classifying of design,

implementation, evaluation. Fact gathering; system flowcharting; decision tables; simulation; data capture, file organisation and record layout, data security; standards

and documentation, system maintenance, user involvement.

Textbook: Condon, R., "Data Processing Systems Analysis & Design", Reston,

2nd Ed., 1978.

ACA393 Systems Analysis and Design II (3)

(Pre-requisite: Systems Analysis and Design I AND

Business Data Processing I)

Objective: To establish a sound foundation of systems design methodology for students to use in designing present and future systems.

Description: What is Structured Analysis; Tools of Structured Analysis; Data Flow

Diagram; Data Dictionary; Data Structure Diagram; Third Normal Form; Structured English, Description of Primitives; Logical Models; Physical Models; Packaging; Estimating; R.P.G_ project.

Textbook: De Marco, T., "Structured Analysis and System Specification", Yourdon Inc., 1978.

234

ACA493 Systems Analysis and Design 111 (3) * (Pre-requisite: Systems Analysis and Design 11)

Objective: Project involving analysis of existing information system and design

of a new one. This subject gives students a practical opportunity to apply the

techniques of systems analysis and design studied in Systems Analysis and Design I and Systems Analysis and Design 11.

Description: As a project, students will design a computer system. This project will

involve data gathering, interviews, data analysis, system design, system report, file

design, programme specifications, implementation procedures, and a Management presentation.

Textbooks: To be advised.

ACB572 Taxation Law and Practice I (3) (Pre-requisite: Business Law I, Introductory Accounting !IA)

Principles of taxation law. The basis of assessable income and the division into personal exertion and property. The treatment of trading stock. Categories of

exempt income. The general tests determining the allowance of expenditures for

tax purposes. Specific allowable deductions - repairs, depreciation, investment allowance, others. The concessional rebate system and the calculation of tax payable by individuals.

Textbooks: 1980 Australian Master Tax Guide (C.C.H.), Case Companion to Ryan's

ACB672

Income Tax Manual Mason, Dixon & Priddle (Law Book)

OR

Leading Cases on Australian Income Tax E.F. Mannix (Butterworths)

1980 Edition Australian Income Tax Assessment Act (C.C.H.)

Taxation Law and Practice II (3)

(Pre-requisite: Taxation Law and Practice I)

Calculation of losses brought forward from prior years. Taxation of partnerships, trusts, companies, superannuation funds, non-residents, primary producers, and

other special classes of taxpayers. Procedural arrangements as to returns, assessments, objections and appeals. Arrangements to avoid taxation. Land tax, payroll tax, sales tax.

Textbooks: As for 'Taxation Law and Practice I'.

ACA471 Taxation Procedures (3) (Pre-requisite: Financial Accounting Procedures)

Basic characteristics and principles of taxation; taxing systems. Direct and indirect taxation. Income sources; assessable income, exempt income. Allowable deductions;

general formula and special items. Losses of previous years, primary production. Preparation of taxation returns of individuals; rebates available. Assessments, objections, and appeals. Brief introduction: company and partnership returns. Indirect taxes and business: sales tax, payroll tax, stamp duties.

Textbooks: "Australian Income Tax Assessment Act", with Regulations, Rating Acts, etc., C.C.H. Australia Ltd.

"Australian Master Tax Guide", C.C.H. Australia Ltd., (current annual

revised edition).

MNP105 Techniques of Managerial Analysis (3) * (Pre-requisite: -)

235

This subject introduces the student to the use of business programming in its many forms. Linear programming. Transportation. Assignment. Integer programming. Introduction to quadratic programming.

Textbook:

ACB692

Objective:

Eck, "Operations Research for Business".

Telecommunications and Business Systems (4) * (Pre-requisite: Computer Systems and Programming)

Th is subject looks at techniques and practices involved in telecommun-ication and the connection of remote terminals and processors to a central site using telephone lines. The study of such large systems is also viewed from the systems approach (with particular reference to specific areas such as law and medicine) and consideration is given to the social, ethical and legal aspects involved.

Synopsis: Data communication, terminals (online and offline systems), interactive and non-interactive systems, communication channel and capacity, categories of communication lines, modems and data sets, modes of transmission line errors and treatment, multiplexing, network structures, terminal considerations, software structures, data flow, design techniques. Implementation and operation of computer systems involving telecommunication networks. Use of computers for law enforcement, monetary systems, the computerised corporation, cities and transportation, etc. Machines in error, threat to privacy, harassment, crime and sabotage, power. Handling change, system controls, the law, the ombudsman, locks and guards.

Textbooks: Martin, "Introduction to Teleprocessing", Prentice-Hall. Teague, Robert & Erikson, Ch int, "Computers and Society", West,

1974.

MNB536 Transport Administration I (3) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science IVA)

The course is intended as a basis for a study of Australian transport policy in Transport Administration 11. It offers students an appreciation of the administrative pattern of Australian transport systems. Topics include transport administration and planning, corporate strategy, community involvement, planned programmed budgeting, transport systems analysis and the B.T.E. investment justification model.

Textbooks: To be advised.

MNB636 Transport Administration II (3) * (Pre-requisite: Transport Administration I)

Analysis of the concentration and performance in the Australian transport industry. Objectives of government regulation, methods, overseas comparisons. A national transport policy. The role of the public authorities in national, regional and city transport policies and plans. Problems in the management of transport plans.

Textbook: Kolsen, H., "The Economics and Control of Road Rail Competition", Sydney University Press, 1968.

236

MNB531 Transport Economics (3) * (Pre-requisite: Micro Economic Analysis)

A study of the economics of the management of private and public transport operations. These operations will relate to passenger movement, general freight

movement and physical distribution management. Each operation will be examined

in terms of consumer demands, costs, market structure, pricing and non-pricing strategy, regulation, handling and storage techniques.

Textbook:

MNB631

Gwilliam and Mackie, "Economics and Transport Policy", Allen and Unwin.

Urban Economics (3) * (Pre-requisite: Micro Economic Analysis)

This subject studies the economic aspects of urban development. The modern city

represents a complex social and economic system. The interdependency that exists

in modern urban systems, namely an examination of the spatial and socio-economic aspects. Major aspects of urbanism to be studied include location of economic

activity, land rents and spatial structure, growth theories, transportation, urban renewal, local government finance, the urban environment and urban planning.

Textbooks: Heilbrun, J., "Urban Economics and Public Policy", St. Martins, New York, 1974.

MNP505

Neutze, M., "Urban Development in Australia", Allen & Unwin, Sydney, 1977.

Urban Regional Systems (3) * (Pre-requisite: Micro Economics or Macro Economics)

A study of the micro and macro aspects of urban and regional development. The relationship between economic and sociological forces will be analysed. The course will consider spatial factors of location, growth and transport and socio-economic factors or urban renewal local government and community planning.

Textbooks: Heilbrun, J., "Urban Economics and Public Policy", St. Martins, New York, 1974.

MNB308

Neutze, M., "Urban Development in Australia", Allen & Unwin, Sydney, 1977.

Youth and Work (3) * (Pre-requisite: Management & Organisational Science 11)

This unit investigates the late adolescent in relation to his personal and vocational roles, including the development of his social and occupational interests, values and

aspirations; it analyses employer and supervisor expectations of and attitudes

towards the younger recruit and examines ways of improving-employer-employee perceptions. Attention is given to personality development, vocational choice

theories and problems, vocational guidance and vocational success and satisfaction.

Textbooks: Peters, H.J. & Hansen, J.C., "Vocational Guidance and Career Development", Selected Readings, 3rd edition, Macmillan, 1977.

Shertzer, B. & Stone, C., "Fundamentals of Guidance", 3rd edition, Houghton-Mifflin, 1976.

Timetable - Full-time

239

TIMETABLES

Timetables included in the Handbook are tentative timetables only. Each department is responsible for displaying the finalised timetable and the room allocations. This information will be displayed during the first week of each semester.

AC

CO

UN

TA

NC

Y:

Sem

este

r 1

-A

utum

n

GR

OU

P A

Per

iod

M

ON

DA

Y

TU

ES

DA

Y

9 a

m.

Intr

od

ucto

ry A

cctg

. I

10

am

. In

tro

du

cto

ry A

cctg

. I

11 a

m.

Mic

ro E

con

om

ic A

na

lysi

s

12

M

icro

Eco

no

mic

An

aly

sis

2p

m.

Intr

od

ucto

ry A

cctg

. I

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n I

IA

3 p

.n.

Intr

od

ucto

ry A

cctg

. I

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n I

IA

4p

m.

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n I

IA

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

TH

UR

SD

AY

Qu

an

tita

tive

Me

tho

ds

I B

Bus

ines

s L

aw

I

Qu

an

tita

tive

Me

tho

ds

IB

Bus

ines

s L

aw

I

Qu

an

tita

tive

Me

tho

ds

I B

Bus

ines

s L

aw

I

Intr

od

ucto

ry A

cctg

. I

Intr

od

ucto

ry A

cctg

. I

FR

IDA

Y

Mic

ro E

con

om

ic A

na

lysi

s

N .i:::.

0

AC

CO

UN

TA

NC

Y:

Sem

este

r 1

-A

utum

n

GR

OU

P B

Pe

rio

d

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

9am

. B

usin

ess

La

w I

10 a

m.

Ma

cro

Eco

no

mic

An

aly

sis

Bus

ines

s L

aw

I

11 a

m.

Bus

ines

s L

aw

I

12 2p

m.

Intr

od

uct

ory

Acc

tg.

I M

.O.S

. I

3 p

m.

Intr

od

uct

ory

Acc

tg.

I M

.0.S

. I

4p

m.

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

M.O

.S.

I

Qu

an

tita

tive

Me

tho

ds

IA

Qu

an

tita

tive

Me

tho

ds

IA

Qu

an

tita

tive

Me

tho

ds

IA

Intr

od

uct

ory

Acc

tg.

I

1 In

tro

du

cto

ry A

cctg

. I

TH

UR

SD

AY

Intr

od

uct

ory

Acc

tg.

I

Intr

od

uct

ory

Acc

tg.

I

FR

IDA

Y

Ma

cro

Eco

no

mic

An

aly

sis

Ma

cro

Eco

no

mic

An

aly

sis

r....i .i::.

AC

CO

UN

TA

NC

Y:

Sem

este

r 2

-Sp

ring

GR

OU

P A

Per

iod

M

ON

DA

Y

TU

ES

DA

Y

9 a

m.

Qu

an

tita

tive

Me

tho

dr

IA

Intr

od

ucto

ry A

cctg

. I I

A

10

am

. Q

ua

nti

tati

ve M

eth

od

s IA

In

tro

du

cto

ry A

cctg

. I I

A

11 a

m.

Qu

an

tita

tive

Me

tho

ds

IA

Intr

od

ucto

ry A

cctg

. 11

A

12

2p

m.

Ma

cro

Eco

no

mic

An

aly

sis

M.0

.S.

I

3p

m.

Ma

cro

Eco

no

mic

An

aly

sis

M.0

.S.

I

4p

m.

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

M.0

.S.

I

Co

mp

an

y L

aw

I

Co

mp

an

y L

aw

I

Co

mo

an

v L

aw

I

TH

UR

SD

AY

Intr

od

ucto

ry A

cctg

. I I

A

Intr

od

ucto

ry A

cctg

. 11

A

Intr

od

ucto

ry A

cctg

. I I

A

FR

IDA

Y

Ma

cro

Eco

no

mic

An

aly

sis

N ""' N

AC

CO

UN

TA

NC

Y:

Sem

este

r 2

-Sp

ring

GR

OU

P B

Per

iod

M

ON

DA

Y

TU

ES

DA

Y

9 am

. In

tro

du

cto

ry A

cctg

. llA

10

am

. M

icro

E

con

om

ic A

na

lysi

s In

tro

du

cto

ry A

cctg

. I I

A

11 a

m.

Intr

od

ucto

ry A

cctg

. llA

12

2p

m.

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n I

IA

3p

m.

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n l

lA

4p

m.

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n I

IA

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

Qu

an

tita

tive

Me

tho

ds

IB

Qu

an

tita

tive

Me

tho

ds

IB

Qu

an

tita

tive

Me

tho

ds

IB

Co

mp

an

y L

aw

I

Co

mp

an

y L

aw

I

Co

mp

an

y L

aw

I

TH

UR

SD

AY

Intr

od

ucto

ry A

cctg

. I I

A

Intr

od

ucto

ry A

cctg

. llA

Intr

od

ucto

ry A

cctg

. llA

FR

IDA

Y

Mic

ro E

con

om

ic A

na

lysi

s

Mic

ro E

con

om

ic A

na

lysi

s

N

.)::

. w

AC

CO

UN

TA

NC

Y:

Sem

este

r 3

-A

utu

mn

GR

OU

P D

: A

ccou

nta

ncy

Peri

od

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

9a

m.

Fin

an

cia

l A

cco

un

tin

g I

10

am

. E

con

om

ic S

tati

stic

s I

Fin

an

cia

l A

cco

un

tin

g I

11 a

m.

Co

mp

an

y L

aw

I

Fin

an

cia

l A

cco

un

tin

g I

12

C

om

pa

ny

La

w I

E

con

om

ic S

tati

stic

s I

2 p

m.

3p

m.

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

TH

UR

SD

AY

Co

mp

ute

r S

yste

ms

& P

rog

Co

mp

an

y L

aw

I

Co

mp

ute

r S

yste

ms

& P

rog

Eco

no

mic

Sta

tist

ics

I

M.O

.S.1

1

M.O

.S.1

1

M.0

.S.1

1

FR

IDA

Y

Fin

an

cia

l A

cco

un

tin

g I

Fin

an

cia

l A

cco

un

tin

g I

Fin

an

cia

l A

cco

un

tin

g I

Co

mp

. S

yste

ms

& P

rog

.

Co

mp

. S

yste

ms

& P

rog

.

N -"' """

AC

CO

UN

TA

NC

Y:

Sem

este

r 3

-Au

tum

n

GR

OU

P D

:

Bus

ines

s C

ompu

ting

Pe

rio

d

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

9 am

. F

ina

nci

al

Acc

ou

nti

ng

I

10

am

. E

con

om

ic S

tatis

tics

I F

ina

nci

al

Acc

ou

nti

ng

I

11 a

m.

Fin

an

cia

l A

cco

un

tin

g I

12

E

con

om

ic S

tatis

tics

I

2p

m.

Bus

. S

yste

ms

Des

ign

I

3p

m.

Bus

. S

yste

ms

Des

ign

I

4p

m.

Bus

. S

yste

ms

Des

ign

I

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

TH

UR

SD

AY

Co

mp

. S

yste

ms

& P

rog.

Co

mp

. S

yste

ms

& P

rog.

E

con

om

ic S

tati

stic

s I

M.0

.S.1

1

M.O

.S.1

1

M.0

.S.

II

Bus

. S

yste

ms

Des

ign

I

FR

IDA

Y

Fin

an

cia

l A

cco

un

tin

g I

Fin

an

cia

l A

cco

un

tin

g I

Fin

an

cia

l A

cco

un

tin

g I

Co

mp

. S

yste

ms

& P

rog.

Co

mp

. S

yste

ms

& P

rog.

N

.j:>.

0

1

AC

CO

UN

TA

NC

Y:

Sem

este

r 4

-S

prin

g

GR

OU

P D

: A

cco

un

tan

cy

Per

iod

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

9 a

m.

Ele

ctiv

e (

Co

mp

an

y L

aw

1 l'

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g I

10

am

. Q

ua

nti

tati

ve A

na

lysi

s I

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g I

11 a

m.

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g I

12

2 p

m.

3p

m.

4p

m.

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n I

A

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

TH

UR

SD

AY

Bus

. S

yste

ms

Des

ign

I

Bus

. S

yste

ms

Des

ign

I Q

ua

nti

tati

ve A

na

lysi

s I

Ele

ctiv

e (

Co

mp

. L

aw

11)

Ele

ctiv

e (

Co

mp

. L

aw

II)

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n I

A

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n I

A

See

Dep

artm

enta

l A

nnou

ncem

ents

for

Ele

ctiv

e of

feri

ngs.

FR

IDA

Y

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g I

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g I

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g I

Qu

an

tita

tive

An

aly

sis

I

Bus

. S

yste

ms

Des

ign

I

Bus

. S

yste

ms

Des

ign

I

N

.i::.

(j)

AC

CO

UN

T A

NC

Y:

Sem

este

r 4

-S

prin

g

GR

OU

P D

: B

usin

ess

Com

puti

ng

Per

iod

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

W

ED

NE

SD

AY

T

HU

RS

DA

Y

FR

IDA

Y

9 am

. C

om

pa

ny

Acc

ou

nti

ng

I

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g I

10

am

. Q

ua

nti

tati

ve A

na

lysi

s I

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g I

Q

ua

nti

tati

ve A

na

lysi

s I

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g I

11 a

m.

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g I

C

om

pa

ny

Acc

ou

nti

ng

I

12

Bus

. C

om

pu

ter

Pra

g.

Te

leco

mm

. &

Bus

. S

yst.

Q

ua

nti

tati

ve A

na

lysi

s I

2 p

m.

Te

leco

m.

& B

us.

Sys

t.

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n I

A

Bus

. C

om

pu

ter

Pra

g.

3p

m.

Te

leco

m.

& B

us.

Sys

t.

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n I

A

Bus

. C

om

pu

ter

Pra

g.

4p

m.

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n I

A

Te

leco

m.

& B

us.

Sys

t.

Bus

. C

om

pu

ter

Pra

g.

~

-..J

AC

CO

UN

TA

NC

Y:

Sem

este

r 3

-Au

tum

n

GR

OU

P E

: A

ccou

ntan

cy

Per

iod

M

ON

DA

Y

TU

ES

DA

Y

9 a

m.

Fin

an

cia

l A

cco

un

tin

g I

10

am

. F

ina

nci

al

Acc

ou

nti

ng

I

11 a

m.

Eco

no

mic

Sta

tist

ics

I F

ina

nci

al

Acc

ou

nti

ng

I

12

E

con

om

ic S

tati

stic

s I

2p

m.

3 p

m.

4p

m.

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

TH

UR

SD

AY

Co

mp

. S

yst.

& P

rog.

E

con

om

ic S

tati

stic

s I

Co

mp

. S

yst.

& P

rog.

M.O

.S.1

1 M

.O.S

.11

M.0

.S.1

1

Bus

ines

s L

aw

11

Bus

ines

s L

aw

11

Bus

ines

s L

aw

11

FR

IDA

Y

Fin

an

cia

l A

cco

un

tin

g I

Fin

an

cia

l A

cco

un

tin

g I

Fin

an

cia

! A

cco

un

tin

g I

Co

mp

. S

yst.

& P

rog.

Co

mp

. S

yst.

& P

rog.

N

;::.

CXl

AC

CO

UN

TA

NC

Y:

Sem

este

r 4

-S

prin

g

GR

OU

P E

: A

cco

un

tan

cy

Per

iod

M

ON

DA

Y

TU

ESD

AY

W

ED

NE

SDA

Y

TH

UR

SDA

Y

9a

m.

Ele

ctiv

e (

Co

mp

. L

aw

II)

C

om

pa

ny

Acc

ou

nti

ng

I

Bus

ines

s S

yste

ms

Des

ign

I Q

ua

nti

tati

ve A

na

lysi

s I

10

am

. C

om

pa

ny

Acc

ou

nti

ng

I

Bus

ines

s S

yste

ms

Des

ign

I

11 a

m.

Qu

an

tita

tive

An

aly

sis

I C

om

pa

ny

Acc

ou

nti

ng

I

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n I

A

Ele

ctiv

e (

Co

mp

. L

aw

II)

12

Q

ua

nti

tati

ve A

na

lysi

s I

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n I

A

Ele

ctiv

e (

Co

mp

. L

aw

II)

2 p

m.

3 p

m.

4p

m.

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n I

A

See

Dep

artm

enta

l A

nn

ou

nce

men

ts f

or E

lect

ive

offe

ring

s.

FR

IDA

Y

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g I

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g I

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g I

Bus

ines

s S

yste

ms

Des

ign

I

Bus

ines

s S

yste

ms

Des

ign

I

N

.J:>

<D

AC

CO

UN

T A

NC

Y:

Sem

este

r 5

-A

utum

n

GR

OU

P F

A

cco

un

tan

cy

-P

erio

d

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SDA

Y

WE

DN

ESD

AY

T

HU

RSD

AY

9 a

m.

Ma

na

ge

ria

l A

cctg

. I

Man

ager

ial

Acc

tg.

I F

ina

nci

al

Mg

mt.

I

10

am

. M

anag

eria

l A

cctg

. I

Man

ager

ial

Acc

tg.

I F

ina

nci

al

Mg

mt.

I

11 a

m.

Man

ager

ial

Acc

tg.

I T

axa

tio

n L

aw

& P

rac.

I

Ma

na

ge

ria

l A

cctg

. I

Fin

an

cia

l M

gm

t. I

12 2p

m.

Ele

ctiv

e

Ele

ctiv

e (

Au

dit

ing

&

Pro

fess

ion

al

Pra

ctic

e)

3 p

m.

Ele

ctiv

e

Ele

ctiv

e (

Au

dit

ing

&

Pro

fess

iona

l P

ract

ice

)

4p

m.

Ele

ctiv

e

Ele

ctiv

e (

Au

dit

ing

&

Pro

fess

ion

al

Pra

ctic

e)

See

De

pa

rtm

en

tal

An

no

un

cem

en

ts f

or

Ele

ctiv

e o

ffe

rin

gs.

FRID

AY

Ta

xati

on

La

w &

Pra

c. I

Ta

xati

on

La

w &

Pra

c. I

IV

(J1

0

AC

CO

UN

TA

NC

Y:

Sem

este

r 5

-A

utu

mn

GR

OU

P F

:

Bus

ines

s C

om

pu

tin

g

Per

iod

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

9 am

. M

anag

eria

l A

cctg

. I

Co

mp

ute

r E

qu

ipm

ent

&

Eva

luat

ion

10

am

. M

anag

eria

l A

cctg

. I

Co

mp

ute

r E

qu

ipm

ent

&

Eva

luat

ion

11 a

m.

Man

ager

ial

Acc

tg.

I C

om

pu

ter

Eq

uip

men

t &

E

valu

atio

n

12

C

om

pu

ter

Sys

tem

s M

gmt.

2 p

m.

Bus

. S

yste

ms

Des

ign

11 E

lect

ive

3p

m.

Bus

. S

yst

ems

Des

ign

11 E

lect

ive

4p

m.

Bus

. S

yst

ems

Des

ign

11 E

lect

ive

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

TH

UR

SD

AY

Man

ager

ial

Acc

tg.

I F

inan

cial

Mgm

t. I

Man

ager

ial

Acc

tg.

I F

inan

cial

Mgm

t. I

Man

ager

ial

Acc

tg.

I F

inan

cial

Mgm

t. I

Bus

. S

yst

ems

Des

ign

11

Co

mp

. S

yst

ems

Mgm

t.

Co

mp

. S

yst

ems

Mgm

t.

Co

mp

. S

yst

ems

Mgm

t.

See

Dep

artm

enta

l A

nn

ou

nce

men

ts f

or E

lect

ive

offe

ring

s

FR

IDA

Y

'-,.)

(.

jl

AC

CO

UN

T A

NC

Y:

Sem

este

r 6

-S

prin

g

GR

OU

P F

A

cco

un

tan

cy

Pe

rio

d

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

9 a

m.

Ma

na

ge

ria

l A

cctg

. 11

10 a

m.

Ma

na

ge

ria

l A

cctg

. 11

11 a

m.

Ma

na

ge

ria

l A

cctg

. 11

ra

xa

tio

n L

aw

&

Pra

ctic

• II

12

2 p

m.

Ele

ctiv

e

3p

m.

Ele

ctiv

e

4p

m.

Ele

ctiv

e

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

TH

UR

SD

AY

Ma

na

ge

ria

l A

cctg

. 11

F

ina

nci

al

Mg

mt.

II

Ma

na

ge

ria

l A

cctg

. 11

F

ina

nci

al

Mg

mt.

11

Ma

na

ge

ria

l A

cctg

. 11

F

ina

nci

al

Mg

mt.

11

'

Au

dit

ing

& P

rofe

ssio

na

l

1 P

ract

ice

11

! Au

dit

ing

& P

rofe

ssio

na

l P

ract

ice

11

I

Au

dit

ing

& P

rofe

ssio

na

l P

ract

ice

11

See

Dep

artm

enta

l A

nn

ou

nce

men

ts f

or E

lect

ive

offe

ring

s.

FR

IDA

Y

, T

axa

tio

n L

aw

& P

ract

ice

\

I II

+ Ta

xa

tio

n L

aw

& P

ract

ice

I

I 11

I I I I I I i

IV

Ul

IV

AC

CO

UN

T A

NC

Y:

Sem

este

r 6

-

GR

OU

P F

·

Bus

ines

s

Per

iod

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

W

ED

NE

SD

AY

T

HU

RS

DA

Y

9 am

. M

anag

eria

l A

cctg

. 11

!Co

mp

ute

r S

ecu

rity

&

.I Co

ntr

ol

Man

ager

ial

Acc

tg.

11

Fin

anci

al M

gmt.

11

10

am

. M

anag

eria

l A

cctg

. 11

)Co

mp

ute

r S

ecu

rity

&

•Con

trol

M

anag

eria

l A

cctg

. 11

Fin

anci

al M

gmt.

II

11 a

m.

Man

ager

ial

Acc

tg.

11

Co

mp

ute

r S

ecu

rity

&

Man

ager

ial

Acc

tg.

11

Fin

anci

al M

gmt.

II

Co

ntr

ol

12

Dat

a B

ase

and

In

pu

t/O

utp

ut

Onl

ine

Sy

stem

s S

ub

syst

ems

2p

m.

Inp

ut/

Ou

tpu

t E

lect

ive

Dat

a B

ase

and

S

ub

syst

ems

On

lin

e S

yst

ems

3 p

m.

Inp

ut/

Ou

tpu

t E

lect

ive

Dat

a B

ase

and

Su

bsy

stem

s O

nli

ne

Sy

stem

s

4 pm

. In

pu

t/O

utp

ut

Ele

ctiv

e D

ata

Bas

e an

d

Su

bsy

stem

s O

nli

ne

Sy

stem

s

See

Dep

artm

enta

l A

nn

ou

nce

men

ts f

or

Ele

ctiv

e of

feri

ngs.

FR

IDA

Y

N

(]l

w

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TIO

N:

Sem

este

r 1

Aut

umn

Per

iod

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

9 a

m.

Intr

o.

to A

ud

io-V

isu

al

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n

10

am

. C

om

mu

nic

ati

on

IA

In

tro

to

Au

dio

.Vis

ua

l C

om

mu

nic

ati

on

11 a

m.

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n I

A

Intr

o.

to A

ud

io-V

isu

al

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n

12

C

om

mu

nic

ati

on

IA

2 p

m.

3 p

m.

4p

m.

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

TH

UR

SD

AY

M.O

.S.

I

Intr

od

ucti

on

to

So

cio

log

y M

.O.S

. I

Intr

od

ucti

on

to

So

cio

log

y !i

ntr

o.

to C

om

mu

nic

ati

on

Intr

od

ucti

on

to

So

cio

log

y In

tro

. to

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n

Intr

o.

to C

om

mu

nic

ati

on

FR

IDA

Y

M.O

.S.

I

N

(.)1

..,

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TIO

N:

Sem

este

r 2

-S

prin

g

Pe

rio

d

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

9 a

m.

Lit

era

ture

& C

om

po

siti

on

In

tro

du

cto

ry M

ark

eti

ng

10

am

. L

ite

ratu

re &

Co

mp

osi

tio

n

Intr

od

ucto

ry M

ark

eti

ng

11 a

m.

Lit

era

ture

& C

om

po

siti

on

In

tro

du

cto

ry M

ark

eti

ng

12

G

ener

al E

con

om

ics

2p

m.

Gen

eral

Eco

no

mic

s A

ust

ralia

n S

tud

ies

3p

m.

Gen

eral

Eco

no

mic

s A

ust

ralia

n S

tud

ies

4p

m.

Au

stra

lian

Stu

die

s

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

TH

UR

SD

AY

M.0

.S.1

1

Intr

o.

to S

oci

al

En

qu

iry

M.0

.S.1

1

Intr

o. to

So

cia

l E

nq

uir

y

Intr

o.

to S

oci

al

En

qu

iry

Lit

era

ture

& C

om

po

siti

on

Lit

era

ture

& C

om

po

siti

on

Lit

era

ture

& C

om

po

siti

on

FR

IDA

Y

M.O

.S.1

1

Fu

nd

am

en

tals

of

Ph

oto

gra

ph

y

Fu

nd

am

en

tals

of

Ph

oto

gra

ph

y

Fu

nd

am

en

tals

of

Ph

oto

gra

ph

y

"-l

(J1

(J

1

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TIO

N:

Sem

este

r 3

-A

utu

mn

Per

iod

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SDA

Y

9 a

m.

Intr

o.

to P

ub

I ic

Re

lati

on

s

10

am

. B

usin

ess

& S

oci

ety

In

tro

. to

Pu

blic

Re

lati

on

s

11 a

m.

Bus

ines

s &

So

cie

ty

Intr

o.

to P

ub I i

c R

ela

tio

ns

12

B

usin

ess

& S

oci

ety

E

lect

ive

A

2 p

m.

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n i

n S

ma

ll E

lect

ive

D

Gro

up

s

3 p

m.

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n i

n S

ma

ll E

lect

ive

D

Gro

up

s

4 p

m.

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n i

n S

ma

ll E

lect

ive

D

Gro

up

s

Ele

ctiv

e A

-S

urve

y R

esea

rch

Ele

ctiv

e B

-R

adio

& T

V W

riti

ng

See

Dep

artm

enta

l A

nn

oun

cem

ents

for

Ele

ctiv

e of

feri

ngs

.

WE

DN

ESD

AY

T

HU

RSD

AY

New

s W

riti

ng

& R

ep

ort

ing

E

lect

ive

A

New

s W

riti

ng

& R

ep

ort

ing

E

lect

ive

A

Ne

ws

Wri

tin

g &

Re

po

rtin

g

Ele

ctiv

e B

Ele

ctiv

e B

E

lect

ive

B

Intr

od

ucti

on

to

A

dve

rtis

ing

Intr

od

ucti

on

to

A

dve

rtis

ing

Intr

od

ucti

on

to

A

dve

rtis

ing

FR

IDA

Y

Ele

ctiv

e C

Ele

ctiv

e C

Ele

ctiv

e C

New

s W

riti

ng

& R

ep

ort

ing

Ne

ws

Wri

tin

g &

Re

po

rtin

g

Ne

ws

Wri

tin

g &

Re

po

rtin

g

N

01

()

)

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TIO

N:

Sem

este

r 4

-S

prin

g

Per

iod

M

ON

DA

Y

TU

ES

DA

Y

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

9 a

m.

Me

dia

Str

ate

gy/

Ma

ga

zin

e

& F

ea

ture

Wri

tin

g

10

am

. La

ngua

ge,

Sty

le a

nd

M

ed

ia S

tra

teg

y/M

ag

azi

ne

R

ea

da

bili

ty

& F

ea

ture

Wri

tin

g

...

11 a

m.

Lang

uage

, S

tyle

and

M

ed

ia S

tra

teg

y/M

ag

azi

ne

R

ea

da

bili

ty

& F

ea

ture

Wri

tin

g

12

La

ngua

ge,

Sty

le a

nd

R

ea

da

bili

ty

Acc

ou

nti

ng

De

cisi

on

s IA

E

lect

ive

P

2 p

m.

Ad

vert

isin

g C

op

ywri

tin

g

Ele

ctiv

e R

E

lect

ive

S

/Ed

itin

g &

La

yo

ut

3 p

m.

Ad

vert

isin

g C

op

ywri

tin

g

Ele

ctiv

e R

E

lect

ive

S

/Ed

itin

g &

La

you

t

4p

m.

Ad

vert

isin

g C

op

yw

riti

ng

E

lect

ive

R

Ele

ctiv

e S

/E

dit

ing

& L

ayo

ut

Ele

ctiv

e Q

-M

oder

n L

itera

ture

and

F

ilm

Ele

ctiv

e S

-A

dvan

ced

Ad

min

istr

ativ

e C

om

mu

nic

atio

n

See

Dep

artm

enta

l A

nn

ou

nce

men

ts f

or

Ele

ctiv

e o

ffer

ing

s.

TH

UR

SD

AY

Acc

ou

nti

ng

De

cisi

on

s IA

Acc

ou

nti

ng

De

cisi

on

s IA

Ele

ctiv

e P

Ele

ctiv

e P

Ad

vert

isin

g C

op

yw

riti

ng

/E

dit

ing

& L

ayo

ut

Ad

vert

isin

g C

op

yw

riti

ng

/E

dit

ing

& L

ayo

ut

Ad

vert

isin

g C

op

yw

riti

ng

/E

dit

ing

& L

ayo

ut

FR

IDA

Y

Ele

ctiv

e Q

Ele

ctiv

e Q

Ele

ctiv

e Q

Pu

blic

ity M

eth

od

s

Pu

blic

ity

Me

tho

ds

Pu

blic

ity M

eth

od

s

!\..

) (J

1

-...J

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TIO

N:

Sem

este

r 5

-A

utum

n

Per

iod

M

ON

DA

Y

TU

ES

DA

Y

I W

ED

NE

SD

AY

9 am

. C

om

mu

nic

ati

on

& P

ub

lic

lect

ive

E

Op

inio

n

I 1

0 a

m.

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n &

Pu

blic

I

Op

inio

n

: E: 1

ectiv

e E

11 a

m.

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n &

Pu

blic

1

Op

inio

n

: Ele

ctiv

e F

12

E

lect

ive

E

E

lect

ive

F

2 p

m.

Ad

min

istr

ati

ve

In

du

stri

al

Pre

ss

1 Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n

Adm

1n1s

trat

1ve

..

3 p

m.

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n

Ind

ust

ria

l P

ress

4 p

m.

i Ad

min

istr

ati

ve

In

du

stri

al

Pre

ss

•Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n

See

Dep

artm

enta

l A

nnou

ncem

ents

for

E

lect

ive

offe

ring

s.

TH

UR

SD

AY

Ad

vert

isin

g M

an

ag

em

en

t

•. 1-\d

vert

isin

g M

an

ag

em

en

•

·' Ad

vert

isin

g M

an

ag

em

er

Ele

ctiv

e F

La

w &

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n

La

w &

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n

La

w &

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n

-

FR

IDA

Y

Ele

ctiv

e G

t:le

ctiv

e G

I

Ele

ctiv

e G

Ind

ust

ria

l P

ress

Ind

ust

ria

l P

ress

Ind

ust

ria

l P

ress

N

(JI co

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TIO

N:

Sem

este

r 6

-S

prin

g

Per

iod

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

W

ED

NE

SD

AY

9 a

m.

Pu

blic

Aff

air

s R

ep

ort

ing

F

ilm

& M

ass

Co

mm

. A

dve

rtis

ing

Ca

mp

aig

ns

10 a

m.

Pu

blic

Aff

air

s R

ep

ort

ing

F

ilm

& M

ass

Co

mm

. A

dve

rtis

ing

Ca

mp

aig

ns

11 a

m.

Pu

blic

Aff

air

s R

ep

ort

ing

F

ilm

& M

ass

Co

mm

. A

dve

rtis

ing

Ca

mp

aig

ns

12

Pu

blic

Aff

air

s R

ep

ort

ing

E

lect

ive

P

2 p

m.

Pu

blic

Re

lati

on

s P

ract

ice

E

lect

ive

R

Ele

ctiv

e S

3p

m,

Pu

blic

Re

lati

on

s P

ract

ice

E

lect

ive

R

Ele

ctiv

e S

'•

4 p

m.

Pu

blic

Re

lati

on

s P

ract

ice

E

lect

ive

R

Ele

ctiv

e S

See

Dep

artm

enta

l A

nn

ou

nce

men

ts f

or

Ele

ctiv

e o

ffer

ing

s.

TH

UR

SD

AY

Pu

blic

Aff

air

s R

ep

ort

ing

i

-··-~

'Pu

blic A

ffa

irs R

ep

ort

ing

Ele

ctiv

e P

Ele

ctiv

e P

Pub

I ic

Re

lati

on

s P

ract

ice

I Pu

blic

Re

lati

on

s P

ract

1co

1 -

I Pub

lic R

ela

tio

ns

Pra

ctic

e

FR

IDA

Y

Ele

ctiv

e Q

Ele

ctiv

e Q

Ele

ctiv

e Q

Ad

vert

isin

g C

am

pa

ign

s

Ad

vert

isin

g C

am

pa

ign

s

Ad

vert

isin

g C

am

pa

ign

s

"'.

) (J

1

(0

MA

NA

GE

ME

NT

: Se

mes

ter

1 -

Aut

umn

Per

iod

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

W

ED

NE

SD

AY

9 a

m.

10

am

. M

.0.S

. I

11 a

m.

M.O

.S.

I M

acr

o E

con

om

ic A

na

lysi

-1

2

M.0

.S.

I M

acr

o E

con

om

ic A

na

lysi

s

2p

m.

Intr

od

ucto

ry

Intr

od

ucto

ry

Acc

ou

nti

ng

I

'.\cc

ou

ntin

g

I

3p

m.

Intr

od

ucto

ry

, 1 n

tro

du

cto

ry

Acc

ou

nti

ng

I

: Acc

ou

nti

ng

I

4p

m.

TH

UR

SD

AY

! i Q

ua

nti

tati

ve M

eth

od

s I B

· Qu

an

tita

tive

Me

tho

ds

18

Qu

an

tita

tive

Me

tho

ds

I B

' Intr

od

ucto

ry

Acc

ou

nti

ng

I

Intr

od

ucto

ry

Acc

ou

nti

ng

I

I F

RID

AY

1·

l

Ma

cro

Eco

no

mic

An

aly

sis!

C:o

mm

un

ica

tio

n i

n

Bus

ines

s

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n i

n

; i3

usin

ess

""" __

___ ._

--

I C

om

mu

nic

ati

on

in

B

usin

ess

N

Ol

0

MA

NA

GE

ME

NT

: S

emes

ter

2 -

Spri

ng

Per

iod

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

9 a

m.

Qu

an

tita

tive

Me

tho

ds

IA

Intr

od

ucto

ry M

ark

eti

ng

10

am

. Q

ua

nti

tati

ve M

eth

od

s IA

In

tro

du

cto

ry M

ark

eti

ng

11 a

m.

I Qu

an

tita

tive

Me

tho

ds

I A

,M.O

.S.1

1

12

In

tro

du

cto

ry M

ark

eti

ng

M

.O.S

.11

2p

m.

Intr

od

ucto

ry

Intr

od

ucto

ry

Acc

ou

nti

ng

II B

A

cco

un

tin

g l

lB

3 p

m.

Intr

od

ucto

ry

Intr

od

ucto

ry

Acc

ou

nti

ng

11 B

A

cco

un

tin

g I

IB

4p

m.

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

TH

UR

SD

AY

M.0

.S.1

1

Mic

ro E

con

om

ic A

na

lysi

s

Mic

ro E

con

om

ic A

na

lysi

s

Intr

od

ucto

ry

Acc

ou

nti

ng

I IB

Intr

od

ucto

ry

Acc

ou

nti

ng

II B

FR

IDA

Y

Mic

ro E

con

om

ic A

na

lysi

s

N

0)

MA

NA

GE

ME

NT

: S

emes

ter

3 -

Aut

umn

Per

iod

M

ON

DA

Y

TU

ES

DA

Y

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

TH

UR

SD

AY

9am

. M

.O.S

. ll

lA

Co

mp

ute

r S

yst

ems

&

M.0

.S.

lllA

P

rogr

amm

ing

10 a

m.

M.0

.S.

lllA

C

om

pu

ter

Sys

tem

s &

E

cono

mic

Sta

tist

ics

I P

rogr

amm

ing

11 a

m.

Eco

nom

ic S

tati

stic

s I

Ele

ctiv

e

12

Eco

nom

ic S

tati

stic

s I

Ele

ctiv

e

2 pm

. M

.O.S

. 11

1 B/B

usin

ess

Ele

ctiv

e I M

.O.S

. 11

1 B/

Ana

lysi

s/P

rom

otio

nal

Pro

mot

iona

l S

trat

egy

Str

ateg

y

3 pm

. M

.0.S

. 11

1 Bl B

usin

ess

Ele

ctiv

e I M

.O.S

. ll

lB/

Ana

lysi

s/P

rom

otio

nal

j Pro

mot

iona

l S

trat

egy

'---

Str

ateg

y

I --

--·

4p

m.

Bus

ines

s A

naly

sis

Ele

ctiv

e

See

Dep

artm

enta

l A

nn

ou

nce

men

ts f

or E

lect

ive

offe

ring

s.

FR

IDA

Y

Ele

ctiv

e

Ele

ctiv

e

Co

mp

ute

r S

yste

ms

&

Pro

gram

min

g

Co

mp

ute

r S

yst

ems

&

Pro

gram

min

g

N

(5)

N

MA

NA

GE

ME

NT

: S

emes

ter

4 -

Spr

ing

Per

iod

M

ON

DA

Y

TU

ESD

AY

W

ED

NE

SDA

Y

TH

UR

SDA

Y

9 a

m.

M.0

.S.

IVA

M

.0.S

. IV

A

10 a

m.

M.O

.S.

IVA

11 a

m.

Au

st.

Na

tio

na

l G

ovt

. B

E

lect

ive

12

!A

ust

. N

ati

on

al

Go

vt.

B

Ele

ctiv

e

----

--2

pm

M

.0.S

. !V

B/B

usi

ne

ss

Ele

ctiv

e

M.O

.S.

!VB

/Ma

rke

tin

g

Str

ate

gy

/Ma

rke

tin

g

Res

earc

h P

rin

cip

les

Res

earc

h P

rin

cip

les

'----· -

·' ---

3p

m

M.0

.S.

!VB

/Bu

sin

ess

E

lect

ive

M

.0.S

. !V

B/M

ark

eti

ng

S

tra

teg

y /M

ark

eti

ng

R

esea

rch

Pri

nci

ple

s R

esea

rch

Pri

nci

ple

s ---~

4p

m.

Bus

ines

s S

tra

teg

y E

lect

ive

See

Dep

artm

enta

l A

nnou

ncem

ents

for

Ele

ctiv

e of

feri

ngs.

FRID

AY

Ele

ctiv

e

Ele

ctiv

e

Au

st.

Na

tio

na

l G

ovt

. B

N

Ol

w

MA

NA

GE

ME

NT

: S

emes

ter

5 -

Au

tum

n

Peri

od

MO

ND

AY

9am

.

10

am

.

11 a

m.

I Bus

ines

s F

inan

ce I

12

B

usin

ess

Fin

ance

I

2 pm

. I E

lect

ive

3 pm

. I E

lect

ive

4 pm

. I E

lect

ive

TU

ESD

AY

W

ED

NE

SDA

Y

TH

UR

SDA

Y

FRID

AY

"'"°"

"'' M

gmU

I

I 'M

arke

ting

Res

earc

h P

roje

ct/I

J

Mgm

t. E

con.

Ele

ctiv

e

!Per

sonn

el M

gmt.

/ . i

Vl.

0.S

. V

Ele

ctiv

e

!Mar

keti

ng R

esea

rch

Pro

jecv

l '.M

gmt.

Eco

n. E

lect

ive

·

Per

sonn

el M

gmt.

/ i V

l.0.

S.

V

Mar

keti

ng R

esea

rch

Pro

ject

i M

gmt.

Eco

n. E

lect

ive

M.0

.S.

V

Intr

od

uct

ory

Leg

al

Stu

dies

In

tro

du

cto

ry L

egal

S

tudi

es

Intr

od

uct

ory

Leg

al

Stu

dies

Bus

ines

s F

inan

ce I

M.0

.S.

V

M.0

.S.

V

M.O

.S.

V

See

Dep

artm

enta

l A

nnou

ncem

ents

for

Ele

ctiv

e of

feri

ngs.

Ele

ctiv

e

Ele

ctiv

e

N

Ol ~

MA

NA

GE

ME

NT

: Se

mes

ter

6 -

Spri

ng

Per

iod

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

W

ED

NE

SD

AY

T

HU

RS

DA

Y

9 am

. E

lect

ive

10

am

. E

lect

ive

M

.0.S

. V

I

11 a

m.

Bus

ines

s F

ina

nce

11

Ele

ctiv

e

M.0

.S.

VI

12

B

usin

ess

Fin

ance

11

M.0

.S.

VI

Bus

ines

s F

ina

nce

11

2p

m.

Ele

ctiv

e

M.0

.S.

VI

3 p

m.

Ele

ctiv

e

M.O

.S.

VI

4p

m.

Ele

ctiv

e

M.O

.S.

VI

See

De

pa

rtm

en

tal

An

no

un

cem

en

ts f

or

Ele

ctiv

e o

ffe

rin

gs.

FR

IDA

Y

Ele

ctiv

e

Ele

ctiv

e

Ele

ctiv

e

N

0)

(.Jl

PUB

LIC

A

DM

INIS

TR

AT

ION

: Se

mes

ter

1 -

Aut

umn

Peri

od

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

9 a

m.

Au

st.

Na

tio

na

l G

ovt

. A

10

am

. A

ust

. N

ati

on

al

Go

vt.

A

11 a

m.

1 A

ust

. N

ati

on

al

Go

vt.

A

M.O

.S.

I

12

A

ust

ralia

n A

dm

in.

M.O

.S.

I D

eve

lop

me

nt

2 p

m.

Acc

. fo

r A

dm

inis

tra

tors

/ In

tro

. A

cco

un

tin

g I

In

tro

. A

cco

un

tin

g I

3p

m.

Acc

. fo

r A

dm

inis

tra

tors

/ In

tro

. A

cco

un

tin

g I

in

tro

. A

cco

un

tin

g I

.. -

-4

pm

. A

cco

un

tan

cy f

or

1 A

dm

inis

tra

tors

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

M.0

.S.

I

Mic

ro/M

acro

E

con

om

ic A

na

lysi

s

Mic

ro/M

acro

E

con

om

ic A

na

lysi

s

TH

UR

SD

AY

Au

st.

Na

tio

na

l G

ovt

. A

Intr

o.

Acc

ou

nti

ng

I

Intr

o.

Acc

ou

nti

ng

I

FR

IDA

Y

Mic

ro/M

acro

E

con

om

ic A

na

lvsi

s

Ad

min

. R

esea

rch

I

Ad

min

. R

esea

rch

I

Ad

min

. R

esea

rch

I

N en

0)

PU

BL

IC

AD

MIN

IST

RA

TIO

N:

Sem

este

r 2

-S

prin

g

Per

iod

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SDA

Y

9 a

m.

10

am

. In

tro

. to

Pu

blic

Ad

m in

.

11 a

m.

Intr

o.

to P

ub

lic A

dm

in.

M.O

.S.

II

12

S

tate

Go

vern

me

nt

M.0

.S.

II

2 p

m.

Intr

o.

to P

ub

lic A

dm

in.

3p

m.

Intr

o.

to P

ub

lic A

dm

in.

4p

m.

WE

DN

ESD

AY

T

HU

RSD

AY

Ad

min

. A

na

lysi

s

M.0

.S.1

1

Ad

min

. A

na

lysi

s -A

dm

in.

An

aly

sis

FR

IDA

Y

Sta

te G

ove

rnm

en

t

Sta

te G

ove

rnm

en

t

N

(J)

-...!

PUB

LIC

A

DM

INIS

TR

AT

ION

: S

emes

ter

3 -

Au

tum

n

Pe

rio

d

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

W

ED

NE

SD

AY

T

HU

RS

DA

Y

9 am

. M

.O.S

. lllA

M

.O.S

. lllA

10

am

. M

.0.S

. lllA

11 a

m.

12

2 p

m.

Loca

l G

ove

rnm

en

t P

ub

lic A

dm

in.

Pri

nci

ple

s P

ub

lic A

dm

in.

Pri

nci

ple

s

3p

m.

Loca

l G

ove

rnm

en

t P

ub

lic A

dm

in.

Pr•

ncip

les

4p

m.

Loca

l G

ove

rnm

en

t P

ub

lic A

dm

in.

Pri

nci

ple

s

See

Dep

artm

enta

l A

nn

ou

nce

men

ts f

or E

lect

ive

offe

ring

s.

FR

IDA

Y

Pu

blic

Se

cto

r In

du

stri

al

Re

latio

ns

Pu

blic

Se

cto

r In

du

stri

al

Re

latio

ns

Pub

I ic

Se

cto

r In

du

stri

al

Re

latio

ns

~

Cl)

CX

l

PUBL

IC A

DM

INIS

TRA

TIO

N :

Sem

este

r 4

-Sp

ring

Per

iod

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

W

ED

NE

SD

AY

T

HU

RS

DA

Y

9 a

m.

Co

mp

ute

r S

yste

ms

&

Pro

ara

mm

ina

10

am

. C

om

pu

ter

Sys

tem

s &

P

rog

ram

min

g

11 a

m.

12

2p

m.

Pub

I ic

Per

sonn

el P

ract

ice

s P

ub

lic P

erso

nnel

Pra

ctic

es

La

w f

or

Ad

min

istr

ato

rs

3 p

m.

Pu

blic

Per

sonn

el P

ract

ice

s L

aw

fo

r A

dm

inis

tra

tors

4p

m.

Pu

blic

Per

sonn

el P

ract

ice

s L

aw

fo

r A

dm

inis

tra

tors

See

Dep

artm

enta

l A

nnou

ncem

ents

for

Ele

ctiv

e of

feri

ngs.

FR

IDA

Y

Fin

an

cia

l A

dm

in.

Fin

an

cia

l A

dm

in.

Fin

an

cia

l A

dm

in.

Co

mp

ute

r S

yste

ms

&

Pro

c:ira

mm

inq

Co

mp

ute

r S

yste

ms

&

Pro

ora

mm

ina

N

(j) co

PUB

LIC

A

DM

INIS

TR

AT

ION

-Se

mes

ter

5 -

Aut

umn

Perio

d M

ON

DA

Y

TU

ES

DA

Y

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

TH

UR

SD

AY

9 a

m.

10

am

. P

ub

lic A

dm

in.

Ele

ctiv

e

11 a

m.

Pu

blic

Ad

min

. E

lect

ive

12

P

ub

lic A

dm

in.

Ele

ctiv

e

2 p

m.

Pu

blic

Ad

min

istr

ati

on

&

Pu

blic

Ad

min

istr

ati

on

&

Pu

blic

Po

licy

the

Co

mm

un

itv

the

Co

mm

un

itv

3 p

m.

Pu

blic

Ad

min

istr

ati

on

&

Pu

blic

Po

licy

the

Co

mm

un

itv

4 p

m.

Pu

blic

Ad

min

istr

ati

on

&

Pu

blic

Po

licy

the

Co

mm

un

itv

See

Dep

artm

enta

l A

nn

ou

nce

men

ts f

or E

lect

ive

offe

ring

s.

FR

IDA

Y

f\J

-..J

0

PU

BL

IC

AD

MIN

IST

RA

TIO

N:

Sem

este

r 6

Spri

ng

Peri

od

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SDA

Y

WE

DN

ESD

AY

T

HU

RSD

AY

9a

m.

10

am

. P

ub

lic A

dm

in,

Ele

ctiv

e

Pu

blic

Ad

min

. E

lect

ive

11 a

m.

Pu

blic

Ad

min

. E

lect

ive

P

ub

lic A

dm

in.

Ele

ctiv

e

12

P

ub

lic A

dm

in.

Ele

ctiv

e

Pu

blic

Ad

min

, E

lect

ive

2p

m.

Co

nte

mp

ora

ry A

dm

in.

Co

nte

mp

ora

ry A

dm

in.

3p

m.

Co

nte

mp

ora

ry A

dm

in.

Co

nte

mp

ora

ry A

dm

in.

4p

m.

Co

nte

mp

ora

ry A

dm

in.

See

Dep

artm

enta

l A

nn

ou

nce

men

ts f

or E

lect

ive

offe

ring

s.

FR

IDA

Y

"" -...J

FIR

ST

Y

EA

R

ST

UD

EN

TS

-A

SS

OC

IAT

E

DIP

LO

MA

IN

B

US

INE

SS

Sem

este

r 1

-A

utu

mn

Per

iod

M

ON

DA

Y

TU

ES

DA

Y

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

9a

m.

Qu

an

tita

tive

Bus

ines

s A

na

lysi

s A

10

am

. Q

ua

nti

tati

ve B

usin

ess

An

aly

sis

A

11 a

m.

Bus

ines

s D

ata

Pro

c. I

Q

ua

nti

tati

ve B

usin

ess

An

aly

sis

A

12

B

usin

ess

Da

ta P

roc.

I

Bus

ines

s In

fo.

Sys

tem

s I

2p

m.

Ind

ivid

ua

l B

eh

avi

ou

r F

ina

nci

al

Acc

ou

nti

ng

P

roce

dure

s

3p

m.

Ind

ivid

ua

l B

eh

avi

ou

r F

ina

nci

al

Acc

ou

nti

ng

P

roce

du

res

4p

m.

Ind

ivid

ua

l B

eh

avi

ou

r F

ina

nci

al

Acc

ou

nti

ng

P

roce

du

res

TH

UR

SD

AY

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n i

n

Co

mm

erc

e A

/ B

us.

Info

rma

tio

n S

yste

ms

I

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n i

n

Co

mm

erc

e A

/ B

us.

Info

rma

tio

n S

yste

ms

I

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n i

n C

om

me

rce

A

Fin

an

cia

l A

cco

un

tin

g

Pro

cedu

res

Fin

an

cia

l A

cco

un

tin

g

Pro

cedu

res

Fin

an

cia

l A

cco

un

tin

g

Pr~rar« I

rf><

FR

IDA

Y

Bus

ines

s D

ata

Pro

c. I

Bus

ines

s D

ata

Pro

c. I

N

-...J

N

FIR

ST

Y

EA

F.

ST

UD

EN

TS

-

AS

SO

CIA

TE

D

IPL

OM

A

IN

BU

SIN

ES

S

Sem

este

r 2

-Sp

ring

Per

iod

M

ON

DA

Y

TU

ESD

AY

W

ED

NE

SDA

Y

9 a

m.

Qu

an

tita

tive

Bus

ines

s A

na

lysi

s B

10

am

. Q

ua

nti

tati

ve B

usin

ess

An

aly

sis

B

11 a

m.

Sys

tem

s A

na

lysi

s a

nd

Q

ua

nti

tati

ve B

usin

ess

Des

ign

I A

na

lysi

s B

12

S

yste

ms

An

aly

sis

an

d

Des

ign

I

2 p

m.

Gro

up

Be

ha

vio

ur

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g

Pro

cedu

res

i I 3

pm

. G

rou

p B

eh

avi

ou

r C

om

pa

ny

Acc

ou

nti

ng

P

roce

du

res

4p

m.

Gro

up

Be

ha

vio

ur

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g

Pro

ced

ure

s

TH

UR

SDA

Y

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n i

n

Co

mm

erc

e B

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n i

n

Co

mm

erc

e B

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n i

n C

om

me

rce

B

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g

Pro

ced

ure

s

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g

Pro

ced

ure

s

Co

mp

an

y A

cco

un

tin

g

IPrn

rPr1

1.-

or

FRID

AY

Sys

tem

s A

na

lysi

s an

d

Des

ign

I

"-.)

'-.

! w

AS

SO

CIA

TE

D

IPL

OM

A

IN

BU

SIN

ES

S

Sem

este

r 3

-A

utum

n

Per

iod

MO

ND

AY

T

UE

SD

AY

9am

. B

us.

Info

rm.

Sys

tem

s 11

10 a

m.

Bus

. In

form

. S

yste

ms

11

Bus

. In

form

. S

yste

ms

11

11 a

m.

Aus

tral

ian

Gov

ernm

ent

12

Aus

tral

ian

Gov

ernm

ent

2p

m.

Sys

tem

s A

naly

sis

and

Adv

. A

cctg

. P

roce

dure

s D

esig

n 11

3p

m.

Sys

tem

s A

naly

sis

and

Adv

. A

cctg

. P

roce

dure

s/

Des

ign

II B

us.

Dat

a P

roc.

11

4p

m.

Sys

tem

s A

naly

sis

and

Adv

. A

cctg

. P

roce

dure

s/

Des

ign

11

Bus

. D

ata

Pro

c. 1

1

WE

DN

ES

DA

Y

Pri

ncip

les

of

Sup

ervi

sion

Intr

o. M

icro

Eco

no

mic

s/

Intr

o. M

acro

Eco

nom

ics

Intr

o. M

icro

Eco

no

mic

s/

Intr

o. M

acro

Eco

nom

ics

Intr

o. M

icro

Eco

nom

ics/

In

tro.

Mac

ro E

cono

mic

s

TH

UR

SD

AY

Com

mun

icat

ion

in

Com

mer

ce A

Co

mm

un

icat

ion

in

Com

mer

ce A

Com

mun

icat

ion

in

Com

mer

ce A

Aus

tral

ian

Gov

ernm

ent

Adv

. A

cctg

. P

roce

dure

s

Adv

. A

cctg

. P

roce

dure

s/

Bus

. D

ata

Pro

c. 1

1

Adv

. A

cctg

. P

roce

dure

s/

Bus

. D

ata

Pro

c. 1

1

FR

IDA

Y

Pri

ncip

les

of S

uper

visi

on

Pri

ncip

les

of

Sup

ervi

sion

Bus

. D

ata

Pro

c. 1

1

Bus

. D

ata

Pro

c. 1

1

N

-..J

.l:>

AS

SO

CIA

TE

D

IPL

OM

A

IN

BU

SIN

ES

S

Sem

este

r 4

-Sp

ring

Perio

d M

OND

AY

TUES

DA

Y

9am

. B

us.

Dat

a P

roc.

111

C

ost

Acc

tg.

Pro

cedu

res

10

am

. B

us.

Dat

a P

roc.

111

C

ost

Acc

tg.

Pro

cedu

res

11 a

m.

Aus

t. B

usin

ess

and

Cos

t A

cctg

.

Soc

iety

P

roce

dure

s

12

Aus

t. B

usin

ess

and

Soc

iety

2p

m.

Sys

tem

s A

naly

sis

and

Des

ign

Ill

Bus

. D

ata

Pro

c. 1

11

3p

m.

Sys

tem

s A

naly

sis

and

B

us.

Dat

a P

roc.

111

D

esig

n Il

l

4p

m.

Sys

tem

s A

naly

sis

and

Des

ign

111

WED

NES

DA

Y

THU

RSD

AY

Cos

t A

cctg

. P

roce

dure

s II

I

Eco

nom

ic G

eogr

aphy

/ C

ost

Acc

tg.

Cur

rent

Eco

n. I

ssue

s P

roce

dure

s 11

1

Eco

nom

ic G

eogr

aphy

/ C

ost

Acc

tg.

Cur

rent

Eco

n. I

ssue

s P

roce

dure

s 11

1

Eco

nom

ic G

eogr

aphy

/ A

ust.

Bus

ines

s an

d C

urre

nt E

con.

Iss

ues

Soc

iety

FRID

AY

Mer

cant

ile

Law

Mer

cant

ile

Law

Mer

cant

ile

Law

N

......,

01

Timetable Part-time

278

TIMETABLES

Timetables included in the Handbook are tentative timetables only. Each department is responsible for displaying the finalised timetable and the room allocations. This information will be displayed during the first week of each semester.

279

TENTATIVE 1980 AUTUMN SEMESTER TIMETABLE - PART-TIME

SUBJECT Mon. Tues. Wed. Thur. Fri.

Accountancy for Administrators 6-9

Accounting Decisions IA 6-9

Accounting Principles I 6-9

Administration Research 6-9 ~-

Advanced Cost Accounting 6-9

Advanced Financial Accounting 6-9

Advanced Organisational Psychology 6-9

Advertising Copywriting 6-9&6-9

Auditing & Professional Practice I 6-9

Auditing & Professional Practice 11 6-9

Australian Government 6-9

Australian Literature & Film 6-9

Australian National Government A 5-9

Australian National Government B 6-9 6-9

Australian Studies 6-9

Business Analysis 6 -9

Business Data Processing I 5.30-9.30

Business Finance I 6-9

Business Information Systems I 6-9

Business Information Systems 11 6-9

Business Law I 6-9 6-9

Business Law 11 6-9

Business Systems Design I 5.30-9.30

Business Systems Design 11 5.30-9.30

Commercial Law I 6-9

Communication IA 6-9 6-9 6-9

Communication I IA 6-9 6-9 6-9

Communication in Business 6-9 6-9

Communication in Commerce A 6-9

Company Accounting I 6-9 & 6-9 -

Company Accounting Procedures 6-9 & 6-9

Company Law I 6-9

Company Law 11 6-9

Computer Equipment & Evaluation 6-9

Computer Systems & Programming 5.30-9.30

Computer Systems Management 5.30-9.30

Computers & Data Processing I 6-9

Computers, Statistics and the Auditor 6-9

Consumer Behaviour 6-9

280

SUBJECT Mon. Tues. Wed. Thur. Fri.

Consumer Decision Making 6-9 -- -·~·-····· ···-· ··-· ..

Contemporary Auditing Thought & Problems 6-9

Contemporary Managerial Thought & Problems 6-9

Cost Accounting Procedures 6-9 & 6-9 Cost Benefit Analysis 6-9 Counselling & Guidance 6-9

~

Economic Development 6-9 Economic Project Evaluation 6-9 Economic Statistics I 6-9 Editing & Layout 6. 9& 6. 9

Films & Mass Communication 6-9 Finance A 6·9 Financial Accounting I 6-9 & 6-9 Financial Accounting Procedures 6-9 & 6-9 Financial Management I 6 9 Financial Management 11 6-9 Fum:1amentals of Photography 6-9

General Economics 6 9 -·

Government Accounting & Finance I 6-9 Health Administration Finance 6-9 Health Care Economics I 6-9 Individual Behaviour 6 .9

Individual Ideology & Society 6-9 Industrial Relations IA 6-9 Industrial Relations Systems 6-9

International Marketing 6-9

Introductory Accounting I 6-9 & 6-9

Introductory Accounting llA 6-9 & 6-9

Introductory Legal Studies 6·9

Introductory Marketing 6-9

Introduction to Communication 6-9

Introduction to Finance 4-7

Introduction to Macro Economics 6-9

Introduction to Micro Economics 6-9

Introduction to Public Relations 6-9

Introduction to Social Enquiry 6-9

Language, Style & Readability 6-9

Literature & Composition 6-9&6-9 f--·

Local Government 6-9 Local Govt. Admin. Practice I 6-9 Macro Economic Analysis \6-9 6-9 Magazine & Feature Writing 6-9

281

SUBJECT Mon. Tues. Wed. Thur. Fri.

Management & Organisational Science I 6-9 6-9 -- -------- ---- r--- - - """"" "

Management & Organisational Science 11 6-9 6-9

Management & Organisational Science II IA 6-9 6-9 -Management & Organisational Science 111 B 5-9

Management & Organisational Science V 6-9 & 6-9 Management & Planning Models 6-9 Management & Social Issues B 6-9 Managerial Accounting I 6-9 & 6-9 Managerial Accounting 11

-- ,_____ __ 6-9 & 6-9

Managerial Psychology 6-9 --Market Research Projects 6-9

--r------Media Strategy 6-9

-------Medical Sociology 6-9

- -Micro Economics 6-9 Micro Economic Analysis 6-9 Organisational Communication A 6-9 Organisational Systems 6-9

--Personnel Administration 6-9

-Personnel Management 6-9 Personnel Training & Development I 6-9 Political Framework 6-9

Principles of Supervision 6-9

Promotional Policy and Methods 6-9

Promotional Strategy 5-9

Public Admin. & the Community 5-9 --Public Admin. Principles 5-9

Public Finance & Accounts I 6-9

Public Policy 6-9

Public Sector Industrial Relations 6-9 Publicity Methods 6-9 Quantitative Analysis I 6-9 Quantitative Analysis 11 6-9 Quantitative Business Analysis A 6-9 Quantitative Methods IA 6-9 Quantitative Methods 18 6-9 Radio and TV Writing 6-9

Research Design in Marketing 6-9

Speech and Drama 6-9

Survey Research 6-9

Systems Analysis 6-9

Systems Analysis & Design 11 6-9

Taxation Law & Practice I 6-9

282

SUBJECT Mon. Tues. Wed. Thur. Fri.

Taxation Law & Practice 11 6-9

Techniques of Managerial Analysis 6-9

Transport Economics 6-9 Youth and Work 6-9

Repeat classes for subjects not in the timetable for the normal course programme will be offered depending on student numbers and availability of staff.

283

TENTATIVE 1980 SPRING SEMESTER TIMETABLE - PART-TIME

SUBJE.CT Mon. Tues. Wed. Thur. Fri.

Accounting Principles 11 6-9 ~---- --- ·---

Administration Analysis 6-9 --

Administrative Communication 6-9

Advanced Accounting Procedures 6-9 & 6-9 -

Advanced Business Finance 6-9

Advanced Marketing 6-9

Advertising Campaigns 6-9&6-9

Advanced Tax Law & Estate Planning 6-9

Advertising Management 6-9 , _____ Applied Health Care Analysis 6-9

Audio-Visual Production Techniques 6-9

Audio-Visual Seminar By Arrangement ----

Auditing & Professional Practice I 6-9

Auditing & Professional Practice 11 6-9

Australian Business & Society 6-9 ------

Australian National Government B 6-9 ~-------

Business & Society 6-9 --f--- ·--

Business Computer Language 6-9 ---·-· -----

Business Computer Programming 5.30-9.30

---Business Data ing II 6-9 6-9

--~-- -----Business Data Processing 111 5.30 -

9.30

Business Finance 11 6-9

Business Law I 6-9 ----

Business Law 11 6-9 -

Business Strategy 6-9

Business Systems Design I 5.30-9.30

Commercial Law 11 6-9

Communication IA 6-9 6-9 6-9

Communication llA 6-9 6-9

Communication & Public Opinion 6-9 --

Communication in Business 6-9 6-9

Communication in Commerce B 6-9

Communication in Small Groups 6-9

Communication Research 6-9

Company Accounting I 6-9 & 6-9

Company Accounting Procedures 6-9 & 6-9

Company Law I 6-9

Company Law 11 6-9

Computer Principles 6-9

Computer Security and Control 6-9

284

SUBJECT Mon. Tues. Wed. Thur. Fri.

Computer Systems & Programming 5.30-9.30

-Computers & Data Processing 11 6-9

Contemporary Administration 4-9 ·-

Contemporary Problems in Financial Acc. 6-9

Creative Writing 6-9 ------

Current Economic Issues 6-9

Data Base and Online Systems 5.30-9.30

Distribution Management 6-9

Dynamics of Retailing 6-9

Econometrics 6-9

Economic Geography 6-9

Economic Statistics I 6-9 ~· ·--

Economic Statistics 11 6-9

Employment & Survey Interviewing 6 9

Environment of Business 6-9

Finance B 6-9 -~~~--

Financial Accounting I 6-9 & 6-9 -

Financial Accounting 11 6-9 --~---

Financial Accounting Procedures 6-9 & 6-9

Financial Administration 6-9 -·

Financial Management I 6-9 ·------

Financial Management 11 6-9

Government and Economic Policy 6-9

Governmental Issues 6-9

Group Behaviour 6-9

Industrial Press 6-9&6-9

Industrial Relations IB 6-9

Industrial Relations Issues 6-9

Input/Output Subsystems 5.30-9.30

--·-· - -International Economics 6-9

-· Introduction to Advertising 6-9

~--------

Introduction to Audio-Visual Communication 6-9 --------..

Introduction to Public Administration 5-9

Introduction to Public Relations 6-9 --------------------- ... ---

Introduction to logy 6-9

~oductory Accounting I 6-9 & 6-9

Introductory Accounting llA 6-9 & 6-9 -

Introductory Accounting 1 IB 6-9 & 6-9

Introductory Marketing 6-9

Job Design & Safety 6-9

Law and Communication 6-9

285

SUBJECT Mon. Tues. Wed. IThur. Fri.

Law for Administrators 6-9

Local Government Admin. Practice 11 6-9

Macro Economic Analysis 6-9

Macro Economics 6-9

Management & Organisational Science I 6-9 6-9

Management & Organisational Science II 6-9 6-9

Management & Organisational Science II IA 6-9

Management & Organisational Science IVA 6-9

Management & Organisational Science IVB 5-9

Management & Organisational Science VI 6-9 & 6-9

Management & Social Issues A 6-9

Managerial Accounting I 6-9 & 6-9

Managerial Accounting I I 6-9 & 6-9

Managerial Decision Theory 6-9

Managerial Functions 6-9

Managerial Strategy 6-9 I-

91 -Marketing Methods & Practices 6

I- ,____ ___!':'larketing Research Principles ~ 9 -Marketing Strategy 6-9

Medical Terminology 6-8

Mercantile Law 6-9

Micro Economic Analysis 6-9 6-9

Newswriting & Reporting 6-9 & 6-9

Organisation Development 6-9

Organisational Change & Development 6-9

Organisational Communication B 6-9

Personnel Training & Development 11 6-9 ----

Principles of Marketing 6-9 ----

Professional Marketing Practice 6-9

Professional Speechwriting 6-9

Psychology of Assessment 6-9

Public Affairs Reporting 6 -9&6-9 --

Public Personnel Practices 5 9 --

Public Relations Practice 6-9 & 6-9 --Publ c Finance and Accounts 11 6-9

Quantitative Analysis I 6-9 6-9

Quantitative Business Analysis A 6-9

Quantitative Business Analysis B 6-9

Quantitative Methods IA 6-9

Quantitative Methods IB 6-9 6-9

Simulation and Model Building 6-9

Social Psychology 6-9

Software and Business Systems 6-9

286

SUBJECT Mon. Tues. Wed. Thur. Fri.

State Government 6-9 ---" _,_ -- ---

Statistical Methods 6-9 --

Systems Analysis and Design I 6-9

Systems Analysis and Design 111 6-9

Taxation Law & Practice I 6-9

Taxation Law & Practice 11 6-9

Taxation Procedures 6-9

Telecommunication & Business Systems 5.30 -9.30

Urban and Regional Systems 6-9

Urban Economics 6-9

Repeat classes for subjects not in the timetable for the normal course programme will be offered depending on student numbers and availability of staff.

NOTES